Workshop DCT80
Workshop DCT80
Workshop DCT80
tonnes
Publ. no VDCT01.03GB
Workshop Manual in original WORKSHOP MANUAL
DCT 80-90
A Foreword
B Safety
C Preventive maintenance
0 Complete machine
1 Engine
Workshop Manual
2 Transmission
DCT 80-90
3 Driveline/axle
4 Brakes
5 Steering
6 Suspension
7 Load handling
8 Control system
10 Common hydraulics
11 Common electrics
12 Common pneumatics
D Error codes
E Schematics
F Technical data
A Foreword
Contents A Foreword
Foreword ............................................................................................................A:3
About the Workshop Manual........................................................................... A:3
General ...................................................................................................... A:3
Conditions .................................................................................................. A:3
Storage....................................................................................................... A:3
About machine version............................................................................... A:3
Copyright .................................................................................................... A:3
Reading instructions ....................................................................................... A:4
Warning information ................................................................................... A:4
Important information ................................................................................. A:4
Read operator's manual ............................................................................. A:4
Read the Maintenance manual .................................................................. A:4
The workshop manual's contents............................................................... A:5
Function group structure ............................................................................ A:6
References between different information types ........................................ A:7
Product alternatives and optional equipment ............................................. A:8
Machine card.............................................................................................. A:9
Function descriptions ............................................................................... A:10
About the documentation .............................................................................. A:12
The documentation's parts ....................................................................... A:12
Ordering documentation........................................................................... A:12
Feedback ...................................................................................................... A:13
Form for copying ...................................................................................... A:13
A Foreword
About the Workshop Manual
General
Thank you for choosing Cargotec as your machine supplier. We hope
that we will meet your expectations.
Conditions
The instructions are based on the use of generally available standard
tools. All lifting devices, such as slings, straps and ratchet blocks, must
meet the national standards and regulations in force for lifting devices.
Storage
NOTE
The workshop manual should be accessible to service personnel.
DANGER
External equipment may only be used if it is approved
by Cargotec.
Extreme hazard to personal health and risk of property
damage!
Only use equipment that is approved by Cargotec.
Copyright
Cargotec Sweden AB
Duplication of the content in this manual, in whole or in part, is strictly
prohibited without written permission from Cargotec Sweden AB.
Reading instructions
Warning information
Warnings provide information about potential dangers that, if the
warnings are not followed, could result in injury or product damage.
DANGER
Situation that could lead to severe personal injury or
death if regulation is not followed.
WARNING
Situation that could lead to personal injury if regulation
is not followed.
CAUTION
Situation that could lead to product damage if
regulation is not followed.
Important information
Important information is denoted with NOTE and is intended to
facilitate the work process, handling or to increase understanding of
the information.
NOTE
Important information not related to safety.
A Foreword General information about the workshop manual's purpose, contents and reading
instructions as well as survey for feedback of views and any inaccuracies.
B Safety Keep in mind for your safety.
C Preventive maintenance Reference to maintenance manual: Preventive maintenance.
0 Complete machine
1 Engine
2 Transmission
3 Driveline/Axle
Technical description, comprehensive function descriptions and a description of the
4 Brakes function of components included in the machine, divided into function groups.
5 Steering The components used for each respective function are described under each
subfunction. Consequently, common components are described in several
6 Suspension locations, but in general under the first function to use the component.
7 Load handling Together with the general description is a detailed description of what is unique
about the specific subfunction. The next subfunction to use the same component
8 Control system only has a description what is unique for the new function.
9 Frame, body, cab and Work instructions for corrective maintenance (replacement of components).
accessories
10 Common hydraulics
11 Common electrics
12 Common pneumatics
D Error codes Error code information and instructions for reading error code information.
E Schematics Wiring diagrams, hydraulic diagrams and list of electrical components.
F Technical data Technical data, conversion tables, information for conversion of units.
G Terminology and index General terminology and abbreviations, explanation of terms and abbreviations that
can appear in the sections, index for headings in the manual.
The upper level (called main group) determines area, e.g. group 7
Load handling. The second level (called two-digit) determines function,
e.g. 7.2 Lifting/lowering. The third and fourth levels are used to break
down functions into smaller parts (components).
The function groups' structure for main group and two-digit group level
are common for all machines from Cargotec, e.g. 4.3 Power-assisted
brake system. Machine-unique adaptations of function groups are
made at the third and fourth group level, e.g. 4.3.9 Wheel brake and
4.3.9.1 Disc pack. This means that certain function groups (headings)
will be left out in the documentation for certain machines since the
machine is missing that specific function or component. In turn, this
means that there may be jumps in the function groups' numbering, e.g.
the three-digit heading level 4.8.7 Oil cooler may be included for some
machines, but is missing for others.
Component descriptions
Error codes
(Technical description, normally in
(Section D)
Workshop manual)
Optional equipment
000264
Machine card
NOTE
If the machine has been modified after delivery, information on the
machine card may be incomplete or incorrect.
IMPORTANT
Modifications made to the machine must be reported to
Cargotec so that the machine card can be updated. A
new updated machine card is sent when the customer
requests this.
The machine card is divided in the same function groups as the spare
parts catalogue, maintenance and workshop manuals. For practical
reasons, the machine card only uses the first and second level in the
function group register. The function groups are written in groups of
four characters, e.g. group 0107 corresponds to group 1.7 Cooling
system in the manual.
For more information about how the machine card is used for ordering
spare parts, see the spare parts catalogue's foreword.
NOTE
All documents that accompany the machine are non-registered
documents and there will be no notification of changes.
Function descriptions
The function descriptions are schematic overviews that describe how a
function works as well as which components and signals work together.
4 B ro m s a r S e rv o b ro m s s y s te m 4 :5
4 .3 S e r v o b r o m s s y s te m
S e r v o b r o m s s y s te m , fu n k tio n s b e s k r iv n in g
1
10 14
D790-2 B
P
T
D11 D797-1
10, 13 5 9 C
Pa
11
D12 4
D9 6 2
C
2
12 Pa LB
C ACK M 8
P P
T T
7
P 3
3
9 1
015034
B 4
P os F ö r k la r in g S ig n a lb e s k r iv n in g H ä n v is n in g
8 1 H y d ra u lo lje p u m p b ro m s o c h S e try c k s k y lt p å v ä n s te r H y d ra u lo lje p u m p b ro m s o c h s ty rn in g ,
s ty rn in g p u m p a r o lja frå n ra m b a lk . b e s k riv n in g , s id a 4 :8
h y d ra u lo lje ta n k e n .
2 Ven
och
tilb lo c k
p rio rite
a c k u m u la to rla d d n in g s -
rin g s v e n til s ty r try c k till
-
5
Ven tilb lo c k b ro m s a r n ä r s ty rn in g e n
in te k rä v e r h y d ra u lk ra ft.
7 3 V e n tilb lo c k b ro m s a r le d e r o lja n
v id a re till a c k u m u la to re r o c h
-
d riv a x e lb lo c k .
4 A c k u m u la to re rn a la g ra r
h y d ra u lo lje try c k .
S e try c k s k y lt p å v ä n s te r
ra m b a lk .
A c k u m u la to r, b e s k riv n in g , s id a 4 :1 4
6
5 B ro m s v e n tile n s ty r try c k frå n - B ro m s v e n til, b e s k riv n in g , s id a 4 :1 8
a c k u m u la to re rn a till b ro m s c y lin d e rn
p ro p o rtio n e llt m o t p e d a ltry c k e t.
014621
6 D riv a x e lb lo c k e t fö rd e la r -
b ro m s try c k e t till h ju lb ro m s a rn a .
26 27
28 29
014726
Ordering documentation
Documentation is ordered from your Cargotec dealer.
Feedback
Form for copying
Cargotec's ambition is that you who work with maintenance of Kalmar
machines shall have access to correct information.
Copy this form, write down your views and send it to us. Thanks for
your help!
Phone: ...............................................................................................................................................................
E-mail: .................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................................
B Safety
Contents B Safety
Safety..................................................................................................................B:3
General safety information.............................................................................. B:3
Safety concerns everyone!......................................................................... B:3
A near accident is a warning! ..................................................................... B:3
Safety instructions........................................................................................... B:4
General ...................................................................................................... B:4
Service position .......................................................................................... B:4
Hydraulic and brake systems, depressurising............................................ B:5
Oils ............................................................................................................. B:6
Fuel system ................................................................................................ B:7
Clothing, etc. .............................................................................................. B:8
Several mechanics on the same machine.................................................. B:8
Working under the machine ....................................................................... B:8
Lifting heavy components .......................................................................... B:9
Vibration ..................................................................................................... B:9
Noise ........................................................................................................ B:10
Dissolvent................................................................................................. B:10
Fire and explosion risk ............................................................................. B:11
Fluid or gas under pressure ..................................................................... B:14
Coolant ..................................................................................................... B:14
Refrigerant ............................................................................................... B:15
Air pollution .............................................................................................. B:16
Tensioned springs .................................................................................... B:17
Electrical system and electric motors ....................................................... B:17
Rotating components and tools................................................................ B:17
Tyres and rims.......................................................................................... B:18
Lifting equipment ...................................................................................... B:18
Welding .................................................................................................... B:19
Spare parts............................................................................................... B:20
Non-ionised radiation ............................................................................... B:21
Environment.................................................................................................. B:22
General .................................................................................................... B:22
B Safety
General safety information
Safety concerns everyone!
The safety information concerns everyone who works with the machine!
Persons who do not follow the safety instructions given in this manual
must make absolutely sure that the work is performed without risks of
personal injury and without risks of damage to the machine or property!
Remember to:
• follow the instructions in this manual
• be trained for the work in question
• follow local laws, safety rules and regulations
• use the correct equipment and tools intended for the work in
question
• wear the correct clothing
• use common sense and work carefully. Do not take any risks!
For this reason it is important that all who work with the machine, or
repair or service the machine, read and follow the information in the
Operator's manual, Maintenance manual and Workshop manual.
Safety instructions
General
Read and observe the following safety instructions below before
starting to work with the machine:
• Service position, page B:4
• Hydraulic and brake systems, depressurising, page B:5
• Oils, page B:6
• Fuel system, page B:7
• Clothing, etc., page B:8
• Several mechanics on the same machine, page B:8
• Working under the machine, page B:8
• Lifting heavy components, page B:9
• Vibration, page B:9
• Noise, page B:10
• Dissolvent, page B:10
• Fire and explosion risk, page B:11
• Fluid or gas under pressure, page B:14
• Coolant, page B:14
• Refrigerant, page B:15
• Air pollution, page B:16
• Tensioned springs, page B:17
• Electrical system and electric motors, page B:17
• Rotating components and tools, page B:17
• Tyres and rims, page B:18
• Lifting equipment, page B:18
• Welding, page B:19
• Spare parts, page B:20
• Non-ionised radiation, page B:21
Service position
General
General
Service position is used for service, maintenance and other situations
when the machine needs to be secured.
NOTE
Keep the accumulator drain valve open as long as work is in
progress.
NOTE
After the work has been finished, close the drain valve and
tighten the lock ring.
014618
CAUTION
Hydraulic oil may be directed the wrong way.
Risk of damage to the fine filter for hydraulic oil.
Check that the relief valve for the attachment is closed
before starting the engine.
014620
The figure above shows open valve.
Oils
The following safety instructions must be followed for work when
handling oils.
WARNING
Hot and pressurised oil.
Avoid skin contact with the oil, use protective gloves.
Hot oil can cause burn injuries, rashes and irritation!
The oil can act corrosive to eyes and skin, and mucous
membranes in the throat.
IMPORTANT
Always clean the area around components and
connections before they are loosened. Dirt in
oil systems causes increased wear, resulting in
subsequent material damage.
Always take action to avoid spills. In locations where
drainage containers cannot be used, use a pump or
hose for safe handling.
Always check that plugs are sealed tightly before
receptacles are moved.
Handle all oil as environmentally hazardous waste.
Oils freely discharged cause environmental damage
and can also be a fire hazard. Waste oils/fluids must
always be handled by an authorised company.
Fuel system
The following safety instructions must be followed for work when
handling fuel.
DANGER
Pay attention to the risk of fire when working on the
fuel system.
Work on the fuel system must be avoided when the
engine is warm since fuel can spill on hot surfaces
and may ignite.
Make sure that open flames, sparks, or red-hot/glowing
objects have been extinguished before starting work
on or near the fuel system.
Do not smoke near the machine during work on the
fuel system.
WARNING
The engine's fuel system operates at very high
pressure. The pressure is so high that the jet can
injure the skin, resulting in severe injuries.
Risk of personal injury.
Use protective gloves and protective safety glasses,
avoid skin contact with fuel. If a component is being
loosened then hold a rag over the connection as
protection and collect the fuel. Fuel acts corrosive to
eyes and skin, and mucous membranes in the throat.
CAUTION
Always clean the area around components and
connections before they are loosened. Dirt in the
fuel may cause malfunctions and engine stop in
undesirable situations as well as increase wear,
resulting in subsequent material damage.
IMPORTANT
Always take action to avoid spills. In locations where
drainage containers cannot be used, use a pump or
hose for safe handling.
Always check that plugs and connections are sealed
tightly before receptacles are moved.
Handle the fuel as environmentally hazardous waste.
Fuel freely discharged cause environmental damage
and can also be a fire hazard. Fuel must always be
handled by a company authorised for this activity.
Clothing, etc.
Clothes should be in good repair. Remove loosely hanging garments
(e.g. tie, scarf). Do not wear clothes with wide sleeves, wide trouser
legs, etc.
Long hair should be adequately gathered since it can easily get caught
in moving parts. Exercise caution when working with welding or an
naked flame since hair easily catches on fire.
WARNING
If several mechanics are working on the same vehicle,
extra care must be taken so that accidental movements
do not injure any other person. Communicate so that
everyone knows where everyone is, and what they are
doing.
Risks
Operations controlled from the operator's station, e.g. all movement of
lifting equipment, may cause severe personal injury.
Safety precautions
• Make sure that the machine's lifting equipment is completely
lowered or secured in some other way.
• Move the battery disconnector to position zero and remove the key.
• Be aware of the risks when several persons are working around
the vehicle.
• Make your co-workers aware of what you are working with.
• Do not work with the drive wheels on both sides of the truck at the
same time if the drive wheels on both sides are raised.
WARNING
Careless handling of heavy components may lead to
serious personal injury and material damage.
Use type approved lifting tools or other tools to move
heavy components. Make sure that the device is sturdy
and intact.
Risks
Unsuitable lifting straps, etc. may break or slide.
A component lifted with lifting equipment may start to turn if the centre
of gravity shifts.
Safety precautions
Lifting with lifting device. Use lifting tools or other tools, in particular
when there are such tools available adapted for specific work
operations.
Vibration
Use of vibrating tools, e.g. impact nut runner or grinder, for an extended
period of time may cause injuries as vibration is transmitted from the
tool to hands. In particular when fingers are cold.
Safety precautions
• Use heavy gloves that protect against the cold and the transfer of
vibrations.
• Switch between work duties to give the body time to rest.
• Vary your work position and grip so that your body is not affected in
only one position by the vibration.
Noise
Noise louder than 85 dB (A) that lasts for longer than 8 hours is
considered to damage hearing. (Limit values may differ between
different countries.) High pitches (high frequencies) do more damage
than low pitches with the same sound level. Noise in the form of
impulse sounds may also be damaging, e.g. hammer strikes.
Risks
At noise levels higher than the limit values hearing damage may occur.
In more severe cases, hearing damage can become permanent.
Safety precautions
• Use hearing protection. Make sure that it's tested and protects
against the right noise level.
• Limit noise with noise-absorbing screens, for example,
noise-absorbing materials in roof and on walls.
Dissolvent
Fluids that (as opposed to water) dissolve grease, paint, lacquer,
wax, oil, glue, rubber, etc. are called organic dissolvents. Example:
Petroleum spirits, petrol, thinner, alcohols, diesel, xylene, toluene, etc.
Many dissolvents are flammable.
Risks
Products with dissolvents give off fumes that may cause dizziness,
headache and nausea. They may also irritate mucous membranes
in the throat and bronchi.
If dissolvent comes into direct contact with the skin it can dry and crack.
Increased risk of skin allergies. Dissolvents may also cause injury if
they penetrate through the skin and are absorbed by the blood.
Safety precautions
• Avoid inhaling dissolvent fumes by providing good ventilation, or
wearing a fresh-air mask or respiratory device with a suitable filter
for the toxic gases.
• Never leave a dissolvent container without tight-sealing lid.
• Use dissolvents with a low content of aromatic substances. This
reduces the risk of injury.
• Avoid skin contact.
• Use protective gloves that are resistant to dissolvents (e.g. nitrile
rubber gloves)
• Make sure that the protective clothing is resistant to the dissolvents
that shall be used.
DANGER
In the event of fire the operator's safety must not be
compromised.
If given the opportunity, take the following action at
the slightest sign of fire:
1. Stop the machine and turn the ignition key to stop
position.
2. Leave the cab.
3. Switch off the system voltage with the battery
disconnector.
4. Alert the rescue services.
5. Try to extinguish the fire.
If this is not possible, leave the machine and the
risk area.
DANGER
Smoke can be extremely toxic.
Smoke subdues, suffocates and can kill people!
Smoke can cause damage to lungs and respiratory
organs even in small quantities.
Avoid breathing fumes, do not stand in the smoke.
Use breathing apparatus for fire fighting and work
with burnt material.
DANGER
Tyres that have caught fire are difficult to extinguish
and can cause fires with explosive development.
Extreme danger!
Always seek safety if tyres catch fire.
Examples of fire and explosion prone substances are oils, petrol, diesel
fuel oil, organic solvents (paint, plastics, detergents), rust preventive
agents, welding gas, gas for heating (acetylene), high concentrations
of dust particles consisting of combustible materials. Rubber tyres that
have caught fire are difficult to extinguish and can cause fires with
explosive development.
Risks
Examples of the cause of ignition are welding, cutting with gas flame,
tobacco smoking, sparks when grinding with grinding machines, contact
between hot engine parts and flammable materials, heat generation
in rags soaked with oil or paint (linseed oil) and oxygen. Oxygen
containers, lines and valves must be kept clean of oil and grease.
Fumes from e.g. fuel are heavier than air and may "run" down a slope,
or down into a grease pit, where welding flames, grinding sparks or
cigarette embers may cause an explosion. Vaporised fuel has a very
powerful explosive effect.
Special cases
Diesel fuel oil with added petrol has a lower flashpoint. Risk of
explosion even at room temperature. The explosion risk for heated
diesel fuel oil is higher than for petrol.
When changing the oil in the engine, hydraulic system and transmission,
keep in mind that the oil may be hot and cause burn injuries.
Safety precautions
DANGER
Residue from fuel, oils, grease or other flammable
materials on the engine or in the engine compartment
is a fire hazard.
Fire hazard!
Remove residue of flammable materials in the engine
compartment as soon as they are detected. Be extra
careful on hot surfaces such as exhaust systems,
manifolds or turbochargers. If leakage of oil, fuel or
coolant is detected, the reason should be investigated
and the fault corrected before starting the engine.
There may be high pressure in a line even if the pump has stopped.
Therefore, gas or fluid may leak out when the connection for the hose
is loosened.
Risks
Risk of damage/injury in connection with work on:
• Hydraulic systems (e.g., working hydraulics and brake system).
• Fuel system.
• Tyre changing.
• Air conditioning.
• Cooling system.
Safety precautions
• Use protective goggles and protective gloves.
• Never work in a pressurised system.
• Never adjust a pressure relief valve to a higher pressure than the
manufacturer's recommendations.
• A hydraulic hose that swells, e.g. at a connection, shows evidence
that it is about to rupture. Replace it as soon as possible! Check
the connections thoroughly.
• Use fluid when checking for leaks.
• Never blow clothes clean with compressed air.
• A discarded pressure accumulator must first be depressurised and
then punctured before it is discarded (to avoid risk of explosion).
Carefully, drill a hole with 3 mm diameter after depressurising.
• Never use your hands to check for any leaks. A fine jet from a
hydraulic hose may have such high pressure that it easily cuts
through e.g. a hand and causes very severe injuries.
• First open the cooling system cap for the filling point slowly, so
that the high pressure is released. Exercise caution. Hot steam
and coolant may jet out.
Coolant
The coolant in the machine's cooling system consists of water,
anti-corrosion compound and anti-freeze fluid, for example, ethylene
glycol.
Coolant must not be drained into the sewer system or directly onto
the ground.
Risks
The cooling system is at high pressure when the engine is warm. Hot
coolant may jet out and cause scalding in the event of leaks or when
the cap on the expansion tank (filling point) is opened.
Safety precautions
• Use protective gloves and protective safety glasses if there is a risk
of splashing or spraying.
• First open the cap for the filling point slowly, so that the high
pressure is released. Exercise caution. Hot steam and coolant
may jet out.
• If possible, avoid working on the cooling system when the coolant
is hot.
Refrigerant
Refrigerant is used in the machine's air conditioning system.
Risks
The air conditioning operates at high pressure. Escaping refrigerant
can cause frostbite.
Safety precautions
• Use special instructions and equipment for refrigerant according to
the manual when working on the air conditioning system. Special
certification and authorisation must often be held by the person
who may do the work. (Observe national legislation and local
regulations!)
• Use protective gloves and protective safety glasses if there is
a risk of leaks.
• Make sure, for example, that heat-producing sources or objects
are not close by (cigarette glow, welding flame).
Air pollution
Air pollutants are the impurities in the air around us and are regarded
as hazardous to health. Certain impurities are more prevalent in certain
environments.
Risks
Sulphuric acid mist is corrosive and injures the respiratory tracts.
(Generated when heating certain plastics and paints.)
Safety precautions
• Make sure of adequate ventilation with fresh air when welding,
battery charging and other work when hazardous gases are
formed.
• Use suitable protective gloves and breathing protection when there
is a risk of oil mist. Make sure that the protection is oil-resistant.
• Apply oil-resistant protective lotion to unprotected skin.
• Make sure that an eyewash station is in the immediate vicinity
when working with corrosive substances.
• Avoid unnecessary operation of the machine in the workshop.
Connect extraction equipment to the exhaust pipe so that exhausts
are routed out from the workshop.
Tensioned springs
Examples of tensioned springs:
1. Torque springs in, e.g. pedals
2. Thrust spring (cup springs) in parking brake cylinder
3. Lock rings
4. Gas springs
Risks
If a tensioned spring releases, it is shot out by the spring force and can
also take adjoining parts with it.
Parking brake springs are tensioned with high force and can cause very
severe accidents if they are accidentally released in an uncontrolled
manner.
Gas springs and gas-charged shock absorbers are tensioned with high
force and can cause very severe accidents if they are accidentally
released in an uncontrolled manner.
Safety precautions
• Use protective safety glasses.
• Lock rings should be of a suitable type and in good condition.
• Follow the instructions in this and other manuals when performing
maintenance and replacing parts and components.
• Always use the tools recommended.
Always block the machine's wheels, make sure that the parking brake
is activated and that the gear selector is in neutral position before
starting any work on the machine.
Risks
Rotating components, e.g. fans or shafts, can cause severe injury
if touched.
Drills, lathes, grinders or other machines with rotating parts can cause
severe accidents if clothing or hair gets caught and becomes wound
into the machine.
Safety precautions
• Do not use gloves when working with a drill.
• Remove loose, hanging clothing, scarf or tie.
• Never use clothing with wide sleeves or trouser legs.
• Make sure that clothing is intact and in good condition.
• Long hair should be gathered up in a hair net or similar.
• Remove large or loose hanging jewellery from hands, arms and
neck.
DANGER
Tyres should be regarded as pressure reservoirs. If
handled incorrectly, they constitute fatal danger.
Parts could be thrown out with explosive force and
cause severe injuries.
Never repair damaged tyres, wheel rims or lock rings.
Tyre changes must be performed by authorised
personnel.
Risks
Dismantling of wheels: Tyres, rims and lock rings may be ejected.
Safety precautions
• Always deflate the tyre before starting to work on the wheel.
• Check that tyres, rims and lock rings are not damaged. Never
repair damaged wheel rims or lock rings.
• The tyres must be inflated on the machine or in a protective device,
designed and dimensioned so that it can handle or dissipate a
shock wave from a tyre explosion as well as catch the ejected parts.
• Use protective screen and protective safety glasses.
Lifting equipment
When working on the machine in general, and with the machine's lifting
equipment in particular, the greatest caution must be exercised with
respect to securing the mast, carriage and attachment.
Risks
If the machine's lifting equipment is not lowered or secured, there is a
risk of crushing.
Safety precautions
Do not begin work until the carriage has been fully lowered. If the
nature of the work requires the carriage to be raised then this must
be secured in some way.
Welding
DANGER
Contact Cargotec Support before welding on the
machine.
CAUTION
There is a lot of electronic equipment on today's
machines. Control units must be disconnected and the
electric power must be switched off with the battery
disconnector with all welding on the machine.
Powerful welding currents may otherwise short-circuit
the electronics, destroy expensive equipment or cause
an explosion or fire.
Spare parts
WARNING
For safety reasons, the following spare parts may only
be replaced with genuine spare parts:
• Brake valve
• Drive axle
• Steering valve (Orbitrol)
• Steering valve incl. priority valve
• Steering axle
• Steering cylinder
• Steering spindle
• Hub
• Rim
• Mast, carriage
• Lift cylinder incl. load control valve
• Lifting chains
• Chain tightener and shaft
• Valve block lift cylinder
• Tilt cylinder
• Twistlock
• Control breaker (for hydraulic function)
• Emergency stop
• Cab
• Frame
• Accumulator
• Main valve load handling
• Accumulator charging valve
• All control units
Non-ionised radiation
WARNING
Optional equipment such as two-way radio, remote
controlled door openers, etc. may emit non-ionising
radiation. This type of equipment transmits within the
frequency band 100 - 500 MHz.
Danger of disruption to active medical products (e.g.
pacemaker).
Do not use communication radios, remote door
openers, etc. when persons with active implanted
medical devices are in the cab.
NOTE
Cargotec will not assume any responsibility for installed optional
equipment, which is not installed by Cargotec or an installer
approved by Cargotec.
Environment
General
The ever-increasing industrialisation of our world is having a significant
impact on our global environment. Nature, animals and people are
subjected daily to risks in connection with various forms of chemical
handling.
There are still no fully environmentally safe chemicals, such as oils and
coolants, available on the market. Therefore, all who handle, perform
service on or repair machines must use the tools, assisting devices and
methods necessary to protect the environment in an environmentally
sound manner.
By following the simple rules below, you will contribute to protecting
our environment.
Recycling
Conscientious recycling of the machine is the starting point for the life
cycle to come full circle, and for being able to recycle and make use of
material in new products. According to calculations by Cargotec, the
machine is more than 90% recyclable by weight.
Environmentally hazardous waste
Components such as batteries, oils, and various chemicals and other
items that may constitute environmentally hazardous waste must be
handled and taken care of in an environmentally safe and sound
manner.
Discarded batteries contain substances hazardous to personal health
and the environment. Therefore, handle batteries in an environmentally
safe manner and according to national regulations.
Oils and fluids
Oils freely discharged cause environmental damage and can also be a
fire hazard. Therefore, when emptying and draining oils or fuel, take
appropriate action to prevent unnecessary spills.
Waste oils and fluids should always be taken care of by an authorised
disposal company.
Pay close attention to oil leaks and other fluid leaks! Rectify leakage
immediately.
Air conditioning
The refrigerant in the air conditioning for the cab adds to the
"greenhouse effect" if released into the open air. Special training is
required for all service work on the air conditioning. Many countries
also require certification by a governing authority for such work. When
scrapping an air conditioning unit, the refrigerant shall be taken care
of by a certified company.
Working in a contaminated area
The machine must be equipped for work in contaminated areas
(environmentally polluted or health-hazardous area) before work is
started. Also, there are special local rules in force for such handling
and when servicing such a machine.
Declarations
The machine does not contain asbestos.
The machine contains lead in batteries and in electric cabling. In
certain models, there are lead castings as counterweight.
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning, refrigerant of type
R134a is used, in an amount totalling between 1-3 kg.
C Preventive maintenance
C Preventive maintenance
The information is available in the
Maintenance Manual
See Maintenance Manual DCT 80–90, section C Preventive
maintenance.
0 Complete machine
0 Complete machine
Complete machine, description
Kalmar DCT 80-90 is a forklift truck for empty container handling. The
machine has a lifting capacity of 8-9 tonnes depending on the model.
The service brakes are wet multiple disc brakes which are attached to
the drive wheel hub. The parking brake is the disc brake type and
operates on the drive axle input shaft.
7
Steering operates on the rear wheels with a double acting hydraulic
cylinder. The steering axle is suspended in the frame with pendulum
suspension.
6 The wheels are attached to the hubs with studs and nuts. Double
wheels are fitted on the drive axle; single wheels on the steering axle.
The hydraulic system is fed by two hydraulic oil pumps. The pumps
are mounted on the transmission's power take-off. One fixed pump
feeds load handling and the other fixed pump feeds the brake system,
steering and the cooling circuit over a combined priority valve and
accumulator charging valve. The hydraulic oil tank is located on the
right side of the machine. The hydraulic oil filters are return filters fitted
in the hydraulic oil tank.
NOTE
The system voltage must be switched off with the battery
disconnector!
Connec-
Cod- tions and Diagnostic Function
Description Limitation Action
e compo- menu group
nents
34 Signal error from Parking brake Check cabling D791-1/K8:5 - HYD, menu 4.1.2 Parking
parking brake cannot be between the S107, K8:13 - 5 brake control
switch, indicates released. control unit and the S107
released and component with
applied at same diagnostic menu.
time or nothing at Check component.
all.
NOTE
Perform troubleshooting for all cables in the same way to avoid
damage to control units, components or measuring equipment.
CAUTION
Wipe and re-grease the connectors (applies to sealed
contacts).
Risk of corrosion on contact surfaces.
Clean all connectors loosened during troubleshooting
using electronic cleaner 923836.0826 and re-grease
them with connector grease 923836.0552.
IMPORTANT
AdBlue on wiring.
AdBlue is extremely aggressive towards wiring.
Wiring that has come into contact with AdBlue must
be replaced.
NOTE
Some components cannot be checked without power supply to
the component. In such an event, proceed to point 5.
WARNING
Hot and pressurised oil.
Avoid skin contact with the oil, use protective gloves.
Hot oil can cause burn injuries, rashes and irritation!
The oil can act corrosive to eyes and skin, and mucous
membranes in the throat.
1 Engine
Contents 1 Engine
1 Engine................................................................................................................. 1:3
1.1 Controls and instruments ...............................................................................1:22
1.1.1 Ignition.......................................................................................................1:22
1.1.2 Accelerator pedal ......................................................................................1:22
1.2 Fuel system....................................................................................................1:24
1.2.1 Fuel tank ...................................................................................................1:24
1.2.2 Sensor fuel level........................................................................................1:25
1.6 Air intake and exhaust outlet..........................................................................1:26
1.6.1 Air cleaning system ...................................................................................1:26
1.6.3 Exhaust system .........................................................................................1:27
1.6.4 Intercooler .................................................................................................1:28
1.7 Cooling system ..............................................................................................1:29
1.7.4 Radiator and expansion tank ....................................................................1:30
1.7.5 Cooling fan ................................................................................................1:31
1.7.7 Coolant ......................................................................................................1:32
1.9 Control system, engine ..................................................................................1:37
1.9.1 Engine control unit ....................................................................................1:37
1.11 Start/stop........................................................................................................1:38
1.11.1 Starter motor .............................................................................................1:38
1.11.2 Stopping device.........................................................................................1:38
1 Engine
Engine, general
Engine alternative
The machine can be equipped with one of the following engine
alternatives:
• Volvo TAD760VE (stage III according to Directive 97/68/EC)
• Cummins QSB6.7 (stage III in accordance with directive
97/68/EC)
˚C
. bar
0 rpm
P I kph
II
III
D5
<˚
1,5
10
D10
D1
D14 D11
3,12,14,23 11,22 2,6
D794 D790-1 D790-2
D7
D793 D797-1 D795
D19 20 17 15,18,21
D16
D12
19 D4 H2O
SENSORS D8
4 13 16
9
009685
8 M 7
The figure shows the function description for the Volvo TAD760VE.
. bar
0 rpm
P I kph
II
III
D5
1,5
10 <°
D10
D1
D14 D11
11, 19 2,6
D794 D790-1 D790-2
3, 12, 14, 20
D797-1 D795
17 15, 18
D7
D12
D16
D4 H2O
SENSORS D8
4 13 16
9
015016
8 M 7
3 If preheating has been activated with the U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group
start key or automatically, then the engine 11.5.3.10 Control unit, engine
control unit (D794) feeds voltage to the
preheating relay and through this also the
preheating coil (E800).
4 The preheating coil heats the primary air to - D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
the engine. system, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE menu 5
5 The ignition key lock sends a voltage U = 24 V Ignition key lock, description, page 1:22
signal to Control unit KIT (D790-2) when D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
the ignition key is turned to start position. system, group 8.4.6.4 ENGINE menu 4
6 Control unit KIT (D790-2) sends a start - Section 11 Common electrics, group
signal on the CAN bus. 11.5.3.11 Control unit, KIT
7 8 9
6
5 10
4
3
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
018928
19
21 20
Left-hand side (in the machine's direction of travel)
1. Sensor coolant temperature 12. Sensor fuel pressure (distribution pipe)
2. Solenoid valve EGR 13. Water pump
3. Oil dipstick, engine oil 14. Sensor oil pressure
4. Filling point engine oil 15. Oil filter
5. Crankcase ventilation 16. Sensor fuel pressure
6. Turbo 17. Fuel filter
7. Sensor charge air pressure and temperature 18. Solenoid valve proportional valve high-pressure pump
8. Injector and preheating (6 pcs.) fuel (MPROP)
9. Connection cab heating 19. Oil plug
10. Alternator 20. Electrical connection, Control unit, engine (D794)
11. Fuel pump 21. Sensor camshaft rpm
1 2
018927
6 5 4
Right-hand side (in the machine's direction of travel)
1. Thermostat housing 4. Oil plug
2. Air preheating downstream of intercooler 5. Drain point coolant
3. Starter motor 6. Sensor crankshaft rpm
3
1 2
5
6
018941
8
9
Engine alternative Cummins QSB6.7, left side (in machine's direction of travel)
1. Filling point engine oil 6. Connections cab heating
2. Oil dipstick engine 7. Coolant inlet
3. Outlet exhaust system 8. Oil filter
4. Outlet coolant to radiator 9. Starter motor
5. Alternator
11
10
8
3
4
5
018942
7 6
Engine alternative Cummins QSB6.7, right side (in machine's direction of travel)
1. Turbo air inlet 7. Control unit, engine (D794)
2. Turbo air outlet 8. Vibration damper (rubber)
3. Crankcase ventilation 9. Fan drive
4. Fuel filter 10. Water pump
5. Drain engine oil 11. Drive belt tensioner
6. Air inlet
12
10
11 8
9
018946
Machine electrical components
1. Accelerator pedal (B690) 7. Control unit, engine alternative Volvo (D794)
2. Ignition key lock (S150) 8. Control unit, transmission (D793)
3. KIT cab control unit (D790-2) 9. Fuel tank
4. Control unit, KID (D795) 10. Sensor fuel level (B757)
5. Control unit, cab (D790-1) 11. Frame control unit (D797-1)
6. Control unit, engine alternative Cummins (D794) 12. Frame option control unit (D797-2)
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
7 Remove the nuts for the flex plate through the hole under the
cover washer.
NOTE
Rotate the engine for each nut in the flex plate that has to be
removed.
NOTE
Do not lift the engine.
NOTE
Beware of balance before the engine is lifted.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during engine replacement, they
must be replaced.
Assembly
13 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the transmission.
008301
14 Insert two studs into the flywheel housing as a guide when the
engine is installed.
15 Transfer the engine brackets to the new engine; tighten to 169
Nm (oiled screw).
007775
16 Centre a stud on the flywheel so that it aligns with the hole in the
flywheel housing.
007772
17 Lift the engine into place. Make sure that the studs on the flywheel
come into correct alignment and do not damage the flex plate.
18 Install the bolts that affix the transmission and engine, but do not
tighten the bolts fully. Leave about a millimetre between the engine
and transmission to facilitate installation of the nuts for the flex
plate/flywheel.
007776
19 Fit the nuts that fix the flex plates at the flywheel in two steps. First
fit the nuts without tightening. Then rotate the flywheel one more
revolution and torque tighten the nuts to 40 Nm (oiled screw).
NOTE
Rotate the engine for each nut in the flex plate that has to be
fitted.
Separation
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Attach hoisting equipment to the engine.
3 Disconnect the requisite hoses and cables before separating
engine and transmission. If the engine is replaced the cooling unit
must be removed.
NOTE
Drain and collect liquids before detaching hoses.
009088
6 Remove the screws holding the cover plate to the flywheel on the
left side of the engine.
008314
7 Remove the screws in the flex plate through the hole under the
cover plug.
NOTE
Turn the engine over to access each screw on the flex plate.
NOTE
Do not lift the engine or transmission.
008315
NOTE
008275
Beware of balance before the engine is lifted.
NOTE
If the flex plates are damaged during engine replacement, they
must be replaced.
Assembly
14 Move the engine mount to the new engine. Tighten to a torque
of 115 Nm (oiled screw).
15 Apply lubricating grease to the converter connection - both on the
engine and the transmission.
008301
16 Insert a stud into one of the nuts on the flexible plate as a guide
when the engine is installed.
007769
17 Lift the engine into place. Guide the stud through the flywheel and
out through the hole in the flywheel housing.
18 Install the screws which fix the transmission and engine, but do
not tighten the screws fully. Leave about a millimetre between
the engine and transmission to facilitate installation of the screws
for the flex plate/flywheel.
19 Remove the stud through the hole in the flywheel housing.
008319
20 Fit the screws that secure the flex plate by the flywheel in two
steps.
The first step without tightening the screws, then rotate the
flywheel a further turn.
Tighten to a torque of 35 Nm (oiled screw).
NOTE
Turn the engine over to access each screw on the flex plate.
008315
NOTE
The engine must be loosened from the engine mounts and
separated from the transmission to remove a dropped bolt.
Secure the bolt in the socket when installing.
P No function.
0 Stop position. Everything switched off, the key can be
removed.
I Operating position.
Voltage to all electrical functions. The control units for
engine and transmission are now ready to be started.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.1.4 CAN/POWER,
menu 4.
II Preheating position (function applies to Volvo engines only).
When the switch is in the preheating position, the engine's
intake air is manually heated to a suitable temperature with
glow plugs in each cylinder on Volvo engines (Cummins
engines are heated automatically with a heating coil). The
preheating lamp is lit during preheating.
0
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See
P I section 8 Control system, group 8.4.6.4 ENGINE, menu 4.
I- Start position.
II Engagement of starter motor for engine start.
II
NOTE
The machine is equipped with an electric restart
000317
1. Brake pedal
2. Accelerator pedal
When the engine is started, the fuel pump draws fuel from the tank
through the fuel filter and forces it to the unit injectors. The unit injectors
spray in the fuel and atomises the fuel to the engine's combustion
chamber.
1
019425
019425
Air cleaning system, overview As an option the machine can be equipped with a raised air intake.
1. Dust reservoir
2. Air cleaner
3. Filter indicator
WARNING
Hot exhaust system!
Risk of burn injuries!
Never touch hot components, e.g. turbo, exhaust pipe,
silencer or catalytic converters when the machine is
running or just after it has been turned off!
1
2 3
018947
1. End pipe
2. Silencer
3. Exhaust pipe
1.6.4 Intercooler
Intercooler, description
The charge air is cooled by an air-air intercooler in the upper part of
the cooling unit.
4
018923
1. Intercooler
2. Radiator
3. Fuel cooler
4. Transmission oil cooler
4
018923
1. Intercooler
2. Radiator
3. Fuel cooler
4. Transmission oil cooler
The coolant is filled into the system's expansion tank (position A). The
coolant level should be between the MIN and MAX markings (position
C) on the expansion tank.
A
See also Cooling system, description, page 1:29.
B
C
018642
1.7.7 Coolant
WARNING
The cooling system is pressurised. Steam or hot
coolant may jet out.
Risk or scalding or burn injuries!
Open the filler cap very carefully when the engine is
warm. Wait until the coolant has cooled before filling.
WARNING
Glycol and anti-corrosion agents are hazardous to
health.
Health hazard!
Handle with care. Avoid skin contact, wear protective
glasses and protective gloves. In the event of skin
contact, wash your hands.
IMPORTANT
Machines with ECC or AC are equipped with a
combined heating and cooling unit, which may result
in a risk of frost damage if the machine is operated
without coolant.
Risk of freezing and damage to the heating and cooling
unit!
The electrical connections on the AC compressor must
be disconnected when cleaning the radiator with water
or agents without antifreeze properties.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for coolant before starting work, see
section B Safety.
NOTE
Before draining, stop the engine and remove the filler cap.
Draining
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Open the filler cap on the expansion tank carefully until a slight
resistance is felt and allow any overpressure to be vented away.
A The filler cap has a position for venting out overpressure without
the risk of the cap loosening. The position feels like a small notch
when turning the cap.
WARNING
The cooling system is pressurised. Steam or hot
coolant may jet out.
Risk or scalding or burn injuries!
Open the filler cap very carefully when the engine is
B warm. Wait until the coolant has cooled before filling.
C
3 When the overpressure has been vented away, remove the filler
cap from the cooling system's expansion tank.
4 Position a receptacle under the drain points on the radiator and
engine. For cooling system volume, see section F Technical data.
018642
5 Open all drain points. Drain the coolant from the radiator and
engine block using the drainage hose.
The cock for draining the radiator is located in the lower part of the
right-hand coolant tank. Thread a hose onto the cock to route the
coolant away during draining.
The drain points are located on the underside of the radiator and
on the right-hand side of the engine block or under the oil cooler.
6 Check that all coolant drains out.
NOTE
007394
NOTE
Drainage should be performed quickly, within 10 minutes, without
the engine being at a standstill for a long time to prevent dissolved
material from re-entering the cooling system.
Remove the filler cap from the expansion tank and possibly a
lower radiator hose to increase the draining speed.
3 Immediately rinse the system very carefully with clean warm water
to prevent dirt from depositing again on the internal surfaces.
Rinse until the outflowing water is completely clean. Check that
the water valve in the cab is fully open when cleaning.
4 Should impurities remain after flushing for a long time, it's possible
to clean with coolant, contact Cargotec Service.
NOTE
Only use cleaning agents approved by the engine manufacturer.
Follow the instructions on the packaging carefully.
Filling point
1 When the cooling system is completely free from impurities, close
the drain points.
CAUTION
Different types of coolant may not be mixed.
Risk of engine damage and damage to the cooling
system if different types of coolant are mixed.
When changing and topping up coolant, the same type
of coolant must be used as was used before.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for coolant before starting work, see
section B Safety.
8 Fill the new premixed coolant of the correct type in the expansion
tank. For volume and quality, see section F Technical data.
A
CAUTION
Different types of coolant may not be mixed.
Risk of engine damage and damage to the cooling
system if different types of coolant are mixed.
When changing and topping up coolant, the same type
of coolant must be used as was used before.
1.11 Start/stop
1.11.1 Starter motor
Starter motor, description (engine alternative Volvo)
The starter motor cranks the engine until fuel combustion begins and
the engine starts.
The starter motor is supplied with voltage directly from the start
batteries. A relay on the starter motor (solenoid) is activated by the
engine control unit (D794).
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.6.5 ENGINE, menu 5.
The starter motor is supplied with voltage directly from the start
batteries. A relay on the starter motor (solenoid) is activated by Control
unit, engine (D797-1R).
The engine can only be stopped by turning off the ignition via the
ignition key lock.
NOTE
The battery disconnector cannot and must not be used as
emergency stop!
2 Transmission
Contents 2 Transmission
2 Transmission ..................................................................................................... 2:3
2.1 Controls and instruments ...............................................................................2:10
2.1.1 Gear selector and multi-function lever.......................................................2:10
2.2 Torque converter/Clutch system .................................................................... 2:11
2.2.1 Flex plates ................................................................................................. 2:11
2.6 Lubrication system .........................................................................................2:13
2.6.3 Oil cooler ...................................................................................................2:16
2.7 Cooling system ..............................................................................................2:17
2.7.3 Oil cooler ...................................................................................................2:17
2.8 Control system, transmission.........................................................................2:18
2.8.1 Transmission control unit ..........................................................................2:18
2.8.2 NO (normally open) switch, disengagement .............................................2:18
2.8.3 Transmission cable harness......................................................................2:18
2 Transmission
Transmission, general
Component supplier documentation
The workshop manual only describes components and work
descriptions that concern installation in the machine. For descriptions
and instructions for the transmission's components and systems, refer
to the relevant supplier documentation.
References to supplier documentation are only provided in exceptional
cases. If information about a component is not found, the component
supplier documentation should be used.
2
F 1
R
29 D1
5
D29 D5
34
6, 30, 35 2, 7
28
D790-1 D790-2
D794
Pa D31
8 9 10 19 20 21
Pa Pa 31
11
4 D11
18 22
17
3 16
15 24
14
019428
13
5
21
22 6 11 17
16 20
Pa Pa
7 12
23
8 13 18
27 4 3
24
25 2
26
1 1st 3rd 2nd
Rev Fwd
015548
9 10 14 15 19
9 Drive clutch reverse locks the transmission in Drive reverse: 2850-3150 kPa -
reverse drive when the clutch is pressurised.
10 Drive clutch forward locks the transmission in Drive forward: 2850-3150 kPa -
forward drive when the clutch is pressurised.
11 Servo valve gear 1/3 (Y6067) controls - Diagnostic menu, see section 8
pressure to Solenoid valve gear selection Control system, group 8.4.7.8
1/3 (Y6075) proportional to the desired TRANSM, menu 8 and 8.4.7.9
engagement force. TRANSM, menu 9
12 Solenoid valve gear selection 1/3 (Y6075) - Diagnostic menu, see section 8
pressurises Drive clutch gear 1 or Drive clutch Control system, group 8.4.7.7
gear 3. TRANSM, menu 7
13 The accumulator evens out the pressure. - -
19 Drive clutch gear 2 locks the transmission in Gear selected: 2850-3150 kPa -
gear position 2 when the clutch is pressurised.
20 Pressure sensor gear 2 (B7652) sends the - Diagnostic menu, see section 8
transmission control unit (D793) a voltage Control system, group 8.4.7.10
signal proportional to engagement pressure. TRANSM, menu 10
21 The pressure regulator releases pressure to Opening pressure: 2850-3150 -
the torque converter if the pressure becomes kPa
too high.
22 The safety valve leads the oil back to the Opening pressure: 900 kPa -
sump if the pressure to the torque converter
becomes too high.
23 The torque converter transmits the engine's - -
power to the transmission.
24 The torque converter temperature switch - Diagnostic menu, see section 8
(S2210) sends the transmission control unit Control system, group 8.4.7.10
(D793) a voltage signal if oil temperature in TRANSM, menu 10
the torque converter becomes too high.
25 The transmission oil cooler cools the oil. - -
7
6
5
4
1 2 3 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
20 19 18
019429
24 23 22 21
1. Connection transmission oil cooler 13. Servo valve gear 1/3 (Y6067)
2. Sensor rpm turbine (B7510) 14. Pressure sensor gear 1/3 (B7651)
3. Breather filter torque converter 15. Servo valve forward/reverse (Y6096)
4. Transmission oil cooler 16. Pressure sensor gear 2 (B7652)
5. Radiator inlet 17. Output shaft
6. Thermostat 18. Servo valve gear 2 (Y6069)
7. Radiator outlet 19. Sensor oil temperature (B7660)
8. Sensor engine speed (B7530) 20. Oil filter transmission
9. Sensor, drum rpm (B7520) 21. Connection transmission oil cooler
10. Solenoid valve drive forward (Y6300) 22. Temperature monitor torque converter (S2210)
11. Solenoid valve drive reverse (Y6310) 23. Connection oil filling and oil dipstick
12. Solenoid valve gear selection 1/3 (Y6075) 24. Sensor rpm output shaft (B7580)
1 2 3 4 5
11
10
9 8
018752
7
1. Accelerator pedal (B690) 7. Fuse transmission (F58-1:5)
2. Control unit KIT (D790-2) 8. Control unit, transmission (D793)
3. Control unit, KID (D795) 9. Declutch pedal (S220-1)
4. Multi-function lever (S162) 10. Make-contact (closing switch) declutch (S220-2)
5. Control unit, cab (D790-1) 11. Frame control unit (D797-1)
6. Diagnostic socket drive-train
The switch is supplied with voltage by, and sends signals to, Control
002209
10 Place the screws that secure the gearbox and engine in position
without tightening the bolts.
11 Remove the stud and replace the screws that secure the flex plate
to the flywheel in two steps. The first step fit the screws without
tightening them. Now rotate the flywheel a further turn and tighten
the screws with a torque of 35 Nm (oiled screws).
NOTE
008275
12 Fit the screws that fasten the gearbox and engine and tighten them
to 52 Nm (oiled screw).
During operation of the engine, the oil pump draws oil from the
transmission's oil sump through a strainer, and it then pumps it through
the oil filter to a control valve.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
The transmission must not be over-filled!
NOTE
Make sure that the seal washer for the drain plug is fitted as well.
NOTE
Make sure that the seal washer for the drain plug is fitted as well.
018789
B
A
018644
000356
b
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
The transmission's oil filler pipe and dipstick are located under the
engine hood.
B
A
018644
A B 1 Check the oil level with the engine at idle, transmission in neutral
position and at operating temperature (approx. 82-93 ºC in the
display). The dipstick has two markings, MAX and MIN. The oil
level should be at MAX.
Wipe off the oil dipstick before checking.
NOTE
The oil dipstick is long. Wear gloves.
NOTE
018849
4
018923
1. Intercooler
2. Radiator
3. Fuel cooler
4. Transmission oil cooler
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
014550
6 Fill with transmission oil; see Oil and oil filter transmission,
changing, page 2:13.
7 Start the engine and check for leaks.
8 Check the transmission oil level, see Oil level, checking, page 2:15.
The sensor can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.7.1 TRANSM, menu 1.
1
10
2
1
3
3
4
5
5
9 6
8 7
019430
3 Driveline/Axle
Contents 3 Driveline/Axle
3 Driveline/Axle..................................................................................................... 3:3
3.2 Propeller shaft..................................................................................................3:3
3.3 Drive axle .........................................................................................................3:4
3 Driveline/Axle
3.2 Propeller shaft
Propeller shaft, description
The propeller shaft transfers engine power from the transmission to the
drive axle. The propeller shaft has two joints, which means that the
engine and drive axle can move in relation to each other.
DANGER
Drive axle and machine are very heavy.
Risk of crushing!
It is forbidden to go under a machine which has been
lifted by a jack etc. For machine weight, see section F
Technical data.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
004501
2
1. Hydraulic hoses
2. Cables
8 Loosen the lock nut (position 4) and screw in the screw (position
5), this compresses the brake spring. Screw until the brake pads
release from the brake disc. Refit the cover on the parking brake
(position 3).
6
9 Detach the hydraulic hose (position 6) from the parking brake.
NOTE
5 Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
4
004506
4. Lock nut
5. Release screw
6. Hydraulic hose, parking brake
10 Detach the propeller shaft from the drive axle. Secure the propeller
shaft, otherwise there is a risk that it will be pulled apart.
11 Lift the machine so that the wheels are off the ground.
12 Remove the drive wheels from the drive axle.
13 Support the drive axle under the hubs.
CAUTION
The drive axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the drive axle does not roll away
uncontrollably.
Lifting machine
14 Remove the bolts that secure the drive axle in the frame.
15 Lift away the drive axle.
CAUTION
The drive axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the drive axle does not roll away
uncontrollably.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
17 Transfer the couplings from the old axle to the new axle.
19 Undo the distribution block bracket and move it to the new axle.
20 Connect the hydraulic hoses from the distribution block to the
drive wheels.
21 Clean contact surfaces on drive axle and frame. Also clean the
contact surface for the bolts on the underside of the drive axle.
22 Remove the nuts for attaching the drive axle, blow clean and refit
the nuts.
23 Lift the drive axle into place under the frame.
CAUTION
The drive axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the drive axle does not roll away
uncontrollably.
4 Brakes
Contents 4 Brakes
4 Brakes................................................................................................................. 4:3
4.1 Controls and instruments .................................................................................4:3
4.1.1 Brake pedal .................................................................................................4:3
4.3 Power-assisted brake system ..........................................................................4:5
4.3.1 Hydraulic oil pump.......................................................................................4:6
4.3.2 Brake oil filter ..............................................................................................4:6
4.3.3 Accumulator charging valve ........................................................................4:7
4.3.4 Accumulator ..............................................................................................4:10
4.3.5 Brake valve ...............................................................................................4:14
4.3.6 Drive axle block .........................................................................................4:17
4.3.7 Break contact (opening switch) brake pressure ........................................4:18
4.3.8 Make-contact (closing switch) brake lights................................................4:20
4.3.9 Wheel brakes ............................................................................................4:22
4.3.10 Pipes and hoses........................................................................................4:24
4.3.12 Valve block brake system..........................................................................4:25
4.5 Parking brake system ....................................................................................4:27
4.5.1 Hydraulic oil pump.....................................................................................4:28
4.5.2 Hydraulic oil filter .......................................................................................4:28
4.5.3 Solenoid valve parking brake ....................................................................4:29
4.5.4 Parking brake unit .....................................................................................4:30
4.5.5 Break contact (opening switch) parking brake ..........................................4:34
4.5.6 Pipes and hoses........................................................................................4:34
4.5.7 Valve block brake system..........................................................................4:34
4 Brakes
4.1 Controls and instruments
4.1.1 Brake pedal
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Switch off the engine and switch off the system voltage.
2 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see section B
Safety.
3 Detach the brake valve from the brake pedal.
Secure the brake valve on the cab's underside and remove the
brake valve attaching bolt.
NOTE
There is a variant available with adjustable steering wheel shaft.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
15 Lubricate and adjust the brake pedal, see Brake pedal, checking
and adjustment, page 4:3.
014619
14
D790-2 B
P
T
D11 D797-1
10, 13 5 9 C
Pa
11
D12 4
D9 6
C
2
12 Pa LB
C ACK M 8
P P
T T
7
P 3
019434
B
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 Hydraulic oil pump for the brakes See the pressure plate on the Hydraulic oil pump, general, page 4:6
and steering pumps oil from the left-hand frame beam.
hydraulic oil tank.
2 Valve block accumulator charging - Accumulator charging valve, description, page
and priority valves direct the 4:7
pressure to the Valve block brakes
when the steering does not require
hydraulic power.
3 Valve block brakes leads the oil - Valve block brake system, description, page
on to accumulators and drive axle 4:25
block.
4 The accumulators store hydraulic See the pressure plate on the Accumulator, description, page 4:10
oil pressure. left-hand frame beam.
5 The brake valve directs pressure - Brake valve, description, page 4:14
from the accumulators to the
brake cylinder proportional to the
pressure on the pedal.
6 Drive axle block distributes the - Drive axle block, description, page 4:17
brake pressure to the wheel brakes.
7 The brake cylinder compresses the See the pressure plate on the Wheel brakes, description, page 4:22
discs in the brake unit which stops left-hand frame beam.
the machine.
8 The wheel brakes brake the - Wheel brakes, description, page 4:22
machine.
The accumulator charging valve distributes the oil from the hydraulic oil
1 pump brakes and steering between pressure storage and cooling of
2 the wheel brakes. The accumulator charging valve stores pressure by
3 directing the oil to the accumulators. The wheel brakes and hydraulic
4 oil are cooled by oil being directed to the drive axle cooling circuit and
then on to the hydraulic system cooler.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
Operating menu, hydraulic oil temperature 000475
015021
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
Close accumulator drain valve.
4.3.4 Accumulator
Accumulator, description
The accumulators store pressure so that there is a pressure reserve in
the event of engine or brake system malfunction. The brake system
has two parallel-connected accumulators placed on the frame member
on the left-hand side of the machine.
Pressurised hydraulic oil from the accumulator is used for the service
009869
brake and parking brake systems, and for feeding the servo hydraulic's
reducing valve.
Brake system accumulators
NOTE
If the accumulator delivers low oil pressure, the pumps may be
damaged and the hydraulic functions may stop working.
Accumulator, checking
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
4 The accumulators can be tested with separate test equipment or in
the machine. Primarily, separate test equipment should be used
˚C
000475
since it is faster and more accurate.
Test equipment can be ordered from Cargotec.
Operating menu, hydraulic oil temperature
• Test with test equipment: continue with step 4.
• Test in machine: continue with step 6.
1. Clamp
2. Screw
3. Distribution block
014653
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
NOTE
Check that the seals are intact, clean and in the correct position.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
At 11.5 MPa the warning lamp for low brake pressure must be
switched on.
Close accumulator drain valve.
Accumulator, replacement
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1. Clamp
NOTE
2. Screw Check that the seal is intact, clean and fitted in the correct
position.
3. Distribution block
8 Secure the accumulator's clamp and tighten the bolt.
9 Close accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
009872
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
000475
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
6 Start the machine and run it at idle until the accumulators are
charged and the accumulator charging valve changes to cooling.
7 Press down the pedal completely and read off the pressure.
Compare with the pressure plate on the left-hand frame member.
8 Switch off the engine.
014619
Close the accumulator drain valve
9 Depress the pedal fully and keep it pressed down, check the
pressure.
The brake pressure must correspond with the value specified on
the pressure plate and must not decrease from this value for 15
seconds.
10 Release the pedal, the brake pressure must decrease to 0 MPa
immediately. Otherwise the brake valve is not sealed and could
cause the brakes to remain applied and then overheat during
operation.
Replace the brake valve if it is not sealed.
11 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
12 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
015026
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
T NOTE
P Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake system
from impurities.
NOTE
Remember the spacer ring.
T NOTE
P Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
10 Lubricate and adjust the brake pedal, see Brake pedal, checking
004795
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
12 Turn on the main electric power and start the engine. Let the
engine run at idle speed.
13 Test the brakes a couple of times.
14 Check that the brake valve's connections are sealed tightly.
15 Bleed the wheel brakes' brake cylinders, see Wheel brakes,
bleeding, page 4:23.
014619
Close accumulator drain valve.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.4 HYD, menu 4.
015018
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
000475
014653
Measuring outlet accumulator charging pressure
[ACC M]
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
NOTE
The setting is very sensitive, turn max. 1/4 turn at a time.
11 Repeat steps 6-10 until the warning lamp illuminates at 11.5 MPa.
12 Seal the adjusting screw with locking fluid.
13 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
14 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
15 Close accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Stop the engine and turn the start key to position I.
˚C 3
4
Brake and check that the brake light is switched on.
Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
000475
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
DECLUTCH PRESSURE X 9 Depress the brake pedal slowly until the brake light is switched on
or the status of the input signal changes. Keep the pedal in this
position and check the pressure on the pressure gauge.
The status should change and the brake light should be switched
on when the pressure is approx. 0.2 MPa.
10 Switch off the engine.
11 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
12 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
13 Close accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
The wheel brake uses so-called Wet disc brakes (WDB). Wet disc
brakes require minimal maintenance and have a long service life due
to efficient cooling. Maintenance requirements are minimised since oil
circulates in the brake system and prevents corrosion.
015035
The wheel brakes have two main parts - disc pack and brake cylinder.
1 2
The disc pack performs the braking. The brake cylinder presses the
discs in the disc pack together during braking.
000016
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Both the brake cylinder and disc brake must be bled
after work which involves the brake system being
opened or after work on the wheel brake.
NOTE
The hydraulic hose between the brake pedal and brake is long.
So allow at least two litres of oil to pass through the bleed nipple
when bleeding to ensure that no air pockets remain in the system.
Hydraulic oil circulates between the discs cooling them, thus the name
Wet Disc Brake. Hydraulic oil is the same as in other parts of the
hydraulic system and is cooled by the cooling circuit, see Section 10
Common hydraulics, group 10.6 Temperature control, cleaning and
hydraulic oil.
Disc pack
000007
Brake cylinder
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
D1
10
1
2 9
D790-1 D790-2
D797-1
3, 8 D4
D7 13
4 5
C 7
Pa GHB
C HB
ACK M P
T
P 6
12
11
019436
P
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 Switch parking brake (S107) activates Switch activated: Section 9 Frame, body, cab and
the parking brake. Conn. 1, U = 24 V accessories, group 9.1 Controls and
The switch uses two signals, one for instruments
Conn. 7, U = 0 V
applied and one for released parking D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
brake. Both signals must be correct to Switch in home position: Control system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu
enable release of the parking brake. Conn. 1, U = 0 V 5
Conn. 7, U = 24 V
2 The cab control unit (D790-1) transmits Controlled by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
Activate parking brake on the CAN bus. system, error shown with 11.5.3.1 Control unit, cab
error code.
3 The frame control unit (D797-1) activates U = 24 V Solenoid valve parking brake, description,
the parking brake solenoid valve (Y642). page 4:29
D7: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu
5
4 Solenoid valve parking brake (Y642) acts - Solenoid valve parking brake, description,
on the valve slide which drains pressure page 4:29
in the parking brake's brake caliper to
tank.
5 The brake caliper is drained of pressure 0 MPa Parking brake unit, description, page 4:30
and the spring applies the parking brake.
6 Valve block brake system directs the - Valve block brake system, description,
hydraulic oil to the hydraulic oil tank. page 4:25
7 Break contact (opening switch) parking Applied parking brake: Break contact (opening switch) parking
brake (S200) breaks the circuit and sends Conn. 1, U = 24 V brake, description, page 4:34
the voltage signal to the Frame control D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
unit (D797-1) when the pressure drops. Conn. 2, U = 0 V
Control system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu
Released parking brake: 5
Conn. 1, U = 24 V
Conn. 2, U = 24 V
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.5 HYD, menu 5.
015018
DANGER
The machine may start to roll.
Risk of crushing.
Block the wheels so that the machine cannot start to
roll when the parking brake is released.
1 Start the engine and run the engine at idle until the warning lamp
for brake pressure goes out and the accumulator charging valve
changes to cooling.
2 Switch off the engine and turn the start key to position I.
3 Release the parking brake with the switch for the parking brake
and check that the parking brake's brake caliper releases. The
brake caliper should be able to move.
4 Activate the parking brake with the switch for the parking brake
and check that the parking brake's brake caliper is applied.
3 1 2 The parking brake unit keeps the machine stationary when parked.
The parking brake unit is fitted on the drive axle input shaft between
the propeller shaft and drive axle.
The parking brake acts on the universal drive shaft via a disc mounted
on the drive axle input shaft and a brake calliper with dry brake pads
mounted in a bracket on the drive axle.
NOTE
If the hydraulic pressure in the feed circuit drops, a warning is
activated before the pressure drops so low that the parking brake
is applied. If the parking brake is applied while the machine is in
motion, the brake disc and brake pads must be replaced.
019437
1. Cover
2. Parking brake caliper
3. Parking brake disc
DANGER
The machine may start to roll.
Risk of crushing.
Block the wheels so that the machine cannot start to
roll when the parking brake is released.
NOTE
To avoid turning the adjusting screw as well it must be held still
when tightening the lock nut.
000020
1. Brake pads
2. Release cylinder
3. Thrust spring
4. Slackening screw
5. Adjusting washer
DANGER
The machine may start to roll.
Risk of crushing.
Block the wheels so that the machine cannot start to
roll when the parking brake is released.
6 Pull the attaching bolt out so that the brake pads can be angled
out and removed.
NOTE
The bolt does not need to be removed.
NOTE
015018
5 Steering
Contents 5 Steering
5 Steering .............................................................................................................. 5:3
5.2 Power assisted system ....................................................................................5:3
5.2.1 Hydraulic oil pump.......................................................................................5:3
5.2.2 Priority valve................................................................................................5:4
5.2.3 Steering valve .............................................................................................5:7
5.2.4 Steering cylinder .........................................................................................5:9
5.2.5 Steering axle cradle .................................................................................. 5:11
5.2.6 Link arm .................................................................................................... 5:11
5.2.7 Wheel spindle............................................................................................ 5:11
5.2.8 Wheel hub ................................................................................................. 5:11
5.2.13 Pipes and hoses........................................................................................ 5:11
5 Steering
5.2 Power assisted system
Power assisted system, function description
2 C P
3
LS
C T L R
O
P
LSO
2
4
1
018760
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 Hydraulic oil pump brake and steering See the pressure plate on Section 10 Common hydraulics, group
pumps oil to the Valve block accumulator the left-hand frame beam. 10.4.1 Gear pump with fixed displacement
charging and priority valve.
2 Valve block accumulator charging and Checked by control Priority valve, description, page 5:4
priority valve gives priority to the oil feed system, error shown with
to the control valve over accumulator error code.
charging and cooling to the brakes.
3 The steering wheel is turned and acts on - Steering valve, description, page 5:7
the steering valve\qs input shaft.
The control valve directs oil pressure
from the hydraulic oil pump brake and
steering to the steering cylinder.
4 The steering cylinder turns the wheels. - Steering cylinder, description, page 5:9
11 10 9 8
1. Feed from the hydraulic oil pump brake and
steering [P]
2. Adjuster screw control pressure
3. Return to filter [D]
4. Measuring outlet control pressure [LSM]
5. Connection brake cooling [SPOL]
6. Connection control valve, pilot pressure [LSO]
7. Feed control valve [O]
8. Adjuster screw pressure accumulator charging
9. Measuring outlet servo pressure [PPM]
10. Measuring outlet accumulator pressure [ACC
M]
11. Adjusting screw servo pressure
12. Connection valve block brakes, accumulator
charging [ACC]
13. Measuring outlet pump pressure brake and
steering [PM]
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
000475
014651
Measuring outlet, control pressure [LSM]
5 Close the relief valve attachment and the accumulator drain valve.
6 Start the engine and increase engine speed to approx. 1200 rpm.
014619
7 Turn the steering wheel to full lock and check that the control
pressure corresponds with the pressure on the pressure plate
during the steering movement.
015020
015029
12 Close the relief valve attachment and the accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
The load signal provides load dependent regulation of the oil flow from
1 the priority valve to the control valve. "Closed centre" means that the
control valve is closed in neutral position. This is necessary so that
signal pressure can be connected to the steering valve.
2
5 The steering valve consists of a gear pump and a distribution valve.
When the steering wheel is turned, oil flows from the main pump over
4 3
the gear pump to the distribution valve, which directs the oil to the
steering cylinder. The gear pump ensures that the oil flow fed to the
cylinder is proportional to the steering wheel's turning angle.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1. Water valve
2. Steering valve
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake system
from impurities.
NOTE
Transfer one connection at a time so that the marking is not
mixed up.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
10 Close the relief valve attachment and the accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
Close the accumulator drain valve
4
009888
1. Steering cylinder
2. Shaft
3. Lock screw
4. Fastening screw (locked with locking fluid)
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Park the machine with the wheels fully turned so that the steering
cylinder can be lifted out to one side.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the brake system
from impurities.
NOTE
The steering cylinder is heavy, use lifting equipment.
8 Support the new steering cylinder so that the holes in the attaching
bolts are lined up directly opposite the holes in the steering axle.
9 Fit and lubricate the steering cylinder attaching bolts. Tighten the
bolts crosswise in steps until 680 Nm is achieved.
10 Transfer parts to the new steering cylinder.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
009889
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
13 Close the relief valve attachment and the accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
Close the accumulator drain valve
The setting of the steering wheels cannot be adjusted. If the link arms
are deformed in a way that changes the setting of the steering wheels
then they must be replaced.
The link arms must be turned to the right direction, otherwise they can
1 be damaged by the rims with large wheel angles.
008854
1. Link arm
6 Suspension
Contents 6 Suspension
6 Suspension ........................................................................................................ 6:3
6.2 Suspension ......................................................................................................6:3
6.2.1 Steering axle cradle ....................................................................................6:4
6.2.2 Wheel spindle..............................................................................................6:6
6.2.3 Wheel hub ...................................................................................................6:8
6.3 Tyres and rims ...............................................................................................6:13
6.3.1 Tyres .........................................................................................................6:15
6.3.2 Rim ............................................................................................................6:16
6.3.3 Nut, washer and clamp .............................................................................6:17
6 Suspension
6.2 Suspension
Bushing steering axle mounting, changing
DANGER
Steering axle and machine are very heavy.
Risk of crushing!
It is forbidden to go under a machine which has been
lifted by a jack etc. For machine weight, see section F
Technical data.
NOTE
Do not lift so much that the wheels are off the ground.
NOTE
If necessary, disconnect the cable harness for the sensors on
the steering axle.
009890
010121
1. Steering axle mounting
2. Rubber bushing
3. Washers
4. Screw
Steering axle
1. Wheel hub
2. Wheel spindle
3. Link arm
4. Steering axle cradle
5. Steering cylinder
6. Spindle bolt / - bearing
DANGER
Steering axle and machine are very heavy.
Risk of crushing!
It is forbidden to go under a machine which has been
lifted by a jack etc. For machine weight, see section F
Technical data.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
CAUTION
The steering axle may start to roll.
Crushing injury!
Make sure that the steering axle does not roll away
uncontrollably.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
3
2
4
5
1 6
8 7
9
009780
11 10
1. Wheel spindle
2. Seal ring
3. Bearing (upper)
4. Protective ring
5. Seal ring
6. Bearing (lower)
7. Circlip
8. Shim
9. Bearing cage
10. Screw
11. Lubricant nipple
7 Remove the six screws holding the bearing cage to the wheel
spindle.
NOTE
The correct number of shims have been used when it takes at
least 200 Nm to move the bearing arrangement to move laterally.
If it takes more than 400 Nm for the bearing arrangement to
move, it is too hard and the number of shims must be corrected.
2 The wheel hub holds the wheel in place and allows the wheel to rotate.
3
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
008595
1. Wheel hub
2. Wheel bolt
3. Wheel nut
4. Hub cap
5. Spacer
6. Nut
7. Washer
8. Bearing
9. Screw
10. Bearing
11. Seal ring
7 Bend up the locking washer's tabs, remove the lock nut and
locking washer.
8 Tension the lifting equipment so that the hub is unloaded.
9 Remove the hub nut.
NOTE
Fit the outer races with the larger diameter outward.
16 Fit a new seal on the inside with the seal lip turned out.
Press in a new seal in the hub. Use a suitable round plate, the seal
does not tolerate impacts from a hammer.
NOTE
Turn the seal correctly.
17 Fit the inner bearing's inner race and rollers on the wheel spindle.
Pack the bearing with universal grease "EP2".
18 Fill the empty space in the hub with universal grease "EP2".
DANGER
Always block the wheels on the side of the axle that
is not going to be worked on before positioning the
jack. Always secure the jack to prevent it from sliding
out of position.
Wheels (tyre + rim) must only be handled pressurised
after inspection and approval, as well as inflated to
full pressure, by certified personnel.
Fully deflate the tyre before removal. Otherwise the
conical ring and locking clips can loosen and shoot
out when the pressure is changed. With double wheel
fitting both tyres must be fully deflated!
The air must always be released via the valve. If
this is not possible - loosen the valve in the rim and
deflate. If this is not possible then break, cut or saw
off the valve stem. If it is not possible to release the
air through the valve connection then the tyre must be
deflated by drilling a hole in the tyre tread. Use a drill
bit with max. Ø 5 mm. Damaged tyres may explode.
Never stand directly in front of the wheel when
deflating or inflating. The conical ring and locking
clips can loosen and shoot out when the pressure is
changed.
Never fit damaged tyres or rims.
It is not permitted to mix rim components between
rims. The parts are adapted during manufacture.
It is prohibited to repair rims with welding.
It is prohibited to operate the machine if one of the
tyres is flat.
Wheels, tyres and rims are dimensioned and selected
for each machine type so that maximum wheel loads
and travel speeds are not exceeded. For this reason it
is not permitted to change tyre dimension, tyre make,
tyre type, rim type, or rim make without approval from
Cargotec.
CAUTION
When removing wheels, the wheel nuts should be left
in place after loosening. If the wheel nuts are removed
immediately, the wheel may release from the hub.
Wheel nuts should be check-tightened after 4-5
operating hours.
Always follow the tyre manufacturer's or other
approved instructions when changing tyres.
Never use a steel hammer to fit or remove rim
components. Use a lead, brass or plastic mallet
instead.
Keep the tyre pressures at the prescribed level.
Insufficient tyre pressure impairs stability and reduces
the machine's capacity.
Remove stuck objects such as crushed glass, pieces
of wood, metal filings, etc.
Check if tyre wear is abnormal. This could indicate
a mechanical fault. Rectify faults immediately and
change damaged tyres.
6.3.1 Tyres
Tyres, description
The tyres are the point of contact between the machine and the ground,
and they absorb unevenness and provide suspension.
The drive axle is subject to major forces during operation. If each tyre's
rolling circumference differs, the stresses on the drive axle increase.
For this reason it is important that the tyres on the drive axle have
equal wear and correct air pressure.
009892
Front wheels
009893
Rear wheels
Tyres, changing
DANGER
Changing tyres is complicated and dangerous work.
EXTREME DANGER!
Leave tyre work to authorised personnel/tyre
company.
The rims must be checked when tyres are changed. See Maintenance
manual DCT 80-90.
6.3.2 Rim
Rim, description
1 2 3 4 The rim is split to make it possible to fit a tyre. The rim consists of
the following parts.
• Rim
• Rim bead seat
• Rim edge
• Lock ring
6
019431
1. Rim
2. Lock ring
3. Rim edge
4. Tapered rim
5. Wheel nut
6. Wheel bolt
6
019431
1. Rim
2. Lock ring
3. Rim edge
4. Tapered rim
5. Wheel nut
6. Wheel bolt
7 Load handling
7 Load handling
Position sensor, checking and adjustment
The machine has several position sensors in the following locations.
1. Mast position sensor (B7211-2), see Mast position sensor,
description, page 7:24.
2. Alignment sensors B7203L and B7203R), see Sensor, contact,
1 description, page 7:68 and Alignment sensor, checking and
adjusting, page 7:68.
3. Locked twistlocks sensors (B7205LL and B7205RL), see Sensor,
twistlocks, description, page 7:69 and Twistlocks sensor, checking
and adjusting, page 7:70.
4. Damping sensor (B769L, B769R, B777L and B777R), see Position
sensor spreading, description, page 7:53.
4
019443
Spacing check
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Check that the sensor in question is free of damage and dirt.
3 Check that the distance between the sensor and the indicator is
5±1 mm.
C-C
5±1 mm
The control levers are supplied voltage by and send a signal to the
cab control unit (D790-1).
C A. Lift/lower (R8071-P1).
A B
Lifting/lowering is controlled by moving the control lever forward
(lowering) or rearward (lifting). See Lifting/lowering, function
D description, page 7:8.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1.
B. Tilt (R8072-P2).
Tilt is controlled by moving the control lever forward (tilt out) or
backward (tilt in). See Tilt, function description, page 7:55.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1.
C. Side shift (R8073-P3).
E Side shift is controlled by moving the lever forward (left) or
backward (right). See Side shift, function description, page 7:30.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.1 ATTACH, menu 1.
014181
It is not possible to use side shift on the side lift attachment if the
attachment is in its max or min position.
D. Emergency stop switch
E. Opening locked twistlocks, attachment (S1002).
Pull the switch sideways to open the twistlocks if the conditions for
this are met. See Twistlocks, function description, page 7:61.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.5 ATTACH, menu 5.
Twistlocks are opened with the switch on the control lever, see Linear
control levers, description, page 7:5.
The switch is supplied power by and sends a voltage signal to the cab
control unit (D790-1).
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.5 ATTACH, menu 5.
009910
Position 0 - Spreading not activated.
The switch is supplied power by and sends a voltage signal to the cab
control unit (D790-1).
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.3 ATTACH, menu 3.
The switch (green) for spreading stop for the attachment at 30' (S1004)
activates the 30-foot stop. When the switch is depressed, the function
5
changes from spreading from 20'–40' to stop at 30'.
3
30-
The switch is supplied power by and sends a voltage signal to the cab
control unit (D790-1).
009909
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.3 ATTACH, menu 3.
009908
Position 0 - Automatic spreading not activated.
The switch is supplied with voltage from and sends a voltage signal to
the cab control unit (D790-1) when the switch is activated.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.3 ATTACH, menu 3.
WARNING
Risk of crushing and damage to the product!
Automatic spreading is stopped by activating
spreading in the opposite direction, or by deactivating
the function with the switch, or by applying the parking
brake.
7.2 Lifting/lowering
Lifting/lowering, function description
Condition Reference value Reference
Control breaker Not activated Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.1.4 Emergency stop
switch voltage
Twistlocks Locked or unlocked, not Twistlocks, description, page 7:61
intermediate position
Contact Mast down: no contact Sensor, contact, description, page 7:68
1b 1a D3
D1
2, 3, 5 6
D790-1 D794
D797-1
7, 15
4
D7
D14 14
8
C
12, 16 12, 16
P2
9 A
10
13
019444
11
13 6
12 7
015032
11 10 9 8
1. Feed from the hydraulic oil pump brake and
steering [P]
2. Adjuster screw control pressure
3. Return to filter [D]
4. Measuring outlet control pressure [LSM]
5. Connection brake cooling [SPOL]
6. Connection control valve, pilot pressure [LSO]
7. Feed control valve [O]
8. Adjuster screw pressure accumulator charging
9. Measuring outlet servo pressure [PPM]
10. Measuring outlet accumulator pressure [ACC
M]
11. Adjusting screw servo pressure
12. Connection valve block brakes, accumulator
charging [ACC]
13. Measuring outlet pump pressure brake and
steering [PM]
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the hydraulic oil reaches
operating temperature, 50 °C.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
000475
Operating menu, hydraulic oil temperature
5 Close the relief valve attachment and the accumulator drain valve.
6 Start the engine and run it at idle.
014619
015022
12 Close the relief valve attachment and the accumulator drain valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
1 Lift, tilt and attachment control valve controls the speed and direction
of the lift and tilt and feeds pressure to the attachment control valve.
2 Control valve lift, tilt and attachment is a part of the main valve, see
section 10 Common hydraulics, group 10.5.4 Main valve. The main
3 valve is located on the lifting beam in front of the gearbox in the engine
compartment.
The valve has three sections, one for the lift function, one for the
tilt function and one to pressurise the control valve attachment. The
sections have many similarities, but are described separately under the
respective function. For tilt, see Lift, tilt and attachment control valve,
description, page 7:57, for attachment see Lift, tilt and attachment
4 control valve, description, page 7:37. Electric solenoid valves control
the flow from the valve.
adjusted and that the valve also sends control signals to the variable
pumps.
1. Solenoid valve, lower (Y6004)
Electrically controlled pressure reducing valves (solenoid valves)
2. Solenoid valve, lift (Y6005)
convert electric current into a low hydraulic pressure that is proportional
3. Connection left lift cylinder to the current, so-called servo pressure. The servo pressure acts on
4. Connection right lift cylinder the spring-centred control slide in the control valve for the function in
question and thereby controls the main flow.
The signals can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.8.3 ELSERV, menu 3.
Lower solenoid valve
The valve is controlled electrically with the Solenoid valve, lower
(Y6004), which is activated by the frame control unit, (D797-1). The
servo valve directs servo pressure to the lift slide which is proportional
to the control current to the solenoid valve.
The signals can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.8.4 ELSERV, menu 4.
The lift cylinder is fastened in the mast with nuts in the bottom and a
washer and screw in the top.
The lift cylinders are connected in parallel and are fed from one section
of the lift, tilt and attachment control valve, see Lift, tilt and attachment
control valve, description, page 7:13.
019448 On the piston side there is a built-in load control valve. The load control
valve consists of a restrictor and a non-return valve. The non-return
valve directs oil past the restrictor when lifting and forces the oil to pass
through the restrictor when lowering. This limits the lowering speed.
7.2.9 Mast
Mast, description
The mast which has a clear view design lifts the load. The trolley runs
1 in the mast, which in turn holds the side lift attachment.
The lower part of the mast is fastened to the frame with two shafts in
2 both of the double lugs on the front of the frame. The mast is also
fastened in the frame with two tilt cylinders.
4 The lower part of the lifting cylinders is fastened to the outer mast, while
its upper part is fastened to the inner mast. When the oil is pushed into
the lift cylinders the cylinders' piston rods are pushed out and the inner
mast is lifted. The chain, which is attached to the trolley (and in the
outer frame), runs over chain wheels in the top of the inner mast. In
this way even the trolley is lifted at the same time as the inner mast.
Hydraulic hoses and cables for the trolley and side lift attachment
functions run along the left side.
CAUTION
The mast and its component parts are tested under
harsh operating conditions and environments to
009918
Mast, removing
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
It is possible to remove the trolley and the side lift attachment
as a unit.
3 Connect the lifting equipment to the lifting lugs at the top of the
mast in a secure manner.
4 Start the engine and tilt the mast forwards as far as possible.
5 Switch off the engine.
6 Turn the start key to position I and activate the hydraulic functions
to depressurise the hydraulic system.
7 Turn the start key to position 0 and switch off the main power.
009974
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
009981
009984 14 Undo the nuts and bolts and remove the shafts which fix the mast
to the frame.
009979
WARNING
The mast can swing out when it is released from the
machine.
Risk of personal injury!
009983
009985
17 Place the mast on the ground and detach the lifting equipment
(overhead crane).
009975
Mast, installing
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
009975
5 The shafts and bearing surfaces must be checked before the mast
is refitted for deep grooves/scratches, fibres must not protrude
above the bearing surface. If there are signs of damage, the
shaft/bearing must be replacement.
NOTE
The mast is attached to the machine's frame with strong shafts
which run in maintenance-free bearings.
It is extremely important that bearing surfaces are absolutely
clean when the mast is installed.
The shafts and bearings mentioned above must NEVER be
009977
7 Suspend the mast vertically. Align the mast and position the shafts
in the mast mountings.
009978
13 Lift the tilt cylinders with lifting equipment (overhead crane) and
align the tilt cylinders with the mast.
009982
15 Lubricate the connectors with contact grease and join them up.
16 Remove the plugs and connect the mast's hydraulic hoses on the
machine's front panel.
009981
17 Remove the plugs and connect the hydraulic hoses to the lift
cylinders.
18 Turn on the power supply and start the engine.
19 Check that the hydraulic connections are sealed tightly.
20 Check the mast functions.
21 Fit the trolley; see Trolley, installing, page 7:26.
22 Fit the side lift attachment; see Side lift attachment, installing,
page 7:51.
009980
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
If the surface of the flanges has started to break down into small
flakes, this can be repaired so that the mast can still be used. This is
rectified by first grinding down the attacked surfaces and then "run-in"
the surface.
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Remove the trolley; see Trolley, removing, page 7:25.
3 Removing the mast, see Mast, removing, page 7:15.
4 Separate the outer and inner mast.
5 Clean the mast components.
6 Grind the affected surfaces with a belt sander until the surface is
smooth and bright. Start with grit size 36-40 and finish with 60-80.
Grind in the longitudinal direction of the beam.
Check the internal measurement between the beam's front and
250 mm
NOTE
If the slide plate extends less than 3 mm from the holder, replace
it.
1 Lubricate the inner sliding surfaces of the outer mast with a thin
layer of slide grease.
2 Lift the inner mast 200 mm.
3 Adjust the slide plate in the bottom part of the outer mast so that it
lies against or has no more than 0.5 mm play to the outer mast.
Use a suitable number of shims in the rear and front of the slide
plate so that the slide plate lies evenly against the entire sliding
surface.
4 Raise the mast to its end position and check that the slide plates
do not pinch too hard against the sliding surface.
010152
NOTE
If the slide plate extends less than 3 mm from the holder, replace
it.
1 Lubricate the outer sliding surfaces of the inner mast with a thin
layer of slide grease.
2 Lower the inner mast to its bottom position.
3 Lift the inner mast 200 mm.
4 Adjust the slide plate in the top part of the outer mast so that it lies
against or has no more than 0.5 mm play to the inner mast.
Use a suitable number of shims in the rear and front of the slide
plate so that the slide plate lies evenly against the entire sliding
surface.
5 Raise the mast to its end position and check that the slide plates
do not pinch too hard against the sliding surface.
010130
NOTE
4
Rotate the mast wheel while tightening the clamping screw.
5
3 Loosen the clamping screw until the wheel rotates, slightly slowly.
Turn the clamping screw so that the next hole for the tubular pin
fits.
6
7 NOTE
Check that there is clearance between the mast wheel and the
mast beam.
1. Impeller
2. Circlip
3. Cover washer
4. Spring pin
5. Clamping screw
6. Inner bearing
7. Outer bearing
The position sensor sends a signals to the Frame control unit (D797-1)
when the mast approaches the end position.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.8.15 ELSERV, menu 15.
7.2.11 Trolley
Trolley, description
The trolley holds the side lift attachment and runs along the inner mast
with slide plates and mast wheels. The attachment can be shifted
sideways ±600 mm with a hydraulic cylinder that sits between the
2
attachment and trolley.
1 Also located on the trolley are the Attachment control unit (D791-1),
attachment control valve and buzzer automatic spreading 20'-40' ( )
4013589
Trolley, removing
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
009987
Trolley, installing
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
8 Remove the plugs and connect the mast's hydraulic hoses and
the carriage wiring.
009987
9 Connect the trolley cable.
Lubricate the connectors with contact grease and connect them
Fasten the wiring with the lock plate.
10 Fit the side lift attachment; see Side lift attachment, installing,
page 7:51.
11 Turn on the power supply and start the engine.
12 Check that the hydraulic connections are sealed tightly.
13 Check the trolley functions.
009995
NOTE
Minor adjustment to the clearance between the trolley and inner
mast is possible without removing the trolley.
2 If the slide plate extends less than 3 mm from the holder, replace it.
A 3 Use a gauge in the centre of the beam to measure the interior
width of the inner mast.
B
013593
D
013648
013649
1
2 7 Fit the trolley; see Trolley, installing, page 7:26.
1. Screws 8 Lift the trolley all the way up and check that the slide plates do not
clamp too hard against the sliding surfaces.
2. Shim
1 2
Accumulator lift is connected in parallel with the lift cylinders and
takes up pressure surges that occur in the lift cylinder when operating.
The piston-type accumulator is located below the main valve on the
hydraulic plate in front of the transmission.
019450
1a
1b D1
2
D790-1
D797-1 D791-1
3 7
D7
D3
C 4 8
P2
P2
5 11 A 9
6 T2 A B
10
015076
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1a The side shift control lever U = 0.5-4.5 V Linear control levers, description, page 7:5
(R8073-P3) sends the cab control unit Left: U = <2.5 V D1: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(D790-1) a voltage signal proportional system, group 8.4.9.1 ATTACH, menu 1
to lever movement. Right: U = 2.5 V
0.5 V is the highest left side
shift speed and 4.5 V is
the highest right side shift
speed. Lower voltage than
0.5 V and higher voltage
than 4.5 V is used to detect
faults in cable harnesses
and controls.
1b The control lever (S815-P3) sends US815-P3 = 0.5-4.5 V Control lever, description, page 7:4
the cab control unit (D790-1) a Right: US815-P3 = <2.5 V D1: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
voltage signal proportional to lever system, group 8.4.9.1 ATTACH, menu 1
movement. Left: US815-P3 = >2.5 V
0.5 V is the highest right
side shift speed and 4.5 V
is the highest left side shift
speed. Lower voltage than
0.5 V and higher voltage
than 4.5 V is used to detect
faults in cable harnesses
and controls.
2 Control unit, cab (D790-1) transmits Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.1
side shift left or right on the CAN bus. system, error shown Control unit, cab
with error code.
3 The frame control unit (D797-1) U = 24 V Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.2
activates the solenoid valve for main Frame control unit
pump relief (Y6062-2). D3: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.5.6 HYD, menu 6
9 The control valve has a built-in supply of pilot pressure. This means
7 that the valve has a built-in pressure reduction that converts feed
8 pressure to servo pressure for the various functions. The supply of pilot
pressure is common for all functions. This reduces pressure variations
due to long hoses and reduces the number of hoses to the valve.
The attachment control valve is fed by lift, tilt and attachment control
valve, see Lift, tilt and attachment control valve, description, page 7:37.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.11 ATTACH, menu 11.
Solenoid valve, side shift right
The solenoid valve for side shift right controls pressure to the side shift
spool so that the side shift spool opens and pressurises the side shift
cylinder.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.12 ATTACH, menu 12.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
5 Mark and disconnect the cable harness from the control valve.
013595
6 Remove the attaching bolts and lift away the valve. Place the valve
on a clean and protected surface.
7 Transfer the connection adapters to the new control valve.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
NOTE
Transfer one connection at a time so that the marking is not
013596
mixed up.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
CAUTION
Air in the hydraulic system may cavitate and result in
product damage.
Activate the steering carefully and operate at the lowest
possible speed a couple of times to avoid cavitation.
15 Check the oil level in hydraulic oil tank with all hydraulic cylinders
in the retracted position. The oil level should be at the top of the
sight glass. Top up if necessary.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
Check the hydraulic oil level with all hydraulic
cylinders fully retracted.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the hydraulic oil reaches
operating temperature, at least 50 °C.
2 Switch off the engine.
˚C 3 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C
000475
5 Start the engine and run at max. revs. Activate a hydraulic function
on the attachment and read the pressure gauge. The pressure
must correspond with the pressure plate.
6 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
015025
7.4.5 Trolley
Trolley, description
See Trolley, description, page 7:25.
NOTE
The thickness of the slide plate should be at least 10 mm.
3
2
013681
3
The illustration shows the slide plates between the
attachment and trolley.
1. Upper slide plates
2. Lower slide plates
3. Attachment's fastening
NOTE
The thickness of the slide plate should be at least 10 mm.
3. Counterhold
4. Screw NOTE
Check that the attaching bolts for all slide plates are tightened.
14 Check that the sliding surface is clean and lubricate the sliding
surface on the side lift attachment.
15 Start the machine and side shift the attachment to its end positions.
Check that the play between the trolley and the attachment is
sufficient along the whole attachment and that no metallic contact
occurs. Adjust as necessary, using the shims.
Lift, tilt and attachment control valve controls the speed and direction
1 of the lift and tilt and feeds pressure to the attachment control valve.
Control valve lift, tilt and attachment is a part of the main valve, see
section 10 Common hydraulics, group 10.5.4 Main valve. The main
valve is located on the lifting beam in front of the gearbox in the engine
compartment.
the oil from the hydraulic oil pumps to the attachment control valve.
Solenoid valve hydraulic pressure attachment
1. Solenoid valve hydraulic pressure attachment
(Y6062-2) Solenoid valve hydraulic pressure attachment (Y6062-2) is activated
2. Connection feed pressure control valve, by the frame control unit (D797-1). The solenoid valve directs servo
attachment pressure to the attachment slide which is proportional to the control
current to the solenoid valve.
1b 1a
D1
2
D790-1
D797-1 D791-1
3 7, 14, 19
D3
4 D13 D8 D9
C
8, 15 9, 20
C
P2 D18
P2 10,
5 23 A 16,
6 T2 B A A B 21
13 18
015077
11, 17 12, 22
D1 D2
2b 2a 1
35
30-
3
D790-1
D791-1
4,7,9,11 D5
D8 30' 30'
014803
4,7 4,7 5 6 8 10
2
D1 D2
1b 1a
3 7
D790-1 D795
D791-1 D9
D10 D8 D11 4, 5, 8 9 D13 D12
10 8 11 6 13 9 12
009347
D5
014737
1000 mm
013683
3 Unscrew the nuts and bolts (position 1) that secure the slide plates.
1
013684
013685
Right side
4 Remove the slide plates and shims from the main beam.
Lift the extension section slightly so that the slide the plates are
unloaded.
013686
Left side
013687
Right side
5 Refit the slide plates, add a sufficient number shims under the
slide plates so that the play between the slide plates and the main
beam is 1-3 mm both laterally and vertically. This corresponds
to the measurements X + (1-3) mm and Y + (1-3) mm internally
between the slide plates.
NOTE
Do not use too thick shims. Too little play increases wear on the
slide plates.
NOTE
Check that the attaching bolts for all slide plates are tightened.
6 Start the machine and check the spreading functioning. Try to lift a
container and then check the spreader beams' play again on the
attachment's main beam.
013688
Left side
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
It is possible to remove the trolley and the side lift attachment
as a unit.
1 Park the machine with the mast vertical and the attachment in
its lowest position.
2 Switch off the engine.
014819
6 Detach the side shift cylinder from the attachment.
Remove the cylinder's shaft from the bracket on the trolley. If
necessary, use the threaded hole and a puller to press the shaft
out.
Start the engine and retract the cylinder so that it comes loose
from the mounting in the trolley. Switch off the engine.
Save the circlips. Refit the shaft in the cylinder.
013654
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
009952
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
7 Fit the lifting carriage's front panels to fix the side lifting attachment
in position.
8 Check that the side lift attachment runs correctly in the trolley; see
Slide plates between trolley and attachment, adjustment, page
7:36.
013680
NOTE
Use an anti-recoil plastic or copper mallet.
12 Remove plugs and connect hydraulic hoses for the side lift
attachment and side shift cylinder using the markings as a guide.
13 Turn on the power supply and start the engine.
14 Check that the hydraulic connections are sealed tightly.
15 Check the functions of the side lift attachment.
009952
16 Check the oil level in hydraulic oil tank when all hydraulic cylinders
are in the retracted position. The oil level should be at the top of
the sight glass. Top up if necessary.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
Check the hydraulic oil level with all hydraulic
cylinders fully retracted.
Sensor end positions 20' and 40' (B769R and B769L) indicate the
end positions for 20 and 40-feet containers. The sensors detect the
spreader beams' end positions by means of two indicator plates on top
1 2 of the spreader beams. The sensor is used to activate damping.
With the 30 feet stop option, two extra sensors are fitted, Sensor end
5 4 3
position 30' (B777R and B777L), and two indicator plates. The sensor
is used to activate 30-foot stop.
2 1 the distance between the spreaders becomes 20', (30') and 40'.
1. Sensor, end position 20' and 40' The signals can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
2. Sensor end position 30' Control system, group 8.4.9.6 ATTACH, menu 6.
The buzzer for automatic spread 20'-40' (H9003) sits on the underside
of the trolley on machines with automatic spreading 20'-40'. The buzzer
is activated during automatic spreader movement.
7.7 Tilt
Tilt, function description
Condition Reference value Reference
Control breaker Not activated Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.1.4 Emergency stop switch
voltage
1b 1a D3
D1
2, 3
D790-1
D797-1
4 5
D5
6 9
C
P2
10
7 11 A B 8 9
019453
10
Lift, tilt and attachment control valve controls the speed and direction
1 of the lift and tilt and feeds pressure to the attachment control valve.
2 Control valve lift, tilt and attachment is a part of the main valve, see
section 10 Common hydraulics, group 10.5.4 Main valve. The main
valve is located on the lifting beam in front of the gearbox in the engine
compartment.
For more information about tilting, see Tilt, function description, page
7:55.
Tilt slide
4 When the solenoid valves are activated, the tilt spool is pressurised
and controls the direction and flow of oil from the hydraulic oil pumps
015082
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.8.6 ELSERV, menu 6.
Solenoid valve, tilt in
On machines with electric servo, the solenoid valve tilt in is controlled
electrically with Solenoid valve tilt in (Y6011) which is activated by the
Frame control unit option (D797-1). The solenoid valve directs servo
pressure to the tilt spool which is proportional to the control current to
the solenoid valve.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.8.5 ELSERV, menu 5.
009929
2
019454
3
1. Tilt cylinder
2. Mast
3. Lower mast mounting in frame
7.7.8 Mast
Mast, description
See Mast, description, page 7:15.
7.8 Levelling
Mechanical levelling, function description
Mechanical levelling means that the twistlock fasteners can spring out
and adjusts the height of the twistlocks according to the incline of the
container to be lifted. This means that the machine can handle loads
on an uneven surface, up to ± 3° angle.
014021
1
D1
2b
2a
7, 20
D2 3 6, 19
D790-1 D790-2 D795
D8 D797-1 D791-1 D5
8 5, 12, 18
9 D17
D12 17 4
C
13
C 16
P2
P2 A
10 21 A
11 T2 B
14 15 16
D17 4
17
015078
D4
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.9 ATTACH, menu 9.
"Open twistlocks" solenoid valve, description
019451
019455
1 The lock mechanism transfers the force of the lock cylinders to the
twistlocks. Two lock mechanisms, one in the right and one in the left
spreader beam, actuate the twistlocks. The lock mechanism runs in
3 2 the corner box.
014807
1. Linkages
2. Rotary plate
3. Lock cylinder mount
7.9.1.6 Twistlocks
Twistlocks, description
1 2 3
WARNING
Dropped load.
Extreme danger!
Twistlocks hold the load during load handling and
therefore it is of the utmost importance that twistlocks
are checked according to instructions and are replaced
at the slightest sign of damage or wear.
014716
5 4
Twistlocks secure the load and are located out in the corners of the
1. Unlocked twistlock sensor spreader beam's longitudinal section.
2. Sensor, contact Twistlocks are manufactured from high-strength steel in accordance
3. Locked twistlock sensor with international standards. The lift pins are marked with serial
numbers.
4. Lift pin
5. Contact pin Twistlocks are connected pairs via a linkage system to a hydraulic
cylinder which in turn is controlled via a section in the attachment's
control valve. Inductive sensors send signals when the twistlocks are
locked and unlocked, respectively.
Twistlocks, replacement
1 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
2 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
3 Clean the twistlocks and the surrounding area.
4 Slacken the screws on the clamp holding the twistlocks in place.
5 Hold the twistlocks while removing the clamp halves.
WARNING
Dropped component.
Risk of pinch injury or product damage.
Twistlock weighs approx. 30 kg.
014821
NOTE
Remember the washer.
8 Check the positions of the parts and that the twistlocks can move.
9 Tighten the screws of the clamp halves.
10 Lubricate the twistlocks and lock mechanism with lubricating
grease.
11 Check that the twistlock mechanism can move.
12 Turn on the main electric power and start the machine.
13 Check that the twistlocks are working.
014821
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.7 ATTACH, menu 7.
014813
1 2
1. Sensor, contact
2. Contact pin
7 If necessary, slacken the lock nut and screw the sensor in/out until
the distance between the sensor and the alignment pin is 5±1 mm.
014718
2 1
Left side
1. Sensor, contact
2. Contact pin
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.9.8 ATTACH, menu 8.
014809
1 2
1. Unlocked twistlock sensor
2. Locked twistlock sensor
014719
1 2
Right side
1. Unlocked twistlock sensor
2. Locked twistlock sensor
2 1
Left side
1. Unlocked twistlock sensor
2. Locked twistlock sensor
The container counter uses the alignment sensors and the twistlock
sensors to determine when a container is lifted. The container counter
counts lifting when alignment is broken with locked twistlocks and
twistlocks are not opened again within eight seconds.
D1
1, 4, 7
10
D790-1 D795
D797-1 D791-1
3,6,9 D5
D2
2,8 5
015086
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 The attachment is positioned over - Lifting/lowering, function description, page 7:8
a container with the functions 7.2 Side shift, function description, page 7:30
Lifting/lowering, 7.4 Side shift and 7.5
Spreading Spreading, function description, page 7:38
D1: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 1 and
8.4.8.1 ELSERV, menu 2.
2 Alignment sensors left and right (B7203L Sensor directly opposite Sensor, contact, description, page 7:68
and B7203R) voltage signal to the indicator plate: U = 24 V D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
attachment control unit (D791-1). system, group 8.4.9.7 ATTACH, menu 7
3 Control unit, attachment (D791-1) sends Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.5
alignment on the CAN bus. system, error shown Control unit, attachment
with error code.
4 Twistlocks are rotated to the locked - Twistlocks, function description, page 7:61
position and are closed with the 7.9.1
Twistlocks function.
5 The sensor for locked twistlocks Sensor directly opposite Sensor, twistlocks, description, page 7:69
left (B7205L) and sensor for locked indicator plate: U = 24 V D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
twistlocks right (B7205R) send a voltage system, group 8.4.9.8 ATTACH, menu 8
signal to the attachment control unit
(D791-1).
8 Control system
8 Control system
Control system, general
In many cases, the machine's functions are controlled electrically. The
signals that control the machine are monitored to warn the operator
or limit the machine's functions in the event of certain dangerous
situations or if there are malfunctions in the machine.
Settings is the tool for setting and adapting the machine's functions.
000389
• Field D: Shows type of error.
• Field E: Indicates which function is affected by error code.
• Book symbol means that information is available in the operator's
manual.
Field B: Error code level
The control and monitoring system gives error code information in three
levels which are indicated with a symbol in the lower left corner (B)
on the display unit.
• Stop
C Indicates a serious malfunction that may jeopardise the operator's
safety or cause machine failure. The error code must be attended
D E to immediately. Stop working with the machine and contact service
immediately.
000350
• Warning
C Indicates malfunction in machine that should be taken care of as
soon as possible. After the finished work shift with the machine,
D E contact service as soon as possible.
The error code is shown automatically on the display.
000351
• Information
C Information to the operator that something should be rectified, e.g.
broken bulb. Take action to rectify the cause of the error code as
D E soon as possible. See section 6 Inspection and maintenance in
the operator's manual.
The error code is stored in the error code list under operating
000352
000389
• Engine:
XX/YY Shown with error code number XXX/YY on display.
D
NOTE
B If several error codes come from the engine, the error code level is
001343
• Transmission:
XXX/YY Shown with error code number XX/YY on display.
B
001344
7
000396
25 26 27
010153
8.2 Monitoring
8.2.2 Bypass
Bypass, description
Bypassing is activated with the bypass switch.
DANGER
Bypassing the safety systems results in a risk of
tipping. Use at your own risk.
Extreme hazard to personal health and risk of property
damage!
Only use the bypass of safety systems in emergency
situations.
Speed limitation is set via the initiation menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.5.1.4 INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9.
000056
PRESENT XXXXh
8.4 Diagnostics
Diagnostic test, general
The machine has built-in functions for troubleshooting called diagnostic
DIAGNOSIS test. The diagnostic test consists of several menus shown on the
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB display. The menus are grouped for faster access. The following pages
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE describe the content of the menu figures and which functions can be
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH controlled.
005263
OLS EXTRA
The diagnostic test is divided into the following groups:
• Voltage feed and communication for the Control system,
CAN/POWER, description, page 8:12.
• Lighting, LIGHTS, description, page 8:25.
• Cab functions, CAB, description, page 8:36.
• Air conditioning, CLIMATE, description, page 8:44.
• Hydraulic functions, HYD, description, page 8:50.
• Engine ENGINE, description, page 8:54.
• Transmission, TRANSM, description, page 8:59.
• Functions for electric servo, ELSERV, description, page 8:70.
• Attachment functions, ATTACH, description, page 8:77.
• Optional functions, EXTRA, description, page 8:90
– Optional functions, OPT, description, page 8:91
1 Diagnostic tests show how the control units interpret input signals as
2 3 4
well as which signals that the control units send.
008873
FEEDBACK 0
Signal value Measurement value or status for the signal for variable. On the same row there are different types
that are interpreted in different ways.
SWITCH: 1 or 0 where 1 means closed circuit.
OUTPUT: two characters where the first number is 1 if the output signal is active. The second number is
status for the circuit, 1=circuit OK, 0=open circuit or short circuit.
INPUT: numerical value corresponding to the signal.
REFERENCE: two characters where the first number is 1 if the input signal is active. The second number
is status for the circuit, 1=circuit OK, 0=open circuit or short circuit.
REQUIRED: numerical value corresponding to the signal.
FEEDBACK: numerical value corresponding to the signal.
Menu heading Description of the function for which the menu reads signals.
8.4.1 CAN/POWER
CAN/POWER, description
This group handles redundant voltage feed to control units and CAN
DIAGNOSIS bus communication.
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005263
OLS EXTRA
Signal value:
3 OK.
2 Segment check.
0 Error.
SEGMENT ERROR X
Contact: -
Signal value:
005266
SEGMENT ERROR X Circuit diagram: Circuit CANBUS ground group 11.6_1
Contact: -
Signal value:
0 No open circuits.
>0 If X is separated from 0, the first segment is indicated
as missing contact. A 1 means that the first segment
is defective, that is, that contact between first and
second control unit is cut off.
To see which control units are installed on the
machine along with their order, use diagnostic menu
CAN/POWER, menu 2, see PRESENT REDCAN
STATUS, CONNECTED CITIES, page 8:13.
D795 D791-1 XX
Contact:
D795: K1:10, K1:11, K1:12 and K1:13
D797-1, D791-1: K2:2, K2:3, K2:4 and K2:5
Signal value:
KDU D797-2 XY Circuit diagram: Circuit CANBUS ground group 11.6_1, Circuit
007183
KDU D791-1 XY Attachment DCF90-100/45E 11.6_1
Contact: -
Signal value:
Signal value:
NOTE
The cable harness for CAN bus drive-train is common to the
engine and transmission from the cab electronic box to the frame
electronic box. The cable branches in the frame electronic box. If
communication with both the engine and transmission is cut off, start
troubleshooting at the cable harness between the cab electronic
box and the frame electronic box. If there is communication (either
engine or transmission), this rules out a fault in the cable harness
between the cab electronic box and the frame electronic box.
005269
TRANSMISSION X
Connection: CAN J1939 from D790-1/K13:1 and K13:2 to D793/L2
and M2
Signal value:
NOTE
The cable harness for CAN bus drive-train is common to the
engine and transmission from the cab electronic box to the frame
electronic box. The cable branches in the frame electronic box. If
communication with both the engine and transmission is cut off, start
troubleshooting at the cable harness between the cab electronic
box and the frame electronic box. If there is communication (either
engine or transmission), this rules out a fault in the cable harness
between the cab electronic box and the frame electronic box.
IGNITION, KEY IN
Description: Indicates if ignition is switched on (key in ignition key lock).
DIAG CAN/POWER 5(X)
IGNITION Circuit diagram: Circuit power group 11.5_3
KEY IN X
RELAY K315-1 XY Connection: signal from S150/15 to digital in D790-1/K11:1
007126
Signal value:
007126
RELAY K315-2 XY Connection: output signal from D790-1/K10:10 to K315-1
Signal value:
Signal value:
EMERGENCY STOP, SW
Description: Indicates if switch, emergency stop switch, is activated.
DIAG CAN/POWER 6(X)
EMERGENCY STOP, SW X Circuit diagram: Circuit power control breaker group 11.5_6
RELAY K3009-1 XY
FEEDBACK X Connection: signal from S250/2 to digital in D790-1/K8:4
007127
Signal value:
007127
RELAY K3009-2 XY Connection: signal from D790-1/K10:11 to K3009-1/86
Signal value:
RELAY K3009-2 XY Contact: Signal from K3009-1/87 via F58-3/8 to digital in D790-1/K11:13
Signal value:
RELAY K3009-2 XY
Contact: signal from D790-1/K10:12 to K3009-2/86, K3002/86 and
K3007/86.
Signal value:
005271
Function: 11.5.1 Voltage feed
Contact:
1. signal from digital out D790-1/K4:5 to Y672/10 and Y673/10
2. signal from digital out D790-1/K5:11 to S118/1, S139/1 and S117/1
3. signal from digital out D790-1/K5:13 to B690-1/1
4. signal from digital out D790-1/K7:2 to R8071/1, R8072/1,
R8073/1
5. signal from digital out D790-1/K7:2 to S815/P1, S815/P2
Signal value: X.XXV = 5.00 V, Important that the signal value is stable
(not varying).
Contact:
1. signal from digital out D790-1/K4:14 to M650-1/53a
2. signal from digital out D790-1/K5:1 to S105-1/5, S105-2/5,
S105-3/5, S143/5, S100/5, S110/5, S199-1/5, S199-3/5, S199-4/5
and S220-1/1
3. signal from digital out D790-1/K6:13 not connected
4. signal from digital out D790-1/K7:12 not connected
5. signal from digital out D790-1/K8:16 to S1002/2, S1003/4, S1003/3,
S1004/5, S149-3/2, S250/1, S107/5, S1012/3, S1012-2/5,
S1031/3, S1005/5, and S199-2/5
6. signal from digital out D790-1/K9:1 not connected
7. signal from digital out D790-1/K10:1 not connected
8. signal from digital out D790-1/K11:12 to S230/2
9. signal from digital out D790-1/K12:1 to M650-2/53a
10. signal from digital out D790-1/K12:3 to M650-3/53a
Function:
1. 9.5.5 Wiper motor front
2. 2.0 Transmission, 9.3 Seat, 9.6 Lighting
3. -
4. -
5. 11.5.1.4 Emergency stop switch voltage; 4.5 Parking brake system;
8.2.2 Bypassing; 9.10.4 Tiltable cab/Hydraulic sliding cab; 7.5
Spreading; 7.8 Levelling; 7.9.1 Twistlocks
6. -
7. -
8. 9.3.14 Sensor operator in seat
9. 9.5.7 Wiper motor rear
10. 9.5.6 Wiper motor roof
Signal value:
005275
Connection: signal from digital out D790-1/K10:9 to P708/+ and
K358/86
Signal value:
RED.POWER LE X RI X Contact:
005276
Signal value:
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
005277
POWER 2 X • LE: redundant feed from D790-1/K11:7 to D797-1/K2:7
• RI: redundant feed from D790-1/K11:9 to D797-1/K2:8
Signal value:
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
POWER 2 X D797-1/K2:11
Signal value:
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
SENSOR SUPPLY XX.XXV Connection: 30-voltage from F54/2 via F58-1/5 to D793/A1
005279
SENSOR SUPPLY XX.XXV Connection: 15E-voltage from K315/87 via F54/4 and F58-2/5 till
D793/S2
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
005282
EME POWER 2 X Connection: 15E voltage from K3009-1/87 via K3009-2/87, F58-3/1 to
D791-1/K2:1, K2:9, K2:10, K2:11
Signal value:
XX.XXV = Voltage on the connection. The signal value should be
22-30 V (battery voltage).
Contact:
LE: redundant voltage feed to D791/K2:7
RI: redundant voltage feed to D791/K2:8
Signal value:
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
EME POWER 2 X Connection: 15E voltage from K3009-1/87 via K3009-2/87, F58-3/1
to D791-1/K2:11
Signal value:
1 Feed active.
0 No feed.
005283
Connection: digital out from 791-1/K1:10 to B769L, B769R, B777L,
B777R, B7203L, B7203R, B7204L, B7204R, B7205LL and B7205LR
Signal value:
SEGMENT ERROR X control unit (D790 -1) and the next Control unit. The last segment is
always between Control unit KID (D795) and Control unit, cab (D790-1).
The segments in between vary depending on machine configuration.
1 2 Contact: -
4 3
Function: 11.6.2 Redundant CAN bus
CAN R CAN L
8.4.2 LIGHTS
LIGHTS, description
This group covers lighting.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005285
OLS EXTRA
Signal value:
SIDE LIGHTS XY Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:2 to H416-1, H416-2, H417-1
005287
Signal value:
SIDE LIGHTS XY Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:33 to H412L and H412R
005287
REAR LIGHTS XY Function: 9.6.3 Tail lights
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
005288
DIMMED LE/RI XY Function: 9.6.1 Headlights
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
005290
RIGHT F/R XY Function: 9.6.6 Direction indicators, 9.6.7 Flashing hazard lights
(Hazard)
Signal value:
RIGHT F/R XY Function: 9.6.6 Direction indicators, 9.6.7 Flashing hazard lights
(Hazard)
Signal value:
Signal value:
005291
Function: 9.6.8 Revolving beacon
Signal value:
Signal value:
Contact: -
Signal value:
005293
REVERSE ALARM XY • LE: digital out from D797-1/K1:7 to H411L
• RI: digital out from D797-1/K1:9 to H411R
Signal value:
Signal value:
005293
REVERSE ALARM XY Function: 9.7.5 Reverse alarm
Signal value:
Signal value:
OUTPUT XXX
Function: 9.10.2 Doors
Signal value:
005295
Function: 9.6 Lighting system
Signal value:
Signal value:
D797-2 C1 P42 XY Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:42 to E404L-4 and E404R-4
Function: 9.1.4 Switch for working light, front wing, 9.1.5 Switch for
working light, attachment, 9.1.6 Switch for working light, mast
Signal value:
005296
D797-2 C1 P42 XY
Signal value:
Signal value:
008895
Function: 9.6 Lighting system
Signal value:
Signal value:
005300
group 9.4_1, circuit working lights 20-40 group 9.6_1, circuit working
lights truck group 9.6_2, circuit working light mast group 9.6_3, circuit
lighting group 9.6_4, circuit blinkers & hazard group 9.6_7
Contact:
output signal from D790-1/K6:1 to S117, S118, S139
output signal from D790-1/K6:2 to S105-2
output signal from D790-1/K6:3 to S105-3
output signal from D790-1/K6:4 to S110
output signal from D790-1/K6:5 to S100
output signal from D790-1/K6:6 to S143
output signal from D790-1/K6:7 to S199-4
output signal from D790-1/K6:8 to S199-3
output signal from D790-1/K6:9 to S199-1
output signal from D790-1/K6:10 to S105-1
output signal from D790-1/K8:10 to S1004
output signal from D790-1/K8:12 to S1003
output signal from D790-1/K8:13 to S107
output signal from D790-1/K8:14 to S199-2
output signal from D790-1/K8:15 to S1012
output signal from D790-1/K5:5 to S109
Signal value:
50 Means 4-5 V.
170 Means 15-16 V.
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
8.4.3 CAB
CAB, description
This group covers functions in the cab.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005301
OLS EXTRA
WASHER, SWITCH
Description: Signal from gear and multi-function lever switch washer.
DIAG CAB 1(X)
WASHER Circuit diagram: Circuit wiper group 9.5_1
SWITCH X
OUTPUT FRONT XY Connection: signal from S162/53C to digital in D790-2/K3:4
005541
Signal value:
Signal value:
005541
OUTPUT REAR ROOF XY
Circuit diagram: Circuit wiper group 9.5_1
Signal value:
Signal value:
1 Long interval.
2 Normal interval.
3 Continuous operation.
005542
FEEDBACK X Function: 9.5.5 Wiper motor front
Signal value:
Signal value:
FEEDBACK X Contact: -
Signal value:
005543
FEEDBACK X Function: 9.5.7 Wiper motor rear
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
005544
FEEDBACK X Function: 9.5.6 Wiper motor roof
Signal value:
Signal value:
HORN, SWITCH
Description: Signal from switch, horn.
DIAG CAB 5(X)
HORN Circuit diagram: Circuit alarm, audible signals group 9.7_1
SWITCH X
SWITCH 2 X Connection: signal from S162/H to digital in D790-2/K3:2
005545
Signal value:
HORN, SWITCH 2
005545
OUTPUT XY
Connection: signal from S149-3 to digital in D790-1/K9:10
Signal value:
HORN, OUTPUT
Description: Voltage feed to horn.
DIAG CAB 5(X)
HORN Circuit diagram: Circuit alarm, audible signals group 9.7_1 and circuit
SWITCH X compressor horn group 9.7_3
SWITCH 2 X
005545
Signal value:
BUZZER
Description: Voltage feed to buzzer for alarm indication panel, feed.
DIAG CAB 6(X)
BUZZER XY Circuit diagram: Circuit alarm, audible signals group 9.7_1
SWITCH SEAT X
ALARM X Connection: digital out from D790-2/K8:4 to H853/1
005546
Signal value:
SWITCH SEAT
Description: Signal from Sensor, operator-in-seat.
DIAG CAB 6(X)
BUZZER XY Circuit diagram: Circuit alarm, audible signals group 9.7_1
SWITCH SEAT X
ALARM X Connection: signal from S230/1 to D790-1/K11:14
005546
OP X Function: 9.3.14 Sensor operator in seat
ALARM
Description: Status for alarm indication panel, warning from control
DIAG CAB 6(X) system.
BUZZER XY
SWITCH SEAT X Circuit diagram: -
ALARM X
005546
OP X Contact: -
OP
This menu row is not used.
DIAG CAB 6(X)
BUZZER XY
SWITCH SEAT X
ALARM X
005546
OP X
FUEL, PROC
Description: The control system's interpretation of the signal from
DIAG CAB 7(X) sensor, fuel tank.
FUEL
SENSOR VALUE XXXohm Circuit diagram: -
PROC XXX
009182
Contact: -
005548
Connection: signal from S143/1 to digital in D790-1/K6:6
Signal value:
Signal value:
8.4.4 CLIMATE
CLIMATE, description
This group covers the cab's air conditioning.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005302
OLS EXTRA
WATER VALVE FEEDB. XXX Function: 9.4 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning
Signal value: XXX = Temperature of the air blown into the cab in tenths
of degrees (200 = 20 ºC).
TEMP COOLANT
Description: Coolant temperature, temperature of the engine's coolant.
DIAG CLIMATE 2(X) Signal is retrieved from the engine via CAN bus drive-train.
TEMP COIL XXX
TEMP COOLANT XXX Circuit diagram: Circuit climate system group 9.4_1 and 9.4_2
TEMP AMBIENT XXX
005550
TEMP DE-ICE XXX Connection: from engine via CAN bus, see PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL,
COOLANT TEMP, page 8:58.
TEMP AMBIENT
Description: Outdoor temperature. Heat radiation from engine and sun
DIAG CLIMATE 2(X) may affect the value since the sensor is fitted on the rear of the cab roof.
TEMP COIL XXX
TEMP COOLANT XXX Circuit diagram: Circuit climate system group 9.4_1
TEMP AMBIENT XXX
005550
TEMP DE-ICE
Description: Temperature in refrigerant circuit.
DIAG CLIMATE 2(X)
TEMP COIL XXX Circuit diagram: Circuit climate system group 9.4_1
TEMP COOLANT XXX
TEMP AMBIENT XXX Connection: signal from B775-3/2 to input D790-1/K4:11
005550
Signal value:
005552
Function: 9.4.5 Water valve
REQ. FAN SPEED XX.XXV Circuit diagram: Circuit climate system group 9.4_1
005554
COMPRESSOR XY Connection: analogue out from D790-1/K2:2 to M657/31
Signal value: XXX = 0-255 = Fan speed (255 = max. fan speed).
Signal value:
COMPRESSOR XY
Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:25 and D797-1/K1:29 to M645
Signal value:
8.4.5 HYD
HYD, description
This group covers the hydraulic functions.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005303
OLS EXTRA
SET OUTPUT + - X
Function: 10.6.3 Cooling fan
Signal value:
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
8.4.5.4 HYD, menu 4
DECLUTCH PRESSURE X Function: 4.3.7 Normally open (NO) switch, brake pressure
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
007241
VALVE XY Connection: signal from S107/1 to digital in D790-1/K8:13 and from
S107/7 to digital in D790-1/K8:5
Function: 4.5 Parking brake system
Signal value:
1/0 Open, parking brake released.
0/1 On, parking brake applied.
P-BRAKE, VALVE
Description: Voltage feed to Solenoid valve parking brake.
DIAG HYDRAULIC 5(X)
P-BRAKE Circuit diagram: Circuit brake system group 4.0_1
SWITCH X/Y Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:34 to solenoid valve Y642/1
FEEDBACK SWITCH X
007241
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
8.4.5.8 HYD, menu 8
SET OUTPUT + - X Connection: digital out from circuit disengage hydraulic pump group
D797-1/K1:35 to solenoid valve Y6062-2
Signal value:
SET OUTPUT + - X Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:35 to solenoid valve Y6062-2 is
activated or deactivated with +/-
Signal value:
8.4.6 ENGINE
ENGINE, description
This group covers the engine functions.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005306
OLS EXTRA
Contact: -
005308
Circuit diagram: -
Contact: -
Function: 2.2.5 Sensor engine speed and oil temperature transmission
Signal value: XXXX = active speed in rpm.
D+ X
Function: 1 Engine, 1.10.1 Preheating
Signal value:
1 Input signal active.
0 No signal.
009282
D+ X Connection: signal from S150/50 to digital in D790-2/K2:1
Signal value:
D+ X
Connection: from G660/D+ to digital in D797-1/K2:16
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
015098
CRANK ENGINE WIRE XY
Connection: digital out D797-1/K1:32 to K360/86
Signal value:
009284
INTAKE MAIN.TEMP XXX Contact:
Volvo TAD760VE: signal from "1 Sensor oil temperature and oil
level" to Control unit engine (D794) "connector A" sleeve 31
Cummins QSB6.7 : signal from "Oil pressure/temperature
sensor" sleeve 4 to Control unit, engine (D794) "Sensor connector"
sleeve 42
Function: 1 Engine
FMI XX Contact: -
009279
FMI XX Circuit diagram: -
Contact: -
Signal value: XXXX = error code number. Use the error code list; see
section D Error codes.
FMI XX
Contact: -
Signal value: XX = fault type number. Use the error code list; see
section D Error codes.
8.4.7 TRANSM
TRANSM, description
This group covers transmission functions.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005324
OLS EXTRA
005325
DECLUTCH PRESS SW. X Function: 2 Transmission
Signal value:
Signal value:
SWITCHES, FORWARD
Description: Signal from gear and multi-function lever (forward).
DIAG TRANSM. 2(X)
SWITCHES Circuit diagram: Circuit drivetrain gearbox group 2.0_1
FORWARD X
REVERSE X Connection: signal from S162/F to digital in D790-2/K3:11
005326
Signal value:
SWITCHES, REVERSE
Description: Signal from gear and multi-function lever (reverse).
DIAG TRANSM. 2(X)
SWITCHES Circuit diagram: Circuit drivetrain gearbox group 2.0_1
FORWARD X
REVERSE X Connection: signal from S162/R to digital in D790-2/K3:12
005326
Signal value:
005326
SHIFT MODE X
Contact: -
Function: 2 Transmission
Signal value:
GEAR X
Contact: -
Signal value:
005327
GEAR X
Contact: -
Signal value:
Contact: -
Signal value:
1 Automatic.
0 Manual.
Signal value:
1 Active error.
0 No errors.
005328
OPERATING MODE X Contact: -
Signal value:
0 Not used.
1 Manual or automatic shifting, standard mode shown during
operation.
2 Not used.
3 Not used.
4 Limp home, reduced capacity due to malfunction in
transmission.
5 Shut down, serious transmission malfunction control unit
shuts down, likely that malfunction cannot be shown as
CAN-bus.
6 Calibration of transmission in progress.
Signal value:
1 Shifting in progress.
0 No activity.
Signal value:
005329
OLD FAULT X Contact: -
Signal value:
ENGINE SPEED
Description: Speed signal from speed sensor, engine speed.
DIAG TRANSM. 6(15)
ENGINE SPEED XXXXrpm Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
TURBINE SPEED XXXXrpm
DRUM SPEED XXXXrpm Connection: signal from B7530 to D7937F3 and D793/K3
015549
TURBINE SPEED
Description: Signal from sensor rpm turbine transmission.
DIAG TRANSM. 6(15)
ENGINE SPEED XXXXrpm Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
TURBINE SPEED XXXXrpm
DRUM SPEED XXXXrpm Connection: signal from B7510 to D793/G3 and D793/K3
015549
DRUM SPEED
Description: Signal from sensor rpm drum,
DIAG TRANSM. 6(15)
ENGINE SPEED XXXXrpm Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
TURBINE SPEED XXXXrpm
DRUM SPEED XXXXrpm Connection: signal from B7520 till D793/B3 and D793/C3
015549
OUTPUT SPEED
Description: Signal from sensor rpm output shaft (propeller shaft).
DIAG TRANSM. 6(15)
ENGINE SPEED XXXXrpm Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
TURBINE SPEED XXXXrpm
DRUM SPEED XXXXrpm Connection: signal from B7580 till D793/ D3 and D793/ E3
015549
FWD SELECTION
Description: Status of supply to the Solenoid valve drive forward
DIAG TRANSM. 7(15) (Y6300).
FWD SELECTION X
REV SELECTION X Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
2/4 SELECTION X
013178
1/3 SELECTION X Connection: signal from D793/K1 and D793/S3 to Y6300
1 Activated
0 No signal.
REV SELECTION
Description: Status of supply to the Solenoid valve drive reverse
DIAG TRANSM. 7(15) (Y6310)
FWD SELECTION X
REV SELECTION X Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
2/4 SELECTION X
013178
1 Activated
0 No signal.
2/4 SELECTION
This menu row is not used.
DIAG TRANSM. 7(15)
FWD SELECTION X
REV SELECTION X
2/4 SELECTION X
013178
1/3 SELECTION X
1/3 SELECTION
Description: Status of supply to the Solenoid valve gear selection 1/3
DIAG TRANSM. 7(15) (Y6075).
FWD SELECTION X
REV SELECTION X Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
2/4 SELECTION X
013178
1 Activated
0 No signal.
013252
1/3 SUPPLY X
Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
Signal value:
1 Activated.
0 No signal.
2/4 SUPPLY
Description: Status of control current to Servo valve gear 2 (Y6069)
DIAG TRANSM. 8(15)
SUPPLY Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
FWD/REV SUPPLY X Connection: signal from D793/F1 and D793/G1 to Y6069
2/4 SUPPLY X
013252
1/3 SUPPLY
Description: Status of control current to Servo valve gear 1/3.
DIAG TRANSM. 8(15)
SUPPLY Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
FWD/REV SUPPLY X Connection: digital out from D793/ D1 and D793/ E1 to Y6067
2/4 SUPPLY X
013252
013408
1/3 FEEDBACK XXXXmA Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
2/4 PRESSx10
Description: Signal from Pressure sensor gear 2 (B7652).
DIAG TRANSM. 10(X)
2/4 PRESSx10 XXXXBar Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
1/3 PRESSx10 XXXXBar
TRANSM.TEMP XXXXmV Connection: signal from B7652/C to D793/S1
013410
Signal value:
1/3 PRESSx10
Description: Signal from Pressure sensor gear 1/3 (B7651).
DIAG TRANSM. 10(X)
2/4 PRESSx10 XXXXBar Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
1/3 PRESSx10 XXXXBar
TRANSM.TEMP XXXXmV Connection: signal from B7651/C to D793/A2
013410
Signal value:
TRANSM. TEMP
Description: Signal from Sensor for oil temperature (B7660).
DIAG TRANSM. 10(X)
2/4 PRESSx10 XXXXBar Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
1/3 PRESSx10 XXXXBar
TRANSM.TEMP XXXXmV Connection: signal from B7660 to D793/H3
013410
013410
CONV OUT TEMP XXXXmV Circuit diagram: Circuit Dana TE 17 FF group 2.0
Connection: signal from S2210 to D793/J3
Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
Signal value:
2500 mV Transmission oil has an operating
temperature (below 110 °C).
0 mV Transmission oil temperature is high
(above under 120 °C).
NOT USED
008793
TYPE
Description: Indicates type of active error.
DIAG TRANSM. 13(X)
ACT ERROR AREA XXX Circuit diagram: -
TYPE XXX
NUMBER OF OCCU. XXXXX Contact: -
005337
TIME AGO XXXXX Function: 2.8 Control system, transmission
NUMBER OF OCCU.
Description: Number of times active errors have occurred.
DIAG TRANSM. 13(X)
ACT ERROR AREA XXX Circuit diagram: -
TYPE XXX
NUMBER OF OCCU. XXXXX Contact: -
005337
TIME AGO
Description: When latest active error occurred.
DIAG TRANSM. 13(X)
ACT ERROR AREA XXX Circuit diagram: -
TYPE XXX
NUMBER OF OCCU. XXXXX Contact: -
005337
(+/-)
Contact: -
8.4.8 ELSERV
ELSERV, description
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB This group covers electric servo functions.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
005400
OLS EXTRA
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
005403
FEEDBACK XXXmA Contact: digital output from D797-1/K1:4 to Y6005/1
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal reference value out from D797-1/K1:16 to
Y6005/2
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal, actual value out from D797-1/K1:16 to
Y6005/2
005404
FEEDBACK XXXmA Contact: digital output from D797-1/K1:4 to Y6004/1
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal reference value out from D797-1/K1:17 to
Y6004/2
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal, actual value out from D797-1/K1:17 to
Y6004/2
005405
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:5 to Y6011/1
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal reference value out from D797-1/K1:18 to
Y6011/2
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal, actual value out from D797-1/K1:18 to
Y6011/2
005406
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: digital out from D797-1/K1:5 to Y6010/1
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal, reference value out from D797-1/K1:19,
to solenoid valve Y6010/1
FEEDBACK XXXmA Connection: output signal, actual value out from D797-1/K1:19 to
solenoid valve Y6010/2
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
8.4.8.9 ELSERV, menu 9
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
007128
UNLOCK TW X
OUT: Signal from S815/16 to digital in D790-1/K7:13 (spreading
out)
Function: 7.1.1 Control lever
Signal value:
1 Input signal active.
0 No signal.
UNLOCK TW X
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
008793
8.4.9 ATTACH
ATTACH, description
This group covers attachment functions.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005339
OLS EXTRA
P7 XX.XXV
P7 XX.XXV
005418
30/35 STOP X
IN: Signal from S1012/1 (S815/14) to digital in D790-1/K7:14
(spreading in)
OUT: Signal from S1012/7 (S815/16) to digital in D790-1/K7:13
(spreading out)
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
PISTOL X
007130
010079
Function: 7.9.1 Twistlocks
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
010093
LE: signal from B7203L to digital in D791/K1:27
RI: signal from B7203R to digital in D791/K1:26
Signal value:
Signal value:
Signal value:
010083
Function: 7.9.1.2 Attachment control valve
Signal value:
Signal value:
010084
IND. ALIGNMENT XY
Connection: digital out from D791/K1:29 to H563/1
Signal value:
IND. ALIGNMENT XY
Connection: digital out from D791/K1:25 to H562/1
Signal value:
010084
IND. ALIGNMENT XY
Connection: digital out from D791/K1:39 to H564/1
Signal value:
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal reference value out from D791-1/K1:18 to
Y6020/2
010088
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal actual value out from D791-1/K1:18 to
Y6020/2
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal reference value out from D791-1/K1:18 to
Y6021/2
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal, actual value out from D791-1/K1:18 to
Y6021/2
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
8.4.9.14 ATTACH, menu 14
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
010087
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: digital out from D791/K1:3 to Y6018L/1
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal, reference value out from D791/K1:16 to
Y6018L/2
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal, actual value out from D791/K1:16 to
Y6018L/2
010090
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: digital out from D791/K1:2 to Y6019L/1
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal, reference value out from D791/K1:16 to
Y6019L/2
FEEDBACK XXX Connection: output signal, actual value out from D791/K1:16 to
Y6019L/2
010091
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
FEEDBACK XXX
Y6018R/2
FEEDBACK XXX
Y6018R/2
010092
FEEDBACK XXX
Function: 7.5.2 Control valve attachment
Signal value:
NOTE
Depending on different types of PWM connections, the following is
also possible: XY = 01 No output signal, PWM off.
8.4.10 OLS
OLS, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005436
OLS EXTRA
8.4.11 EXTRA
EXTRA, description
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB This menu consists of optional functions:
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE • Reversible driver's seat, VBFS
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
005440
Confirm selections in the main menu with function key for Enter.
8.4.11.1 VBFS
VBFS, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008904
8.4.11.2 EL-STEERING
EL-STEERING, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008911
8.4.11.3 EXT-ATTACH
EXT-ATTACH, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
007625
8.4.11.4 FREELIFT
FREELIFT, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008912
8.4.11.5 MOVE-CAB
MOVE-CAB, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008913
8.4.11.6 OPT
OPT, description
This group covers a number of options.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING Confirm selections with function key for Enter.
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
008914
OPT, menu 1
OPTION SWITCH, S199-1
S199-3 X Function: -
Signal value:
005488
S199-3 X Function: -
Signal value:
S199-3 X Function: -
Signal value:
S199-3 X Function: -
Signal value:
OPT, menu 2
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL CENTRAL LUBRICATION, FRAME
005489
ATTACHMENT XY
Function: 9.14.1 Pump unit
Signal value:
00 No output signal and open circuit in the circuit.
01 Normal mode function off.
No output signal, circuit OK. It can also be a short circuit
as this is only detected when the output signal is active.
10 Output signal active, short circuit.
11 Normal mode function on.
Output signal active, circuit OK. It can also be an open
circuit as this can only be detected when the output
signal is missing.
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL CENTRAL LUBRICATION, ATTACHMENT
OPT, menu 3
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL, D797-1 C1 P42
Function: -
Signal value:
00 No output signal and open circuit in the circuit.
01 Normal mode function off.
No output signal, circuit OK. It can also be a short circuit
as this is only detected when the output signal is active.
10 Output signal active, short circuit.
11 Normal mode function on.
Output signal active, circuit OK. It can also be an open
circuit as this can only be detected when the output
signal is missing.
OPT, menu 4
This menu row is not used.
OPT, menu 5
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL, D791-1 C1 P14
Signal value:
Function: -
Signal value:
8.4.11.7 I/O
I/O, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
I/O RMI
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O
015099
8.4.11.8 RMI
RMI, description
This menu is not used.
DIAGNOSIS EXTRA
VBFS EL-STEERING
EXT-ATTACH FREELIFT
MOVE-CAB OPT I/O RMI
007657
8.5 Setup
Setup, general
Settings are built-in functions to adapt the functions to the unique
machine individual. Settings are performed via menus in the display.
Settings are divided into initialization and calibration.
Initiation
Initiation, which involves setting start and stop currents for the steering
and hydraulic functions, is performed before the machine is used in
work. This is carried out in order to compensate for mechanical and
electrical tolerances (variations between different machines).
Calibration
Calibration is performed after the machine has started to be used for
work, after replacement of control units, and in certain cases, service or
replacement of components. Calibration is performed so that certain
functions shall function properly and show correct values.
8.5.1 Initialization
Initiation, description
1 2
DANGER
INIT ELSERVO 1(X)
START CURRENT
LIFT The settings influence the functions. Adjustments
4 STORED VALUE XXXmA may impair the function.
3
008891
STORED
STORED
States the stored value for the current variable.
006299
that is triggered when the lever leaves the zero position. On certain
t [s] functions with digital activation (off/on) which are soft-started, this is the
1. Max. current (END CURRENT) current which is triggered immediately the function is activated.
Function Menu
1 Engine, speed limitation INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9, page
8:112
1 Engine, automatic engine shut-down on idle INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 11, page
8:112
1 Engine, automatic engine speed increase for lifting INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 13, page
8:113
2 Transmission, starting gear INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 1, page
8:110
2 Transmission, speed limitation (gear lock-out) INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 10, page
8:112
2 Transmission, automatic engine speed reduction for shift forward - reverse INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 12, page
8:113
7.2 Lifting/lowering, lift mast INIT ELSERVO, menu 1, page 8:99
INIT ELSERVO, menu 2, page 8:99
7.2 Lifting/lowering, lower mast INIT ELSERVO, menu 3, page 8:100
Comment: The current value is for unladen machines. When loaded, the current INIT ELSERVO, menu 4, page 8:100
value is controlled by the limited lowering speed.
7.4 Side shift INIT ATTACH, menu 5, page 8:106
INIT ATTACH, menu 6, page 8:106
7.5 Spreading out INIT ATTACH, menu 9, page 8:107
INIT ATTACH, menu 10, page 8:107
INIT ATTACH, menu 11, page 8:108
Function Menu
7.5 Spreading in INIT ATTACH, menu 12, page 8:108
INIT ATTACH, menu 13, page 8:109
INIT ATTACH, menu 14, page 8:109
7.7 Tilt INIT ELSERVO, menu 5, page 8:100
INIT ELSERVO, menu 6, page 8:101
4 Select group by scrolling with the arrow keys (1 and 2) and confirm
INITIATION with Enter.
ELSERVO ATTACHMENT
Each initiation consists of a sequence of a number of menus. The
STEERING DRIVE-TRAIN first menu for the selected initiation opens in the display. Select
SLIDING-CAB the desired menu with the arrow keys (1 and 2).
007169
RETURN
5 Change the current value with the plus and minus keys.
INIT ELSERVO 1(X)
START CURRENT NOTE
LIFT
STORED VALUE XXXmA Current values can only be adjusted within specific limits.
005494
INIT ELSERVO
The menu group for this function covers initiation of the electric servo
INITIATION functions for load handling.
ELSERVO ATTACHMENT
STEERING DRIVE-TRAIN The settings for lift, lower, tilt in, tilt out are made here. For other load
SLIDING-CAB handling functions, see INIT ATTACH, page 8:105.
007169
RETURN
DANGER
The settings influence the functions. Adjustments
may impair the function.
If uncertain, contact Cargotec Service.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
005496
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
007140
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
007143
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021)
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020) and solenoid
valve for side shift right (Y6021)
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
007146
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA
PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
007149
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for the start current.
Adjust the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with
the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current value for max. current. Adjust
the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
8.5.1.2 ATTACHMENT
INIT ATTACH
This function handles initialization of the attachment functions side
INITIATION shift and spreading.
ELSERVO ATTACHMENT
STEERING DRIVE-TRAIN
SLIDING-CAB
DANGER
007170
RETURN
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020), Solenoid valve
for side shift right (Y6021)
PRESENT VALUE XXXmA the value with the plus and minus keys. Store the set value with the
Enter key. Go to the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation
with the R-key.
Component: Solenoid valve for side shift left (Y6020), Solenoid valve
for side shift right (Y6021)
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
INIT ATTACH, menu 9
START CURRENT, SPREADER OUT, 20'-40'
8.5.1.3 STEERING
INIT STEERING
This menu is not used.
INITIATION
ELSERVO ATTACHMENT
STEERING DRIVE-TRAIN
SLIDING-CAB
007171
RETURN
8.5.1.4 DRIVE-TRAIN
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN
This function covers engine and transmission initiation.
INITIATION
ELSERVO ATTACHMENT
STEERING DRIVE-TRAIN
SLIDING-CAB DANGER
007172
RETURN
The settings influence the functions. Adjustments
may impair the function.
If uncertain, contact Cargotec Service.
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
NOTE
The machine must be stationary with parking brake applied in order
to enable access to the menus.
After changes have been made, the ignition must be switched off
and then on for the changes to be saved and start to apply.
START IN 1:ST
INIT DRIVE-TRN 1(X)
START IN 1:ST Description: Setting to get transmission to always start in 1st gear.
1=YES 0=NO
PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current setting. Change the value with
STORED VALUE XXX
the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key. Go to
013915
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 4
NOT USED
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
008793
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 9
OPTION SPEED LIMIT
PRESENT VALUE XXX PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current setting. Change the value with
the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key. Go to
the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = speed (km/h)
PRESENT VALUE XXX PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current setting. Change the value with
the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key. Go to
the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
STORED VALUE: indicates saved setting.
Function: 1 Engine
Component: -
Signal value: XXX = time in seconds before engine shutdown.
005590
PRESENT VALUE X accelerator pedal. Engine speed drops to that set in menu 3, see
INIT DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 3, page 8:111. If no value is set in menu 3,
engine speed is reduced to idle speed.
PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current setting. Change the value with
the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key. Go to
the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
Function: 2 Transmission
Component: -
Signal value:
X = 1, activated
X = 0, deactivated
PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current setting. Change the value with
the plus and minus keys. Save the set value with the Enter key. Go to
the next menu with the arrow keys. Exit initiation with the R-key.
Function: 1 Engine
Component: -
Signal value:
X = 1, activated
X = 0, deactivated
8.5.1.5 SLIDING-CAB
NOT USED
This menu is not used.
XXXXXXX X(X)
NOT USED
SCALE
This menu is not used.
CALIBRATION
SCALE STEERING
DRIVE-TRAIN RETURN
000062
STEERING
STEERING
This menu is not used.
CALIBRATION
SCALE STEERING
DRIVE-TRAIN RETURN
000074
DRIVE-TRAIN
DRIVE-TRAIN
This function handles calibration for engine and transmission. The
CALIBRATION menu loop contains two different calibrations are not linked to each
other, see:
SCALE STEERING
DRIVE-TRAIN RETURN Accelerator pedal, calibration, page 8:117
000078
NOTE
Initiation does not need to be performed in one process but each
step can be performed separately, independently of other steps.
008892
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV
1. Menu group
2. Sequence number. The number of menus
depends on the equipment fitted to the machine.
For this reason, number of menus is indicated
with (X) in this manual.
3. Signal value
4. STORED indicates stored value, PRESENT
indicates the current value of the signal to be
calibrated
5. Heading of menu figure
000060
The code determines which service menu is activated (Service,
Diagnostic test, Initiation or Calibration).
4 Select group by scrolling with the arrow keys (1 and 2) and confirm
CALIBRATION with Enter.
Each calibration consists of a sequence of a number of menus.
SCALE STEERING The first menu for the selected calibration opens in the display.
DRIVE-TRAIN RETURN Select the next menu with key 1 and 2 (arrow function).
000062
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 1
2 Go into the calibration menus and select DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 1,
CALIBR DRIVE-TRN 1(X) see Calibration, work instructions, page 8:115.
ACCELERATOR, ACCELERATOR, RELEASE THE PEDAL
RELEASE THE PEDAL
STORED VALUE X.XXV Description: setting the accelerator's pedal zero position.
005532
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV STORED VALUE: Indicates current calibrated control value from
accelerator pedal (R690-1).
PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current signal value from
Accelerator pedal (B690-1).
Function: 1 Engine
Component: Accelerator pedal (B690-1).
3 Release the accelerator pedal.
4 Store the position with function key for Enter.
DRIVE-TRAIN, menu 2
5 ACCELERATOR, PRESS THE PEDAL TO FLOOR
CALIBR DRIVE-TRN 2(X) Description: Setting of full-throttle position for Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR, PRESS (B690-1).
THE PEDAL TO FLOOR STORED VALUE: Indicates current calibrated control value from
STORED VALUE X.XXV accelerator pedal (R690-1).
PRESENT VALUE X.XXV
PRESENT VALUE: indicates the current signal value from
00
Overview
1 2 3 4 5
15
12 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
14
015102
1. Left dashboard panel
2. Gear selector and multi-function lever (S162)
3. Steering panel
4. Steering wheel
5. Switch direction indicators (S161)
6. Panel for hydraulic functions
7. Emergency stop switch for hydraulics (S250)
8. Switch for parking brake (S107)
9. Control lever (S815)
10. Driver's seat
11. Accelerator pedal (B690)
12. Brake pedals
13. Declutch pedal (S220-1)
14. Electronic box with fuses and relays
15. Hour meter (P708)
010907
Auxiliary work lights, mast
16
22. Switch for revolving beacon (S110)
Left dashboard panel
23. Switch for flashing hazard lights (S109)
24. Switch for headlights (S100)
25. Spare
26. Spare
27. Spare
28. Spare
29. Spare
30. Spare
31. Socket 12 VDC
Steering panel
Steering panel
32. Warning lamp, low battery charging
36
35 33. Warning lamp for low brake pressure
34
33 34. Indicator for active error codes
32
35. Warning lamp, by-pass of hydraulic functions
36. Not used
37. Warning lamp, high coolant temperature
37..41 38. Warning light, low oil pressure engine
49
39. Indicator light for preheating
42..46 40. Warning lamp for low coolant level engine
47 48 41. Warning lamp for high transmission oil temperature
42. Warning lamp, low fuel level
43. Warning lamp, high temperature hydraulic oil
44. Indicator light, high beams
50 51 52 53
45. Indicator light, travel direction indication
46. Indicator light, parking brake
47. Indicator light, locked twistlock (secured load)
48. Indicator light, alignment (attachment / load)
49. Indicator light, unlocked twistlock (load released)
50. Panel, warning and indicator lights
51. Control system display
64 52. Control system indicator
54
63 53. Ignition
55
62 54. Switch for defroster
56
55. Switch, windscreen wiper roof, interval
008132
61 60 59 58 57
56. Switch, windscreen wiper roof, continuous
Steering panel 57. Switch, interior lighting
58. Switch, windscreen wiper rear, interval
59. Switch, windscreen wiper rear, continuous
60. Control system function keys
61. Travel direction indicator, Forward Neutral Reverse
62. Shifting program A, automatic shifting
63. Shifting program 1, locked to 1st gear
64. Shifting program 2, locked to 2nd gear
8 7 69
65
66
68 67
7
69
70
71
72
73
014178
8 74 74
Panel for hydraulic functions and linear control levers
1 2 3 4
9 8 7 6
10
014668
11 12 13 14
1. Engine and transmission operating menu 8. Service operating menu
2. Engine operating menu 9. Operating menu heating and air conditioning
3. Operating menu for oil temperature 10. Operating menu, code lock
4. Operating menu electrical system 11. Operating menu statistics, operating hours
5. Operating menu, container counter 12. Operating menu statistics, fuel consumption
6. Operating menu service interval 13. Operating menu statistics, driving distance
7. Operating menu statistics 14. Operating menu statistics, lift statistics
1 2 3 4
014669
000338
Inward, Washing of windscreen, roof window and rear
handle window.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu.
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.3.1 CAB,
menu 1.
Rotation Windscreen wiper, front.
0 – No wiping of front window. If wiper rear or roof
are active then these run at slow interval wiping.
1 – Slow interval wiping front window, controls slow
interval wiping for roof window and rear window.
2 – Fast interval wiping front window, controls fast
interval wiping for roof window and rear window.
3 - Continuous wiping of front window. If wiper rear or
roof are active then these run at fast interval wiping.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu.
See section 8 Control system, group 8.4.3.2 CAB,
menu 2.
9.3 Seat
Seat, general
There are three versions of the driver's seat:
• Seat, description (product alternative BE-GE 9200), page 9:11
• Seat, description (product alternative BE-GE 9200 air
suspension), page 9:12
The seat's function is to provide the operator with a good sitting position
1 2 and contribute to a good work environment. The cab's seat has several
adjustment options and fulfils high comfort standards.
8 6 The seat is equipped with a sensor that senses the spring deflection of
006826
7 the seat. This is used to activate the buzzer if the operator leaves the
Controls BE-GE 9200 seat without applying the parking brake as well as without putting the
transmission in neutral position if leaving the seat.
1. Adjusting lumbar support
2. Adjusting arm rest, right
3. Adjusting arm rest, left
4. Back rest rake adjustment
5. Adjusting suspension position
6. Seat cushion angle adjustment
7. Seat height adjustment
8. Front/rear adjustment
3 Slide the seat to its front position, remove the rear attaching bolts.
4 Disconnect the seat's connectors from the machine's cabling.
5 Remove the seat.
6 Fit in the reverse order.
4 Unplug the connector for the heating coil before the padding is
removed.
NOTE
The seat's heating coil is glued to the padding. Exercise caution if
the padding is to be replaced but the heating coil is to be re-used,
or if only the coil is to be replaced.
1
006276
1 2
1. Attaching bolt back rest
2. Attaching bolt, seat belt
3. Cover, belt guide
4. Attaching bolt, belt guide
5. Arm rest
6. Attaching bolt, arm rest
The function of the heating coil is to warm the back rest and seat
cushions in the driver's seat. The heating coil is fitted under the
upholstery on the seat.
9.3.4 Bumper
Bumper, description
The bumpers are integrated in the suspension unit in the seat's
frame and are self-adjusting, that is, they adjust automatically to the
operator's weight.
1. Bumper
2. Attaching bolt
3. Attaching bolt
For location, see Seat, description (product alternative BE-GE 9200 air
suspension), page 9:12.
Compressor air-suspension seat
See:
• Seat, description (product alternative BE-GE 9200), page 9:11
• Seat, description (product alternative BE-GE 9200 air suspension),
page 9:12
•
An option there are also arm rests available on the left-hand side.
The signal from Sensor, operator-in-seat (S230) is also used to set the
transmission in neutral position if the operator leaves the seat. In an
emergency situation the machine can be operated by bypassing the
safety system. Activate the by-pass switch, select travel direction and
drive the machine to the workshop. Speed is limited to 10 km/h.
008220
The heating system controls heating and ventilation of the cab. The
cab can also be equipped with air conditioning ( ).
F
The temperature in the cab is thermostat-controlled by Control unit,
cab (D790-1). The cab temperature is regulated to the set temperature.
2 The temperature can be set between 16 and 28 °C. The unit is operated
with controls on the dashboard panel.
4
D Heating system (EHC)
C
The heating system (EHC) handles heating and ventilation. (The
E E heating system cannot provide cooling.)
3 The heating system uses heat from the engine's cooling system via a
heating coil to heat the ambient air. The fan forces the ambient air
through the heating coil on through ducts in the cab interior. It is then
directed to the windscreen (defroster) or the feet.
Air conditioning (ECC)
6 A B
2 1 3 26
D D 25
D
4 °C D
D
°C
6
7 D790-1 D790-2 D795
D D D797-1
16
D D794
15 D
12
M D D
14 22 23
5 °C Pa °C
M D
D 19 21
13 20 C 24
M 18
17
D
D 9
M
°C
8 11
10
007690
11 Heat exchanger heat supplies heat to - Heat exchanger heat, description, page 9:32
the cab air. The heat is transferred from
the engine's cooling system to the cab
air.
12 Control unit, engine (D794) transmits Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
engine temperature in the cooling system, error shown with 11.5.3.10 Control unit, engine
system on the CAN bus. error code.
13 Control unit, cab (D790-1) controls Checked by control Fresh air filter or recirculation damper,
Actuator motor, recirculation (M612) system, error shown with description, page 9:26
which sets the fresh air or recirculation error code. D13: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
damper in the required position. system, group 8.4.4.6, CLIMATE menu 6
14 Control unit, cab (D790-1) controls Fan Checked by control D14: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
motor (M657), which increases the system, error shown with system, group 8.4.4.6, CLIMATE menu 6
airflow in the cab. error code.
15 Control unit, cab (D790-1) controls U = 0.5-4.5 V Air distributor, description, page 9:46
Damper motor (Y672), which sets the air D15: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
distributor to the required position. Control system, group 8.4.4.8 CLIMATE,
The air distributor's position is fed back menu 8 and 8.4.4.4 CLIMATE, menu 4
to Control unit, cab (D790-1). This
gives information for controlling the air
distributor's position.
16 The frame control unit (D797-1) controls Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
AC compressor connection. system, error shown with 11.5.3.3 Frame control unit
error code.
000056
3 Enter the code for diagnostics. Code is obtained from Cargotec
Support.
1 23 NOTE
4 5
000060
4 Select CLIMATE.
DIAGNOSIS
CAN/POWER LIGHTS CAB
CLIMATE HYD ENGINE
TRANSM ELSERV ATTACH
004998
OLS EXTRA
Menu 1
5 Checking the desired temperature, inside temperature sensor and
DIAG CLIMATE 1(8) water valve.
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL REQUIRED TEMP: should be 160 (16.0 ºC) for max. cooling and
REQUIRED TEMP XXX 280 (28.0 ºC) for max. heating. The setting is changed with the
PRESENT TEMP XXX temperature switch.
000132
Menu 2
6 Check of Sensor, temperature outlet fan (B775-2), engine
DIAG CLIMATE 2(8) temperature, Sensor, outdoor temperature (B774), and check of
TEMP COIL XXX Sensor, temperature refrigerant (B775-1).
TEMP COOLANT XXX TEMP COIL: temperature that the air has in the air distributor is
TEMP AMBIENT XXX measured by Sensor, temperature outlet fan (B775-2).
000133
Menu 3
7 (Only machines with ECC)
DIAG CLIMATE 3(X)
Checks that the refrigerant circuit is filled.
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL
PRESSURE SWITCH X PRESSURE SWITCH: 0 = not filled, 1 = filled.
OPT DOOR SWITCH X The sensor is located on the receiver drier which is fitted right
006865
rear in the frame.
Menu 4
8 Checks Water valve (Y673) and Air distributor (Y642).
DIAG CLIMATE 4(8) WATER VALVE: should work between 1.0-1.24 V and 2.95-3.2 V.
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL This is checked by turning the temperature control and changing
WATER VALVE XX.XXV the temperature setting from min. to max.
DRAUGHT VALVE XX.XXV
000135
NOTE
Air to the round panel vents is not controlled by the air
conditioning.
Menu 5
9 Checks the switches for temperature, air distribution and fan
DIAG CLIMATE 5(8) speed.
PRESENT INPUT SIGNAL REQUIRED TEMP: home position U = 0 V; raise U = 2-2.5 V;
REQUIRED TEMP XX.XXV lower U = 4.5-5 V.
REQ. DRAUGHT XX.XXV
000136
REQ. FAN SPEED XX.XXV REQ. DRAUGHT: home position U = 0 V; against window U =
2-2.5 V; against floor U = 4.5-5 V.
REQ. FAN SPEED: home position U = 0 V; raise U = 2-2.5 V;
lower U = 4.5-5 V.
Menu 6
10 Checks Cab fan (M657), Fresh air and recirculation damper
DIAG CLIMATE 6(8) (M612) and Electromagnetic clutch, compressor (M645) .
PRESENT OUTPUT SIGNAL FAN SPEED: increase and decrease fan speed, value should
FAN SPEED XXX increase from 0 to 255 in steps.
RECIRKULATION XY
000137
NOTE
Compressor activation can only be tested when the engine is
running and the system is filled.
Menu 7
11 Checks the direction selector for Water valve (Y673).
DIAG CLIMATE 7(8) CLOCKWISE: when the temperature is increased and the water
OUTPUT WATER VALVE valve opens shows "CLOCKWISE 11 11" and "ANTI-CLOCKWISE
CLOCKWISE XY XY 00 11".
ANTI-CLOCKWISE XY XY
ANTI-CLOCKWISE: when the temperature is decreased and
the water valve closes shows "CLOCKWISE 00 11" and
"ANTI-CLOCKWISE 11 11".
24V
NOTE
The "ones" are only shown for a moment when the water valve
changes position, "zeros" are shown when the valve does not
change position. The water valve does not open if the engine
temperature is low, or if the outdoor temperature is high.
M
000138
0V
Menu 8
12 Checks the direction selector for the air distributor.
DIAG CLIMATE 8(8)
CLOCKWISE: when the air is directed against the windscreen and
OUTPUT DRAUGHT VALVE the air distributor changes position shows "CLOCKWISE 00 11"
CLOCKWISE XY XY and "ANTI-CLOCKWISE 11 11".
ANTI-CLOCKWISE XY XY
ANTI-CLOCKWISE: when the air is directed against the feet and
the air distributor changes position shows "CLOCKWISE 11 11"
and "ANTI-CLOCKWISE 00 11".
24V
NOTE
The "ones" are only shown for a moment when the air distributor
changes position, "zeros" are shown when the air distributor does
not change position.
M
000139
0V
004999
1
Fresh air intake, cab
1. Fresh air filter 2. Fresh air and recirculation damper
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6.
2
004999
1
Fresh air intake, cab
1. Fresh air filter 2. Fresh air and recirculation damper
3 Remove the nuts which hold the wiper motor in the protective plate.
4 Remove the protective plate.
6 Remove the bolts which secure the arm and motor in the plate.
7 Detach the connector from the motor.
8 Replace the motor.
9 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arm to torque 16-20 Nm.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6.
1
003209
3 Remove the bolts which hold the wiper motor in the protective
plate.
4 Remove the protective plate.
7 Remove the bolts which secure the plate and cab fan.
1, 2
3
003210
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
Read the safety instructions for refrigerant, see section
B Safety.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
12 Detach all fluid inlets and outlets from the heat exchanger.
13 Lift out the heat exchanger carefully.
14 Replace the heat exchanger.
15 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arm to 16-20 Nm.
16 Check for leaks and refill the AC-system with refrigerant R134a,
using the intended equipment.
For volume, see section F Technical data.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
Connection points for cooling hoses.
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.1 CLIMATE, menu 1, 8.4.4.4 CLIMATE, menu 4
and 8.4.4.7 CLIMATE, menu 7.
010021
1. Water valve
2. Steering valve
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.2 CLIMATE, menu 2.
9.4.7 Compressor
Compressor, description )
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.6 CLIMATE, menu 6.
1 2 3
4
009116
5
The figure shows the compressor for Cummins QSB
6.7
1. Rigging screw (belt tensioner)
2. Compressor
3. Connections
4. Screw and nut
5. Drive belt
Compressor, replacement
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
Read the safety instructions for refrigerant, see section
B Safety.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
NOTE
Fill new oil through the compressor's suction connection.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
006263
2
006264
1. Lock ring
2. Locking washer
1. Groove
006267
1. Magnetic clutch
9.4.8 Condenser
Condenser, description
Condenser, replacement
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
Read the safety instructions for refrigerant, see section
B Safety.
NOTE
For tightening torque of refrigerant hoses and pressure switch,
see section F Technical data.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
NOTE
For tightening torque of refrigerant hoses and pressure switch, see
section F Technical data.
The moisture filter collects the liquid refrigerant, binds moisture, and
filters out impurities. The reservoir functions as an expansion tank in
the cooling circuit.
When the refrigerant has passed through the dryer in the bottom of the
fluid reservoir, it rises through a standpipe. Through a sight glass, it is
possible to check that there is flow without bubbles and that the system
is adequately filled with refrigerant.
1. Moisture filter
2. Pressure switch
3. Sight glass
NOTE
For tightening torque of refrigerant hoses and pressure switch, see
section F Technical data.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.3 CLIMATE, menu 3.
1. Moisture filter
2. Pressure switch
3. Sight glass
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
Read the safety instructions for refrigerant, see section
B Safety.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
The expansion valve is the part in the circuit that separates the
high-pressure side from the low-pressure side. The refrigerant arrives
at the expansion valve under high pressure and leaves it under low
pressure. After the expansion valve, the refrigerant converts to a
gaseous state and is transported to the compressor once again.
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
Read the safety instructions for refrigerant, see section
B Safety.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
1 system, group 8.4.4.2 CLIMATE, menu 2.
3
005001
WARNING
Personal injury, environmental damage.
Read the safety instructions for refrigerant, see section
B Safety.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
IMPORTANT
Working on the air conditioning requires special
authorisation.
Heat exchanger, cooling, consists of pipes and cooling fins. The cab air
is cooled as it passes through the heat exchanger, cooling. The heat
exchanger is located behind the fan in the external unit for fresh air
intake into the cab.
1, 2
3
003210
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.4 CLIMATE, menu 4 and 8.4.4.5 CLIMATE, menu
5 and 8.4.4.8 CLIMATE, menu 8.
002230
1. Dashboard panel
2. Steering column adjustment
3. Lower protective cover
Air distributor
001839
005001
2
1. Dashboard panel
2. Steering column adjustment
3. Lower protective cover
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.1 CLIMATE, menu 1.
1
3
005001
2
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.4.2 CLIMATE, menu 2.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.1 CAB, menu 1.
003619
A B
Washer fluid reservoir without protective plate.
A. Washer fluid reservoir
B. Washer motors
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.2 CAB, menu 2.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.4 CAB, menu 4.
3 Detach the washer hose and the connector to the wiper motor.
4 Undo the lock nut securing the wiper arm and disconnect the
washer fluid hose.
5 Remove and replace the wiper motor.
6 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arm to torque 16-20 Nm.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.3 CAB, menu 3.
6 Remove the screws securing the motor and the lock nut on the
motor.
7 Replace the wiper motor.
8 Fit in the reverse order. Tighten the wiper arms to torque 16-20
Nm.
NOTE
It is important that the right type of bulb is used for each area. See
section F Technical data.
1 2 3 5 4
D1 D2 D3 D5 D4 8
9
13 D13 10
6 D8
D6
17 14 14
D17 D10
15
16 M D15
D9
D16 D790-1 D790-2
19 7, 12 11 28
D797-1 D791-1
D18
D20 D21 D22 D23 D24
Pa 18
D25
D29 D30
D26
015047
D27
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30
1 The switch for cab roof work lights (S105-1) Switch in ON position: U D1: Diagnostic menu, see section
sends a voltage signal to the cab control unit = 24 V 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.12
(D790-1). LIGHTS, menu 12
2 Switch, working lights attachment (S105-2) Switch in ON position: U D2: Diagnostic menu, see section
sends a voltage signal to Control unit, cab = 24 V 8 Control system group 8.4.2.13
(D790-1). LIGHTS, menu 13.
3 The switch for mast work lights (S105-3) Switch in ON position: U D3: Diagnostic menu, see section
sends a voltage signal to the cab control unit = 24 V 8 Control system group 8.4.2.10
(D790-1). LIGHTS, menu 10.
4 Switch, headlights (S100) sends a voltage Switch in ON position: U D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
signal to Control unit, cab (D790-1). = 24 V Control system, group 8.4.2.1 LIGHTS,
menu 1.
5 Switch, revolving beacon (S110) sends a Switch in ON position: U D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
voltage signal to Control unit, cab (D790-1). = 24 V Control system group 8.4.2.6 LIGHTS,
menu 6.
6 The door NC switch (S266-LE & S266-RI) Door open: U = 24 V Interior lighting cab, description, page
sends a voltage signal to the cab control unit 9:61
(D790-1). D6: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.9 LIGHTS,
menu 9.
7 Control unit, cab (D790-1) transmits "switch on Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
lights" messages on the CAN bus. system, error shown with 11.5.3.1 Control unit, cab
error code.
8 Multi-function lever (S162) sends a voltage Lever in high beam Gear selector and multi-function lever,
signal to Control unit KIT (D790-2). position: US162/56a = 24 V description, page 9:8
D8: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.3 LIGHTS,
menu 3
9 Lever, direction indicator (S161) sends a Left: US161/6 = 24 V D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
voltage signal to Control unit KIT (D790-2). Right: US161/1 = 24 V Control system group 8.4.2.4 LIGHTS,
menu 4
10 Switch, interior lighting on Control unit KIT Checked by control D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
(D790-2) sends a voltage signal to Control unit system, error shown with Control system group 8.4.2.9 LIGHTS,
KIT (D790-2). error code. menu 9
11 Control unit KIT (D790-2) sends a "switch on Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
lights" message on the CAN bus. system, error shown with 11.5.3.11 Control unit, KIT
error code.
12 Control unit, cab (D790-1) supplies voltage to Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
the lights in and around the cab. system, error shown with 11.5.3.1 Control unit, cab
error code.
13 The relay for cab roof work lights (K3017-1 UK3017/30 = 24 V Working lights, cab, description, page
and K3017-2) is activated when the cab roof UK3017/85 = 0 V 9:61
work lights are activated. It supplies voltage to
the cab roof work lights (E406L-1 E406R-1, Cab roof work lights on:
E406L-2 & E406R-2). UK3017/86 = 24 V
UK3017/87 = 24 V
Cab roof work lights off:
UK3017/86 = 0 V
UK3017/87 = 0 V
14 The cab roof work lights (E406L-1 E406R-1, Light on: U = 24 V Working lights, cab, description, page
E406L-2 & E406R-2) come on when the cab 9:61
roof work lights are activated. D14: Diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system group 8.4.2.12
LIGHTS, menu 12
15 Back-up lights, white (E405L & E405R) are Light on: U = 24 V Back-up lights, description, page 9:59
switched on when reverse gear is selected. D15: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.8 LIGHTS,
menu 8
16 Revolving beacon (H428) is switched on when Light on: U = 24 V Revolving beacon, description, page
the revolving working light is activated. 9:60
D16: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.6 LIGHTS,
menu 6
17 Interior lighting (E434-1) comes on when a Light on: U = 24 V Interior lighting cab, description, page
door is opened or if activated when the switch 9:61
on the KIT control unit (D790-2). D17: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.9 LIGHTS,
menu 9
18 The brake light NO switch (S216) sends Brake pressure over 0.2 Section 4 Brakes, group 4.3.8
a voltage signal to the frame control unit MPa: U = 24 V Make-contact (closing switch) brake
(D797-1). lights
D18: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.7 LIGHTS,
menu 7
19 The frame control unit (D797-1) supplies Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
voltage to the machine lights. system, error shown with 11.5.3.2 Frame control unit
error code.
20 The direction indicators (H422, H423, H426 Light on: U = 24 V Direction indicators, description, page
& H427) come on when they or the warning 9:60
lights are activated. D20: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.5 LIGHTS,
menu 5
21 The running lights (H416-1, H416-2, H417-1 & Light on: U = 24 V Running lights, description, page 9:59
H417-2) come on together with the headlights. D21: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.2 LIGHTS,
menu 2
22 Headlights, low beam (E400L & E400R) are Light on: U = 24 V Headlights, description, page 9:59
switched on when the headlight is activated. D22: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.3 LIGHTS,
menu 3
23 Headlights high beam (E402L-1 & E402R-1) Light on: U = 24 V Headlights, description, page 9:59
are lit when high beam is activated. D23: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.3 LIGHTS,
menu 3
24 Tail lights, red (H412L & H412R) are switched Light on: U = 24 V Tail lights, description, page 9:59
on when the headlight is activated. D24: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.2 LIGHTS,
menu 2
25 Brake lights (H411L & H411R) are switched on Light on: U = 24 V Brake lights, description, page 9:59
when the brake is activated. D25: Diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system group 8.4.2.8 LIGHTS,
menu 8
26 The mast work lights (E404L-1 & E404R-1) Light on: U = 24 V Mast working lights, description, page
come on when activated. 9:60
D26: Diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system, group 8.4.2.10
LIGHTS, menu 10
27 The auxiliary mast work lights (E404L-4 & Light on: U = 24 V Mast working lights, description, page
E404R-4) come on when the mast work lights 9:60
are activated. D27: Diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system group 8.4.2.11
LIGHTS, menu 11
28 Control unit, attachment (D791-1) supplies Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group
voltage to the attachment's lights. system, error shown with 11.5.3.5 Control unit, attachment
error code.
29 The twistlock attachment work lights (E404L-3 Light on: U = 24 V Working lights, attachment, description,
& E404R-3) come on when activated. page 9:62
D29: Diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system, group 8.4.2.13
LIGHTS, menu 13
30 The twistlock attachment auxiliary work lights Light on: U = 24 V Working lights, attachment, description,
(E404L-5 and E404R-5) come on when page 9:62
activated. D30: Diagnostic menu, see section
8 Control system group 8.4.2.11
LIGHTS, menu 11
NOTE
It is important that the right type of bulb is used for each area. See
section F Technical data.
1 4 5 6 6 7 9
3,8,10
12
24
23
22
018774
19, 20, 21 18 17 16 15 11, 13, 14
1. Mast work lights (E404L-1 & E404R-1) 14. Direction indicators, rear (H426 & H427)
2. Auxiliary mast work lights (E404L-4 & E404R-4) 15. Door NC (normally closed) switch (S266-LE &
3. Relay, cab roof work lights (K3017-1 & K3017-2) S266-RI)
4. Multi-function lever (S162) 16. Switch, see Controls and instruments, overview, page
9:3
5. Control unit KIT (D790-2)
17. Frame control unit (D797-1)
6. Interior lighting (E434-1)
18. Make-contact (closing switch) brake light (S216)
7. Cab roof work lights (E406L-1 & E406R-1)
19. Direction indicators, front (H422 & H423)
8. Auxiliary cab roof work lights (E406L-2 & E406R-2)
9. Revolving beacon (H428) 20. Running lights, front (H416-1 & H417-1)
10. Control unit, cab (D790-1) 21. Headlights, low beam (E400L & E400R)
11. Running lights, rear (H416-2 & H417-2) Headlights, high beam (E402L-1 & E402R-1)
12. Back-up lights, white (E405L & E405R) 22. Control unit, attachment (D791-1)
13. Tail lights, red (H412L & H412R) 23. Twistlock attachment work lights (E404L & E404R)
Brake lights (H411L & H411R) 24. Auxiliary carriage work lights (E404L-5 & E404R-5)
9.6.1 Headlights
Headlights, description
Headlights are located in the front of the machine to give the
operator enhanced vision when operating in darkness, and to provide
surrounding traffic and the environment an indication of the machine's
position. Headlights have the options of high beam and low beam (for
meeting other traffic).
Switch between high and low beam with the gear and multi-function
lever. The signal travels to Control unit, cab (D790-1).
High and low beam signals can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.3 LIGHTS, menu 3.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.7 LIGHTS, menu 7 and
8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8.
The direction indicators are controlled by the choice made with the
direction indicators switch (lever). The signal goes to frame control
unit (D797-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.4 LIGHTS, menu 4 and
8.4.2.5 LIGHTS, menu 5
The flashing hazard lights are controlled by selecting with the switch for
flashing hazard lights. The signal travels to Control unit, cab (D790-1).
The signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu, see section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.4 LIGHTS, menu 4 and 8.4.2.5 LIGHTS,
menu 5.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.6 LIGHTS, menu 6.
The working lights are controlled by selecting with the switch for
working lights, mast. The signal travels to Control unit, cab (D790-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
see section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.10 LIGHTS, menu 10 and
8.4.2.11 LIGHTS, menu 11.
DANGER
Xenon lights are activated with high voltage. Always
switch off the system voltage before working on
Xenon lights.
Handle the headlight with care since the light is under
gas pressure and may explode.
NOTE
The Xenon light is filled with different gases and metals. Replaced
Xenon headlights should be considered as hazardous waste and
should be deposited for recycling.
The working lights are controlled by selecting with the switch for
working lights, cab roof. The signal travels to Control unit, cab
(D790-1), which in turn supplies power to the working lights.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.12 LIGHTS, menu 12.
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.9 LIGHTS, menu 9.
The working lights are controlled by selecting with the switch for working
lights, attachment. The signal travels to Control unit, cab (D790-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.13 LIGHTS, menu 13.
The working lights are controlled by selecting with the switch for working
lights, cab roof . The signal travels to Control unit, cab (D790-1).
The lights and their signal can be checked from the diagnostic menu,
section 8 Control system, group 8.4.2.11 LIGHTS, menu 11.
NOTE
It is important that the right type of bulb is used for each area. See
section F Technical data.
1 2 3 4
D2 D3 D17 17 6
7
D1 D4
15
16
D6
D6
D15 D13 D18
13 18
14 M
8 19
D790-1 D790-2 D795
D14 5
9
D797-1 D791-1
D10 20
D11
10 11 D21
21
010027
12
D12
17 Make-contact (closing switch) Operator in seat: U = 24 V 9.3.14 Sensor, operator-in-seat, page 9:17
operator-in-seat (S230) sends a D17: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
voltage signal to Control unit, cab system group 8.4.3.6 CAB, menu 6
(D790-1) when there is a load on the
driver's seat.
18 In the event of warnings, Buzzer, Checked by control D18: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
cab (H853) is supplied voltage by system, error shown system group 8.4.3.6 CAB, menu 6
Control unit KIT (D790-2) to draw the with error code.
operator's attention to the warning
message.
19 In the event of warnings, control unit A clicking sound is audible Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.12
KID (D795) activates the warning when then termination Control unit, KID
lamp to draw the operator's attention resistor is activated.
to the warning message.
20 The attachment control unit (D791-1) Checked by control Section 11 Common electrics, group 11.5.3.5
supplies voltage to the automatic system, error shown Control unit, attachment
spreading buzzer during automatic with error code.
spreading.
21 The automatic spreading buzzer Buzzer active: U = 24 V Section 7 Load handling, group 7.5.10 Buzzer,
(H9003) is activated when automatic automatic spreading 20'-40'
spreading 20'-40' is activated. D21: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
system, group 8.4.9.21 ATTACH, menu 21
NOTE
On machines with side lift attachment, an audible signal can also be given with the open twistlock button (S1002) on
the panel for hydraulic functions or the open twistlock button on the joystick, provided that the "open twistlocks upon
contact" function is not active.
1 2 3 4 5 6
018775
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10,1 1 9 8 7
1. Control unit, KID (D795) 11. Control unit, cab (D790-1)
2. Buzzer, cab (H853) 12. Make-contact (closing switch) operator-in-seat (S230)
3. Control unit KIT (D790-2) 13. Horn (H850)
4. Multi-function lever (S162) 14. Switch, see Controls and instruments, overview, page
5. Direction indicator lever (S161) 9:3
6. Revolving beacon (H428) 15. Loud horn (H850-1)
7. Reverse alarm (H965) 16. Frame control unit (D797-1)
8. Reversing lights (E405L & E405R) 17. Direction indicators, front (H422 & H423)
9. Direction indicators, rear (H426 & H427) 18. Control unit, attachment (D791-1)
10. Relay loud horn (K3016) 19. Buzzer automatic spreading (H9003)
9.7.1 Horn
Horn, description
The horn is electromagnetic. Compressed air horn can be selected
( ).
The horn is activated from the gear selector and multi-function lever or
from the horn switch ( ). The horn is located under the cab (the air
horn is located on the front of the cab).
001247
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.5 CAB, menu 5.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.3.6 CAB, menu 6.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.8 LIGHTS, menu 8.
9.9 Glass/windows/mirrors
Glass/windows/mirrors, component placement
The windows are designed to both enclose the cab and provide the
C operator with a good view. Toughened glass windows are standard on
all trucks. The roof window is a safety detail and is therefore always
D made of polycarbonate plastic.
The rear view mirrors are of the convex mirror type. There is an interior
rear view mirror on all machines.
The machine has tinted, toughened glass windows.
The following windows may have laminated glass:
• Side windows front, position E
001512 • Windshield (front window), position B
A E B
A. Side windows
B. Windscreen (front window)
C. Roof window
D. Rear window
E. Front side windows
NOTE
The purpose of this instruction is to describe how silicone adhesive
923854.0001 should be handled in connection with replacement of
the windscreen and roof window on the Spirit Delta cab.
• Silicone adhesive 923854.0001 is a quick-hardening,
two-component silicone adhesive that can withstand
temperatures between -50 ºC and +200 ºC. The hardening
properties of the adhesive are extremely dependent on the
ambient temperature. An increase of 10 ºC cuts hardening
time in half.
Silicone adhesive 923854.0001 is mixed at a ratio of 1:10
in a static mixer. Change mixer after every interruption that
lasts more than 5 minutes. The short setting time means that
work has to be planned carefully in order to avoid undesired
hardening.
Fixing time:
10-20 minutes at 20 ºC
approx. 5 minutes at 60 ºC
Hardening time:
approx. 24 hours at 20 ºC
approx. 1 hour at 60 ºC
Full strength is obtained after 7 days.
• In warm climates, it is advantageous to cool the container to
increase hardening time. The silicone adhesive should not be
used at temperatures above +75 °C.
• In cold climates, the hardening time can be shortened by
covering the joints so that cooling is prevented. The window
pane can be warmed with defroster or cab heater.
• The recommended storage temperature is between -30 ºC
and +20 ºC. Storage in a refrigerator or a colder environment
is recommended.
9.9.1 Windscreen
Windscreen, description
The windscreen consists of the front window and side windows. The
windscreen is attached to the cab with a decor strip and is glued to
the roof window with silicone adhesive. Front and side windows are
joined with silicone adhesive to give good all-round visibility from the
operator's station.
Windscreen, replacement
NOTE
Read the handling advice for silicone adhesive before starting
work. See Silicone adhesive, handling advice, page 9:68.
NOTE
Make sure that no silicone adhesive remains between the window
pane and the strip by the window pane's lower front edge.
If the roof window is to be replaced, then all bolts must be
removed before the silicone adhesive is cut away.
CAUTION
Strong dissolvents, e.g. acetone, must not come
Removing the decor strip into contact with a window made of polycarbonate
plastic. Dissolvents have a chemical effect on the
polycarbonate plastic which reduces the strength of
the roof.
1,0
1
006268
Adjusting side window - cab roof
1. Side window
006269
2. Rubber strip 1,0
3. Cab frame/door opening
Adjusting side window - windscreen
1. Masking tape
7 Fit the decor strip around the whole window pane.
8 Apply silicone adhesive 923854.0100 around the window panes.
Make the new joint wider than the old one in order to create a good
seam.
The silicone should be applied from the outside of the joints, to
give a full and smooth joint.
NOTE
There must be silicone between the window panes, to avoid
contact between the window panes.
IMPORTANT
006272
Cardboard tool template for silicone joint scale 1:1 Mark the window panes with "New adhesive. Do not
touch".
NOTE
The method describes a general procedure.
3 Remove the decor strip which runs around the whole window.
4 Carefully remove any remains of glass from the rubber strip.
5 Fit the new window, securing it at the bottom edge in the rubber
strip.
7 Thread the rubber strip around the whole window; use special
tools.
8 Secure the decor strip with a special tool. Use a soap solution on
the decor strip and rubber strip.
9 Pull the decor strip around the whole window. Avoid stretching
the decor strip.
The roof window is joined with the windscreen. Joints between the
window panes and between roof window and cab are sealed tightly with
silicone adhesive. Align a new seal of silicone adhesive when replacing.
WARNING
The strength of the roof window may be significantly
reduced in case of exposure to substances containing
aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones, esters, or chlorinated
hydrocarbons.
Low strength! Danger!
Check the surface layer of the roof window and
clean only with washer fluid or mild detergent. Rinse
thoroughly with lukewarm water afterwards. Replace a
damaged roof window that shows cracks or scratches
immediately!
The roof window is joined with the windscreen. The joint is sealed with
silicone. Align a new seal of silicone when replacing.
003206
4
Cab Spirit Delta
1. Cab frame
2. Door
3. Cab suspension
4. Cab substructure
9.10.2 Doors
Doors, description
The cab has two doors, the left is the operator's door and the right is
the emergency exit. The door has:
• hand rail
• handle
• key lock
• openable window (emergency exit )
Switches in the doors' locks sense if the door is open. The switch is
used to light the interior lighting and warn of an open door.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.2.9 LIGHTS, menu 9.
9.11.5 Insulation
Insulation, description
The cab insulation consists of recyclable material.
008227
9.11.8 Writing desk
Writing desk, description
9.11.9 Reading-lamp
Reading lamp, description
9.12 Frame
Frame, description
The frame is a modular construction and consists of front section, rear
section and a beam pair. This design provides advantages in terms of
rigidity and strength.
There are mounting points in the frame for engine, gearbox, drive axle,
steering axle, fuel and hydraulic tanks, cab, mast and body parts.
The space in the rear section of the frame is used for counterweights,
the number of which is adapted to the machine in question. The
counterweights are designed to allow as good visibility rearwards as
possible.
The front wings are bolted into the frame (which has advantages when
delivering the machine).
1
2
018776
3 4 5 6
1. Frame's rear section with counterweights 4. Bracket for front wings
2. Engine compartment with mountings for engine and 5. Cab mounting (4 points)
transmission
6. Steering axle mounting
3. Frame's front section with drive axle mounting
2 1
018777
3
1. Counterweight
2. Hood engine compartment
3. Wings
9.13.1 Wings
Wings, description
There are wings over the wheels to protect from dirt thrown up by
the wheels during operation. The design of the counterweight (see
Counterweights, description, page 9:82) acts as a mudguard for the
rear wheels.
9.13.4 Counterweights
Counterweights, description
The machine has counterweights to balance the machine's lift capacity
and these may therefore vary in quantity and weight.
The counterweights are located at the very back of the frame for
maximal leverage.
DANGER
The counterweights are factory fitted and are adapted
according to the machine's properties.
The machine's driving characteristics change if the
counterweights are removed or added!
Never change the quantity of counterweights.
1 Check that no grease has been forced out through the safety
valve (position 2).
If grease has been forced out through the safety valve, this means
that there is a blockage in the system. Locate the line that is
blocked by feeling the connections on the distribution blocks. A
blocked hose remains pressurized and the connection will be rigid.
NOTE
If several distribution blocks are connected in series, a clogged
line will be pressurised all the way to the first distribution block.
NOTE
The system can be lubricated manually through the grease nipple
on the distribution block.
4 Fill grease in the pump unit through the filler nipple, see section
F Technical data.
The central lubrication's pause and run-time must be set after changing,
the setting is unique to each machine, depending on the machine's
equipment. When changing the new pump unit must be set in the
same way as the old one.
If the machine does not lubricate properly the running and pause times
can be adjusted. The running time is adjusted first, so that all the
lubrication points on the machine have time to be lubricated each time.
If large amounts of grease are forced out to all lubrication points the
pause time can be increased.
NOTE
Only adjust one step each time. Small adjustments make a large
difference.
Pause time
Example illustration The pause time is the length of the interval between lubrications. The
interval is adjusted in full hours between 1 and 15 hours. The pause
1. Pause time setting (red) time is adjusted with the red dial.
2. Run-time setting (blue)
3. Manual pump operation
Switch position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Pause time [hours] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Run-time
The run-time is the time that the pump is activated each time. The
run-time can be adjusted between 2 and 30 minutes. The pause time is
adjusted with the blue dial.
Switch position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Run-time [minutes] 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
The pump unit consists of containers with stirrer, pump housing with
built-in motor, timer, pump element, filler nipple, and safety valve.
Central lubrication works with lubrication cycles (pause and run-time
and read time). There is a circuit board with a timer in the pump. This
can be used to set the run and pause time of the pump motor.
When the central lubrication works so that the lubrication points are
lubricated one by one in series. If there is a blockage in a lubrication
point, the pressure will rise and the safety valve will release grease, in
addition subsequent lubrication points will not be lubricated.
NOTE
The safety valve will force grease out if a lubrication point cannot
be lubricated. If a lubrication point is not lubricated, none of the
subsequent points will be lubricated. It is therefore very important
to check the safety valve.
9.14.3 Lines
Lines, description
Central lubrication works under very high pressure, only use lines that
meet the following specifications.
Main hose
Diameter 8.4 mm
Explosion pressure min. 60.0 MPa
9.15 Paint/coatings
Paint/coatings, description
The machine is painted with an alkyd-based mono-component paint
that is applied with a brush or a spray. For paint codes (RAL), see
machine card.
Check the machine frequently for stone chips, dents and paint
scratches, repair them at once to prevent corrosion on the metal
underneath. Only use touch-up paint for small stone chips and
scratches. More extensive paint damage should be repaired by a paint
workshop.
NOTE
Before touching up, the surfaces to be touched up must be
thoroughly cleaned.
10 Common hydraulics
10 Common hydraulics
10.2 Safety valves
10.2.1 Accumulator drain valve
Accumulator drain valve, description
The accumulator drain valve is located on the valve block brake system
and is used to drain the pressure in the brake system's accumulators to
the tank. See section 4 Brakes, group 4.3.12 Valve block brake system.
014619
11
6
7
10
9 8
015018
1 2 1 3 2 4 5 The hydraulic oil tank forms part of the side panel on the right-hand side
of the machine. The oil filters for the working hydraulics are fitted inside
the tank. These are accessible through hatches on top of the tank.
Hydraulic oil is filled directly into the tank through the filler caps on
the filter manhole covers. For oil capacity and grade, see section F
Technical data. The whole filter unit can be removed to facilitate access
for cleaning. There is a drain plug located at the bottom of the tank.
The tank is equipped with filtered breather that allows volume changes
in the tank, due to temperature variations and use.
The oil level is checked on the sight glass on the tank's side when all
hydraulic cylinders are in the bottom position.
018778
10.3.2 Accumulator
Accumulators, description
Brake system accumulators, see section 4 Brakes, group 4.3.4
1 2 Accumulator
Accumulators
1. Brake system accumulators
2. Accumulator lift
10.4 Pumps
10.4.1 Gear pump with fixed displacement
Gear pump with fixed displacement, description
The hydraulic system is fed by two gear pumps with fixed displacement
6 1 that are driven via the transmission's power take off. A pump feeds the
brakes, steering and cooling circuit, the second feeds load handling.
The gear pumps pump oil by the two gears rotating against each other.
One gear wheel is driven by the pump's input shaft and the other rotates
freely. The movement of the gears creates suction between gear and
housing. Each turn that the gears spin pumps a certain quantity of oil
5 2
(fixed displacement). The pump's flow varies with the rotational speed
of the input shaft. The pump shafts are bearing-mounted with slide
bearings lubricated by the oil flowing through. On each side of the
pump wheels there are pressure plates that seal between the suction
and pressure side.
3 The displacement, i.e. how many cubic centimetres of oil that the pump
can deliver per pump revolution, differs on the various gear pumps.
000660
4
1. Pump housing
NOTE
2. Outlet It is very important that the clearance between the gears and
between the gear and the housing is correct. Clearance that is too
3. Drive wheel small creates wear damage. Clearance that is too large reduces
4. Tooth slot the pump's power output.
5. Intake
6. Following wheel
1 2 Hydraulic oil pump brake and steering feds the servo brakes, parking
brake and steering, the residual flow is used for cleaning and
cooling. Distribution of the hydraulic power is handled by valve block
accumulator charging and priority valve on the main valve, see, Main
valve, description, page 10:15.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
1 Operate and warm up the machine so that the oil in the hydraulic
system reaches operating temperature, at least 50 ºC.
2 Machine in service position, see section B Safety.
˚C 3 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
˚C
Operating menu, hydraulic oil temperature 000475
6 Close the accumulator drain valve and check the pump pressure
during charging.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
015023
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
˚C
000475
Operating menu, hydraulic oil temperature
5 Close the accumulator drain valve and the attachment relief valve.
6 Start the engine and run it at idle.
014619
7 Check that the feed pressure corresponds with the pressure plate.
8 Switch off the engine.
9 Depressurise the hydraulic systems, See section B Safety.
10 Remove the pressure gauge and fit the protective cap on the
measuring outlet.
015024
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
NOTE
Fastening screws hydraulic oil pump brake and
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
steering
correctly.
NOTE
Prefill the pump with oil through the pressure connection before it
is put into service.
Bleed the pump if necessary before starting the engine by
detaching the hoses from the pressure side.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
10 Close the accumulator drain valve and the attachment relief valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
Close the accumulator drain valve
13 Check the hydraulic oil level with all hydraulic cylinders fully
retracted. Top up if necessary.
NOTE
If the pump is replaced due to malfunction, change the oil and
filter in the hydraulic system as well.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
Check the hydraulic oil level with all hydraulic
cylinders fully retracted.
NOTE
Straight coupling requires a counterhold wrench to prevent damage
to the O-ring.
1 2
3
4
5
6
28
7
27
26 8
10
11
25
24
12
23
22
13
21 14
20 15
015031
19 18 17 16
1. Solenoid valve, lower (Y6004) 16. Measuring outlet servo pressure [PPM]
2. Solenoid valve, lift (Y6005) 17. Adjusting screw accumulator charging pressure
3. Adjuster screw max pressure lift 18. Connection valve block brakes, accumulator charging
[ACC]
4. Solenoid valve hydraulic pressure attachment
(Y6012/Y6062) 19. Measuring outlet accumulator pressure [ACC M]
5. Solenoid valve, tilt in (Y6011) 20. Adjusting screw servo pressure
6. Solenoid valve, tilt out (Y6010) 21. Measuring outlet pump pressure brake and steering
[PM]
7. Adjuster screw max pressure tilt and attachment
22. Connection tilt cylinders, piston side
8. Feed from the hydraulic oil pump brake and steering [P]
23. Connection tilt cylinders, rod side
9. Adjuster screw control pressure
24. Connection control valve, attachment
10. Return to filter [D]
25. Connection lift cylinders, piston side
11. Measuring outlet control pressure [LSM]
26. Feed hydraulic oil pump load handling [P2]
12. Connection brake cooling [SPOL], to the drive axle
block 27. Return to filter [D]
13. Connection control valve, pilot pressure [LSO] 28. Measuring outlet, pump pressure load handling [P2]
14. Feed control valve [O]
15. Connection servo valves [PP]
The main valve comprises lift, tilt and attachment control valve which is
integrated with the valve block accumulator charging and priority valve.
Valve block accumulator charging and priority valve
Valve block accumulator charging and priority valve controls the
hydraulic pressure to the brakes, steering and cooling of the brakes
and hydraulic oil. In addition, it supplies the valve block lift, tilt and
attachment control valve with servo pressure.
Priority valve
Pressure reducer
See section 7 Load handling, group 7.2.5 Lift, tilt and attachment
control valve, 7.4.9 Lift, tilt and attachment control valve and 7.7.5 Lift,
tilt and attachment control valve.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
NOTE
015103
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
12 Close the accumulator drain valve and the attachment relief valve.
NOTE
Check that the accumulator drain valve is fully closed and tighten
the lock ring.
014619
circuit.
Close accumulator drain valve.
CAUTION
Air in the hydraulic system may cavitate and result in
product damage.
Activate the steering carefully and operate at the lowest
possible speed a couple of times to avoid cavitation.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
Check the hydraulic oil level with all hydraulic
cylinders fully retracted.
26 Test drive the machine and check that all functions work correctly.
Hydraulic oil pump brakes and steering pumps oil (from the tank)
through the brake system's cooling circuit to be cooled in the hydraulic
oil cooler. Some of the oil is filtered by the fine filter. An electric cooling
fan increases the air flow through the cooler when the temperature
needs to be lowered. A bypass valve opens when the oil is cold and
leads the oil directly to the tank in order that the resistance through
the cooler and filter should not be too high. The bypass valve closes
when the oil gets hot and then leads the oil through the cooler and
filter instead. The temperature sensor controls fan activation and
temperature indication in the display.
Excess oil from brakes and steering, and the return oil from load
handling is filtered by the hydraulic oil filter in the hydraulic oil tank.
10, 16 15
D795 D790-2
D797-1
9, 1 1, 14
D 2 4
18 C
SPOL
P2
D P
12 M
7 5
C 19 3 C
6
13
17 1
015037
8 °C 20
019465
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
2 NOTE
3 Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from impurities.
10 Fill oil in the hydraulic oil tank, see Hydraulic oil, changing, page
10:27. The oil level should be visible in the sight glass.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
The hydraulic oil level is checked with the boom
completely lowered and retracted.
The cooler is supplied with voltage by the frame control unit (D797-1)
at activation. The cooling fan is activated when oil temperature is 65 °C
in the hydraulic oil tank and the fan is deactivated when oil temperature
is 55 °C.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.1 HYD, menu 1.
009991
The sensor detects the oil temperature in the tank, and therefore takes
into account the accumulated heat in the hydraulic oil. Because of this,
the cooling fan may continue to run after the machine has been parked
and switched off provided that the system voltage is not disconnected.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
Control system, group 8.4.5.1 HYD, menu 1.
009992
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
NOTE
Change the O-rings. Check that the O-rings are positioned
correctly.
6 Fill oil in the hydraulic oil tank, see Hydraulic oil, changing, page
10:27. The oil level should be visible in the sight glass.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
The hydraulic oil level is checked with the boom
completely lowered and retracted.
009993
Bypass valve
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ensure cleanliness around the filter and filling point
when working on the hydraulic tank.
Dirt particles may cause machine damage.
NOTE
Note how the bypass valve is turned, the valve is marked with an
arrow that should be pointing in towards the tank.
5 Install the new bypass valve, turn the valve to face the same way
as the old one. Use Loctite when refitting the bypass valve.
009993
Bypass valve
6 Fill oil in the hydraulic oil tank, see Hydraulic oil, changing, page
10:27. The oil level should be visible in the sight glass.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
The hydraulic oil level is checked with the boom
completely lowered and retracted.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ensure cleanliness around the filter and filling point
when working on the hydraulic tank.
Dirt particles may cause machine damage.
1 Switch off the engine and switch off the main electric power.
2
On machines with a raised cab: Remove the footstep over the
covers and clean the covers and the area around them.
3 Remove the cover plate (position 1) over the hydraulic oil filter.
1 2 1 3 2 4
4 Lift up the filter unit and place it in the receptacle. Let the hydraulic
oil drain.
5 Separate the filter unit and remove the filter insert. Handle the
filter insert as environmentally hazardous waste. Note the position
of the parts.
018782
Magnetic rod
NOTE
The oil level is checked with the mast down and the attachment in
the 20-foot position.
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ensure cleanliness around the filter and filling point
when working on the hydraulic tank.
Dirt particles may cause machine damage.
NOTE
Make sure that the seal washer for the drain plug is fitted as well.
018782
6 Fill new hydraulic oil through the filler holes on the filters' covers.
This results in the filtering of the oil that is filled and protects the
hydraulic system from impurities.
Fill oil until the oil level is in the middle of the sight glass. For
volume and quality, see section F Technical data.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!
Check the hydraulic oil level with all hydraulic
cylinders fully retracted.
Some of the oil from the cooling circuit passes through the fine filter
and then back to the hydraulic oil tank.
The fine filter cleans a smaller amount of oil but with a higher degree of
filtration when the machine is running.
019467
NOTE
Read the safety instructions for oil before working, see section B
Safety.
IMPORTANT
Ensure cleanliness around the filter and filling point
when working on the hydraulic tank.
Dirt particles may cause machine damage.
10.7 Other
10.7.1 Hydraulic cylinders
Hydraulic cylinders, repairs
Fault tracing, leakage
CAUTION
All fault tracing should be carried out with as low a
pressure in the system as possible so that internal
leakage can be detected. High pressure causes the
seals to close tighter, which prevents detection of
internal leakage.
1. Carefully check the source of the leakage before taking any action.
It may be possible to rectify the fault without disassembly.
2. Check for external leakage:
• At cylinder face end welds
• At sleeve coupling welds
• Between cylinder barrel and cylinder head
This could be due to a defective O-ring or damaged O-ring
sealing surfaces.
• Between cylinder head and piston rod
This could be due to a damaged piston rod or damaged or
worn piston rod seal.
3. Check for internal leakage. Pressurise the cylinder and check
whether the piston sinks back.
This could be due to a worn piston seal.
1. Piston rod
2. Scraper
3. Cylinder head
4. Piston rod seal
5. O-ring with support ring
6. Cylinder barrel
7. Sleeve coupling
8. Welded cylinder end face
9. Piston
10. Piston seal, double-acting
11. Example of weld
Dismantling of cylinders
CAUTION
Before dismantling always check that the piston rod is
clean and free from all residual paint. Also check that
connections and couplings are free from burrs and
impact marks.
Make sure that the chamfer up to the chromium surface
of the piston rod is free from burrs and residual paint.
1 Remove the cylinder from its mounting and undo the connections.
2 Plug the cylinder connections and hoses without delay.
3 If the cylinder is opened - observe the strictest cleanliness!
Inspection of surfaces
Inspect the sealing surfaces. Always bearing mind the function of the
seals and the type of sealing surfaces they have. See the following
descriptions:
• O-ring groove, internal and external
• piston rod seal in the cylinder head
• sealing groove on the piston
• cylinder barrel surface
• piston rod surface. The piston rod is chromium plated with a layer
thickness of 20-50 my. Slight damage to the chromium plating may
not necessarily cause leakage directly.
• all slide surfaces (dynamic surfaces), e.g. cylinder barrel and
piston rod. These are always the hardest to seal.
CAUTION
When fitting the cylinder head:
Fit the cylinder head absolutely straight, ideally by
hand and do not hit with a mallet. If a mallet must be
used, use a plastic or rubber mallet and tap gently.
If the cylinder head is fitted crooked, the sealing lip
of the piston rod seal could be damaged, making an
improper seal. This applies to all types of piston rod
seals.
2 The piston rod seal is the seal that sits in the groove in the cylinder
head and seals against the piston rod. This seal is very exposed to
wear since it is both a dynamic and a static seal, i.e. it seals against
1 a moving surface on the piston rod while the sealing surface with the
cylinder head is fixed. There are different types of piston rod seals:
• Single V-seal
• Pre-stressed V-seal with support ring
3 • Compressible seal
The single V-seal has a V-shaped section with two lips that seal
in opposite directions. The hydraulic pressure acts in the V-shape,
4 pressing the sealing lips out towards the sealing surfaces on the piston
6 rod and in the cylinder barrel. Even minor damage to the sealing lips
can generate large leaks. Examine the sealing lips by carefully using
a fingernail to feel around the seal. To remove, use a screwdriver to
prise the seal outward and bend it up (see illustration). It is extremely
important that the screwdriver is always inserted in the V-shape so that
it cannot touch and thereby damage a sealing surface. A mark from
a screwdriver on a sealing surface can have a devastating effect and
cause major leakage.
001497
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. Seal lip pressed out toward piston rod
3. Seal lip pressed inward toward cylinder head
4. Sealing surface, piston rod
5. Sealing surface, cylinder head
6. Screwdriver
001498
5
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. Seal lip pressed out toward piston rod
3. Seal lip pressed inward toward cylinder head
4. Sealing surface, piston rod
5. Sealing surface, cylinder head
6. Screwdriver
7. O-ring
6
4
5
001499
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. Seal lip pressed out toward piston rod
3. Seal lip pressed inward toward cylinder head
4. Sealing surface, piston rod
5. Sealing surface, cylinder head
6. Screwdriver
The purpose of the support ring is to lend rigidity to the O-ring so that it
is not deformed. The O-ring is pressed against the support ring and the
sealing surface by the hydraulic pressure in the cylinder.
3
When the cylinder head is mounted in the barrel: Take extreme care
not to damage the O-ring.
4
2
001506
1
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. O-ring
3. Support ring
4. Sealing surface, cylinder head
Scraper
Scraper
The purpose of the scraper is to scrape the piston rod clean and
øD+10 prevent impurities from entering the cylinder barrel.
1
The scraper must be fitted with a special fitting tool. This tool must
have a greater outer diameter than the scraper so that the press force
against the scraper ceases precisely when the scraper is pressed into
its position. If the scraper were to be pressed in further, the metal
2 capsule would be deformed (see lower illustration), which would impair
the function of the scraper.
4 To prevent the scraper from bottoming in its recess in the cylinder head,
the recess is slightly deeper than the width of the scraper.
3
øD
6
001496
CAUTION
No tool may be applied from the inside. This could
give rise to burrs on the cylinder head which could in
3 turn damage the piston rod. Burrs may also damage
the piston rod seal when fitting the piston.
001551
1. Screwdriver
2. Scraper
3. Cylinder head
5
1. Hydraulic pressure
2. Seal pressed out toward cylinder barrel
3. Seal pressed in toward piston
4. Sealing surface, cylinder barrel
5. Sealing surface, piston
6. Screwdriver
The seal must always be fitted as a single assembly together with the
support ring.
002950
Double-acting piston seal
All of the interior surface of the cylinder barrel is a sealing surface and it
is therefore extremely important that it is completely free from damage.
Exercise caution when fitting the piston in the cylinder barrel, making
sure that the seal is not damaged by the cylinder barrel threads.
2
002951
Dismantling:
1 Remove guide rings and support rings.
2 Move the seal body over to one side of the sealing groove.
3 Press up the material so that there is a gap between seal and
piston.
4 Without damaging the surface of the piston - cut off the seal with
a knife.
5 Carefully examine the seal to find any damage that could cause
leakage. This will be easier if you bend the seal sharply bit by bit
and feel over the sealing surface with a fingernail.
Assembly:
1 All double-acting piston seals are of similar design: a middle seal
body, then support rings and farthest out guide rings.
2 First fit the seal body, then the support rings and finally the guide
rings - all must be done by hand without tools to avoid damage.
11 Common electrics
11 Common electrics
11.2 Electric protection
11.2.1 Battery disconnector
Battery disconnector, description
The positive terminals of the batteries connected in series are
A connected to the machine's electrical system via the battery
disconnector. The battery disconnector cuts off all power from the
batteries to the machine's electrical system.
IMPORTANT
Never switch off the voltage with the battery
disconnector when the engine is running. This could
019468
11.2.2 Fuses
Fuses, changing
When checking and changing the main fuse:
1 Switch off the system voltage (battery disconnector).
2 Remove the plastic cover.
3 Check that the fuses are intact. Replace if necessary.
The fuses are 25 A or 50 A.
11.3 Batteries
11.3.1 Starter battery
Starter battery, description
The machine's electrical system is supplied by two 12 V batteries
connected in series.
WARNING
Battery electrolyte contains corrosive sulphuric acid.
Risk of corrosive injuries! Health hazard!
Use protective glasses and protective gloves when
working with the batteries. Immediately remove any
electrolyte on bare skin. Wash with soap and plenty of
water. If the electrolyte has found its way into your
eyes, rinse immediately with lots of water and contact
a doctor immediately.
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
Personal injury!
During charging, hydrogen gas forms around the
batteries. Sparks could ignite the hydrogen gas,
causing an explosion. Disconnect the battery with the
battery disconnector.
WARNING
Short-circuiting of battery.
Risk of explosion! Fire hazard! Risk of personal injury!
The battery's terminals must not be connected to each
other or to common grounding point (frame).
NOTE
Take great care when reconnecting the cables to prevent short
circuiting.
11.4 Alternator
11.4.1 Alternator
Alternator, description)
The alternator generates current during operation and supplies this
to the batteries. The alternator produces AC current and has an
integrated charge regulator.
The alternator is driven by the engine via a belt. Faults are indicated
by the warning lamp for low battery charging.
The signal can be checked via the diagnostic menu, section 8 Control
system, section 8.4.6.4 ENGINE, menu 4.
019469
Alternator, replacement
See supplier documentation, engine.
1 2 3 4
D1 D3 D4
D2
D793 D794
- +
D8
D790-1 D791
5, 6 8
9 7
D795 D790-2 D797-1
0015056
D9 D7
- +
K315-2
1 2 K315-1
7 3, 6
D1 D2 D3 3
D794
D793
10 D10
4, 5
D8
D790-1 D791
2, 8
9
D795 D790-2 D797-1
015054
D9
9 Ignition voltage to the frame UK2:1 = 24 V Frame control unit, description, page 11:18
control unit (D797-1). UK2:9 = 24 V D9: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
UK2:10 = 24 V group 8.4.1.10 CAN/POWER, menu 10
10 Ignition voltage to Control UA1 = 24 V Transmission control unit (D793), description, page 11:22
unit, transmission (D793). D10: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control system,
group 8.4.1.12 CAN/POWER, menu 12
D794
D793
D5
K3007
3, 4 6
K3009-1 K3009-2
- +
K3002
D4
D2
D7
D790-1 D797-1
1, 2, 5
7
D795 D790-2 D791
015055
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 Ignition voltage is activated by the cab Checked by control Ignition voltage (15), function description,
control unit (D790-1) system, error shown page 11:9
with error code.
2 Control unit, cab (D790-1) supplies voltage UK3009-1/86 = 24 V Cab control unit, description, page 11:17
to Relay, emergency stop switch voltage D2: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
(K3009-1) in the frame electronic box. system, group 8.4.1.6 CAN/POWER, menu
6
3 Relay, emergency stop switch voltage UK3009-2/87 = 24 V Electronic box, description, page 11:15
(K3009-1) supplies voltage to Relay,
emergency stop switch voltage (K3009-2) in
the frame electronic box.
4 Relay, emergency stop switch voltage UK3009-1/87 = 24 V Electronic box, description, page 11:15
(K3009-1) also sends a voltage signal to the UK3009-2/87= 0 V D4: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
Control unit, cab (D790-1), which verifies system, group 8.4.1.6 CAN/POWER, menu
that Relay, emergency stop switch voltage 6
(K3009-1) is active but Relay, emergency
stop switch voltage (K3009-2) is inactive.
This verifies that the emergency stop switch
is working.
5 Control unit, cab (D790-1) activates Relay, UK3009-2/86 = 24 V Cab control unit, description, page 11:17
emergency stop switch voltage (K3009-2) D5: Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
in the electronic box. system, group 8.4.1.6 CAN/POWER, menu
6
2 NOTE
3 This connector is not fitted on the machine if the machine is
equipped with voltage converter.
5 CAUTION
008693
Pin 3. Ground
Pin 4. 12 V, ignition voltage, 20 A
14
1. Circuit fuses, emergency stop switch voltage
(15E) F58-3
2. Circuit fuses, ignition voltage (15) F58-2
3. Circuit fuses, battery voltage (30) F58-1
4. Diagnostic socket, engine VODIA (Volvo
engine option)
5. Diagnostic socket, transmission
6. Main fuses
7. Control unit, transmission (D793)
8. Connection terminal, attachment
9. Lifting/lowering relay K3007
10. Tilt in/out relay K3002
11. Ignition switch relay K315-2
12. Ignition key lock power relay K315-1
13. Control breaker power relay K3009-1
14. Control breaker power relay K3009-2
-
1
-
2
- 1
3
-
4
5 -
-
6
007184
1. Termination resistor
018788
7 6 5
1. Frame control unit (D797-1) 5. Control unit, transmission (D793)
2. Control unit, KID (D795) 6. Control unit, Volvo engine (D794)
3. Control unit KIT (D790-2) 7. Engine control unit, Cummins (D794)
4. Control unit, cab (D790-1) 8. Control unit, attachment (D791-1)
2 1 Control unit, cab (D790-1) is the central control unit of the control
system. Control unit, cab (D790-1) sends activation signals to other
units, and controls and monitors their functions. It administrates work
in the control unit network. The control unit controls the redundant
voltage feed and handles communication via a redundant CAN bus
and gateway for CAN bus drive-train. Control unit, cab (D790-1) also
processes all input signals from cab controls and transmits these
5 6 signals on the CAN bus.
4
3
000041
Control unit, cab has four indicator lights that indicate the control unit's
2
function.
1. Connection terminals - fan, working lights,
windscreen wiper Lamp 1 Green light on when there is battery voltage to the
unit. The light is physically controlled by voltage feed
2. Connection terminals, other to the control unit.
3. Light 1, battery voltage Lamp 2 Flashes green when redundant voltage feed to
4. Light 2, redundant voltage feed, redundant control units and redundant CAN bus communication
CAN bus and power supply are active. No power in the system.
5. Light 3, communication Green light when power electronics and 15-voltage
are supplied voltage.
6. Light 4, error indication
Lamp 3 Long single flash yellow during communication with
Control unit, display (D795). This is a basic condition
of fault tracing.
Short single flash yellow during communication
with Control unit, engine (D794) and Control unit,
transmission (D793).
Double flash yellow (short and long flash) during
communication with the display and engine or
transmission.
Lamp 4 Red light in the event of active error.
2 The cab control unit has four indicator lights that indicate the control
unit's function.
3
000043
6 5
1. Light 1, battery voltage
2. Light 2, redundant voltage feed and power
supply
3. Light 3, communication
4. Light 4, error indication
5. Control signals (inputs and outputs)
6. Power supply (redundant voltage feed for
control units, redundant CAN bus) and input data
000043
6 5
1. Light 1, battery voltage
2. Light 2, redundant voltage feed and power
supply
3. Light 3, communication
4. Light 4, error indication
5. Control signals (inputs and outputs)
6. Power supply (redundant voltage feed for
control units, redundant CAN bus) and input data
D
Control unit, transmission (D793) is connected via separate CAN bus
M
E communication to the engine, which is connected to Control unit,
F S cab (D790-1). In turn, Control unit, cab (D790-1) sends drive-train
information on to other units.
The control unit has two function keys and three status lights.
000045
1. Display
2. Status lights
3. Function keys
Display group I
• GPOS - shows transmission's direction of rotation
• VSPD - shows speed in km/h
• dist - shows distance driven in km or miles
Display group II
• CPOS - shows gear position
• Tspd - shows measured turbine speed in km/h or mph
• Espd - shows measured engine speed in rpm
• Ospd - shows measured speed out from the transmission in rpm
• Srat - shows the turbine speed ratio (Tspd)/engine speed (Espd)
• TQ I - shows measured torque (Nm) of transmission in
• Ttmp - shows measured temperature in the oil sump (Celsius or
Fahrenheit)
• Ctmp - shows measured temperature in the converter (Celsius
or Fahrenheit)
007959
1. Control unit, transmission (D793)
Control unit, engine EDC (D794) is connected via separate CAN bus
communication to the gearbox, which is connected to Control unit,
cab (D790-1). In turn, Control unit, cab (D790-1) sends drive-train
information on to other units.
The control unit is fitted on the engine has no function keys or display.
All functions are controlled via the CAN bus and an external control
system. Diagnostic socket for communication directly with the engine
via Volvo diagnostic tools VODIA is in the frame electronic box, see
007423
1. Connector OEM The control unit monitors the following values in order to optimise
2. Connector Actuator engine performance.
The data gives exact information about the operating conditions and
makes it possible for the control unit to, for example, calculate the
correct fuel volume and to check the condition of the engine.
The control unit is fitted on the engine has no function keys or display.
All functions are controlled via the CAN bus and an external control
3 system.
• boost pressure
• charge air temperature
1. Connector from Cummins cable harness
• coolant temperature
2. Connector XD794-3
• oil pressure
3. Connector from Cummins cable harness
• water in fuel
4. Connector XD794-3
• fuel pressure
• coolant level
The data gives exact information about the operating conditions and
makes it possible for the control unit to, for example, calculate the
correct fuel volume and to check the condition of the engine.
CAUTION
Each control unit is individually calibrated to each
engine. Control unit replacement between engines
must not be done under any circumstances.
1 2 The KIT control unit (D790-2) handles functions for the gear and
multi-function lever, the direction indicator switch and start key positions
II and III. It also handles the key panel for the control system and its
panel for warning and indicator lights.
Control unit KIT (D790-2) has several individual function keys and
indicator lights.
000049
There is an indicator light to the right of the display that is activated with
a red light when there is a serious malfunction in the control system.
The error code and information are shown on the display.
See the operator's manual for detailed information about the display.
000051
1. LCD display
2. Series of diodes that serve as an indicator light
for serious malfunction.
11.6 Communication
11.6.1 CAN bus
CAN bus, description
t [S]
Messages are sequential and signal is high (voltage
high) or low (voltage low).
1. Termination resistor (120 ohm)
2. CAN + (voltage high)
3. CAN - (voltage low)
4. Pulse
5. Control unit
Message
Message
There are two types of messages:
A
• CAN Standard, has identity field of 11 bits
• CAN Extended, has identity field of 29 bits
CAN works in messages sent in frames of 8 bytes (64 bits). A complete
B C D E F G
000027
Messages are sequential and signal is high (voltage Start bit (B)
high) or low (voltage low).
Indicates that the transmission of a frame, i.e. a message, is now
A. Length message beginning.
B. Start bit
Identity field (C)
C. Identity field/Priority
Indicates what kind of information the message contains, e.g.
D. Control field (length of data segment)
measurement information on engine speed.
E. Data segment
F. Checksum for error detection Does not indicate address to control unit. CAN does not work with
addressing. All control units receive messages and send them on.
G. Acknowledge bit
Control field (D)
Indicates how the length of the data segment that follows.
Data segment (E)
Contains the information to be conveyed to control units in the network.
Checksum for error detection (F)
Calculates a checksum for the message. This makes it possible for the
receiving control unit to detect errors in the sent message.
Acknowledge (G)
The transmitting control unit sets a bit to logical one (1) when the
message is sent. The first control unit to receive the message sends it
on and sets the bit to logical zero (0).
Communication
Communication
The CAN network consists of control units and segments. The segment
(bus) is a twisted pair cable that leads CAN + and CAN - signal levels
from control unit to control unit.
Each control unit measures the potential difference of its two inputs.
3,5 V The potential difference generates logical zero and logical one. The
illustration depicts an approved interval according to the standard for
potential levels. CAN + has a recommended value of 3.5 V and CAN
- has 1.5 V. As a worst case scenario, the potential difference can be
U [V]
t [S] knows that the message has been received by at least one control unit.
Potential levels CAN + and CAN - One control unit at a time sends the message. Other control units listen
and wait until the bus is available. If two messages are to be sent
simultaneously then the sending of the message with the lowest priority
(highest value in identity field) is concluded. This means that messages
do not need to be re-sent in the event of a communication conflict but
only in the event of a bus error (erroneous message).
The CAN bus exchanges around 100 messages per second in the
network.
014682
D797-1
Outline view, redundant CAN bus
Redundant CAN bus means that the control units are connected into a
D790-1 D791 D797-1 network that communicates via a CAN bus (see CAN bus, description,
CAN L CAN R CAN L CAN R CAN L CAN R
page 11:36) and that there are double communication routes on the
1 2 network. The network is divided into control units and segments
4 (segments are the cables between the control units). The number of
3 active segments depends on the number of control units the machine
CAN R CAN L
009752
D795 The control units have two CAN bus connections - CAN L (left) and
015052
CAN R (right). The control units are connected to one another in series
in a loop.
Segment numbering
The redundant CAN bus can handle the loss of a segment. The link
is analysed upon start-up. If a segment has a malfunction, messages
are sent via another route.
CAN bus faults are indicated with an error code and a warning in the
display. If several CAN bus segments are faulty, the system only shows
an error code for the first faulty out segment.
5
D790- 2
1, 6 4
S1 D790- 1 S4 D79 5
D79 1 S2 D797-1 S3
2 3
019473
Pos Explanation Signal description Reference
1 Control unit, cab (D790-1) establishes Checked by control Cab control unit, description, page 11:17
redundant CAN bus communication by system, error shown with Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
sending a request on the CAN bus via error code. system, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu
CAN R. 1 and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
2 The attachment control unit (D791) A clicking sound is Control unit, attachment, description, page
sends a response back on the CAN bus audible when then 11:20
via CAN L and sends the request on via termination resistor is Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
CAN R. activated. system, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu
Termination resistors in the control 1 and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
nodes ensure communication segment
by segment.
3 The frame control unit (D797-1) sends a A clicking sound is Frame control unit, description, page 11:18
response back on the CAN bus via CAN audible when then Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
L and sends the request on via CAN R. termination resistor is system, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu
Termination resistors in the control activated. 1 and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
nodes ensure communication segment
by segment.
4 Control unit KID (D795) sends a A clicking sound is Control unit KID, description, page 11:26
response back on the CAN bus via CAN audible when then Diagnostic menu, see section 8 Control
L and sends the request on via CAN R. termination resistor is system, group 8.4.1.1 CAN/POWER, menu
Termination resistors in the control activated. 1 and 8.4.1.2 CAN/POWER, menu 2
nodes ensure communication segment
by segment.
4 6 The CAN bus for the drive-train is based on the SAE J1939 standard
where selected messages are used to control the engine and
transmission.
Control units for engine and transmission come from the respective
transmission and engine supplier.
The machine only uses one model, while there are several engine
alternatives. All engine alternatives use the standard and therefore the
messages for each engine are structured in the same way.
The signals can be checked via the diagnostic menu. See section 8
000033
Sockets for CAN bus drive-train in electronic box cab (position 2) are
used for communicating with the engine and transmission via CAN bus.
4
019471
D Error codes
D Error codes
Error codes, explanation
The error codes are explained in table form for Engine, Transmission
as well as Control system. They are sorted according to error code
number.
000389
• Field D: Shows type of error.
• Field E: Indicates which function is affected by error code.
• Book symbol means that information is available in the operator's
manual.
Field B: Error code level
The control and monitoring system gives error code information in three
levels which are indicated with a symbol in the lower left corner (B)
on the display unit.
• Stop
C Indicates a serious malfunction that may jeopardise the operator's
safety or cause machine failure. The error code must be attended
D E to immediately. Stop working with the machine and contact service
immediately.
000350
• Warning
C Indicates malfunction in machine that should be taken care of as
soon as possible. After the finished work shift with the machine,
D E contact service as soon as possible.
The error code is shown automatically on the display.
000351
• Information
C Information to the operator that something should be rectified, e.g.
broken bulb. Take action to rectify the cause of the error code as
D E soon as possible. See section 6 Inspection and maintenance in
the operator's manual.
The error code is stored in the error code list under operating
000352
B
000389
• Engine:
XX/YY Shown with error code number XXX/YY on display.
D NOTE
B If several error codes come from the engine, the error code level is
001343
• Transmission:
XXX/YY Shown with error code number XX/YY on display.
001344
Field D: Type of error
7
000396
25 26 27
010153
NOTE
In the event of an error code, perform the actions recommended
in the error code table to identify the fault.
Error codes are stored as active and inactive. Active errors are
shown in the error code menu.
Always use error code menus for reading error codes, otherwise
there is a risk of missing error codes.
WARNING
Risk of machine damage.
In the event of error codes of level "WARNING" and
"STOP", serious machine damage may result if the
engine is started.
Do not start the engine until the cause of the error
code has been identified or repaired.
1 23
4 5
000060
4 The error code list is shown on the display. An active error code is
shown on display where field C shows error code number together
with X(Y). X shows sequence number for displayed error code and
(Y) shows total number of active error codes.
Scroll between error codes with key 1 and 2 (arrow function).
001998
Error codes disappear from the list when the cause has been
remedied.
000389
• The function affected by the error is shown with a symbol in
field E
The book symbol is an instruction for the operator to read the
operator's manual.
6 Use the error code tables to find more information about the error
code.
7 After the remedial action, check that no active error codes remain
for the function in question.
1 Engine
Error codes engine, general
When contacting engine suppliers, use the supplier code.
• Display/code indicates error code as shown in the machine, in
accordance with SAE J1939 in SPN/FMI
• The supplier code/J1587 indicates the error code in accordance
with the engine manufacturer's specification.
2 Transmission
Error codes transmission (TE13/17FF)
When contacting the transmission suppliers, use the supplier code.
• Display indicates the error code as it appears in the machine.
• Supplier code denotes the error code according to the transmission
manufacturer's specification (SAE J1939 in SPN/FMI).
Limp-home
In this condition only gear 1-2 in each direction can be used. If the
error occurs in a higher gear then downshifting to gear 1 or 2 must
take place manually.
Shut-down
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
31/00 7F093/1 Reference voltage Control unit receives Check the voltage feed. - CAN/P-
sensor 8 V, too low. reduced sensor Check the control unit. OWER,
signals. menu 15
31/01 7F093/0 Reference voltage Control unit receives Check the voltage feed. - CAN/P-
sensor 8 V, too high. reduced sensor Check the control unit. OWER,
signals. menu 15
34/00 7F0BB/31 Sensor fault on a Control unit locks Check the wiring between D793/G3 - -
speed sensor. transmission in the control unit and all B7510
neutral. speed sensors. D793/B3 -
Check all speed sensors. B7520
D793/F3 -
B7530
D793/D3 -
B7580
34/01 7F0BC/1 Measured turbine rpm Control unit locks Check the wiring between D793/G3 - -
at start-up is too low. transmission in the control unit and all B7510
neutral. speed sensors. D793/B3 -
Check all speed sensors. B7520
Check that all speed D793/F3 -
sensors are connected B7530
to the correct input on D793/D3 -
Control unit transmission B7580
(D793).
Check the feed pressure
from the transmission's oil
pump.
34/02 7F0BD/0 Measured drum rpm Transmission Check the wiring between D793/G3 - -
at start-up is too high. locked in neutral the control unit and all B7510
(Shut-down). speed sensors. D793/B3 -
Check all speed sensors. B7520
Check that all speed D793/F3 -
sensors are connected B7530
to the correct input on D793/D3 -
Control unit transmission B7580
(D793).
34/03 7F0BE/0 Internal rotation Transmission Check the wiring between D793/G3 - -
speeds indicate that locked in neutral the control unit and all B7510
there is no system (Shut-down). speed sensors. D793/B3 -
pressure, despite that Check all speed sensors. B7520
there should be.
Check that all speed D793/F3 -
sensors are connected B7530
to the correct input on D793/D3 -
Control unit transmission B7580
(D793).
D793/C1
Check the feed pressure -Y6096
from the transmission's oil
pump. D793/C1
-Y6096
Check Servo valve
forward/reverse (Y6096).
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
34/04 7F0BE/1 Internal rotation Transmission Check the wiring between D793/G3 - -
speeds indicate locked in neutral the control unit and all B7510
that there is system (Shut-down). speed sensors. D793/B3 -
pressure when there Check all speed sensors. B7520
should not be.
Check that all speed D793/F3 -
sensors are connected B7530
to the correct input on D793/D3 -
Control unit transmission B7580
(D793).
D793/C1
Check the feed pressure -Y6096
from the transmission's oil
pump. D793/C1
-Y6096
Check Servo valve
forward/reverse (Y6096).
38/00 7F0B3/0 Disengaged Control unit indicates Check 4WD/2WD - -
4WD/2WD-selector the error. selector.
has jammed in Check if digital feedback
engaged position is on and connected to
or the feedback signal control unit.
is wrong.
38/01 7F0B3/1 Engaged 4WD/2WD Control unit indicates Check 4WD/2WD - -
selector has jammed the error. selector.
in the disengaged Check if digital feedback
position or the is on and connected to
feedback signal is control unit.
wrong.
39/00 7F0B4/0 Disengaged Control unit indicates Check Low/High gear - -
Low/High-selector the error. selector.
has jammed in Check if digital feedback
engaged position is on and connected to
or the feedback signal control unit.
is wrong.
39/01 7F0B4/1 Engaged Low/High Control unit indicates Check Low/High gear - -
selector has jammed the error. selector.
in the disengaged Check if digital feedback
position or the is on and connected to
feedback signal is control unit.
wrong.
40/06 7F05E/2 Wrong direction from Control unit locks Check cabling to gear - TRA-
the gear selector. transmission in selector with regards NSM,
neutral. to forward and reverse menu 2
signal.
40/08 7F041/1F The seat's direction Control unit locks Check seat direction or - -
was changed when transmission in show the driver how the
the parking brake was neutral. seat is turned as per the
not activated, and/or correct procedure.
the gear selector was
not in neutral, and/or
the machine was not
stationary.
41/06 7F05F/2 Incorrect gear Control unit doesn't Check cabling to gear - TRA-
selection from the allow change of selector with regards to NSM,
gear selector. range, however, signal range. menu 2
operation of machine
is possible.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
42/04 7F080/1 Actual gear ratio too Control unit indicates Check transmission with - TRA-
low. that one or several purpose to understand if NSM,
clutches are slipping. and, if that is the case, menu 6
Transmission which clutch is slipping.
locked in neutral Check the set gear ratio
(Shut-down). for the control unit.
42/05 7F080/0 Actual gear ratio too Control unit indicates Check transmission with - TRA-
high. that one or several purpose to understand if NSM,
clutches are slipping. and, if that is the case, menu 6
Transmission which clutch is slipping.
locked in neutral Check the set gear ratio
(Shut-down). for the control unit.
43/03 7F063/4 Signal from sensor oil Control unit indicates Check the cable harness D793/H3 - TRA-
temperature (B7660) the error. between control unit and B7660 NSM,
outside valid interval. component. menu 10
Check the sensor.
43/07 7F063/10 Torque converter's Control unit indicates Check the transmission oil D793/H3 - TRA-
temperature exceeds the error to make cooler, clean if necessary. B7660 NSM,
100 °C. operator aware of Check the thermostat menu 10
the warning's level. in the transmission oil
cooler.
43/08 7F063/0 Torque converter's The control unit Check the transmission oil D793/H3 - TRA-
temperature exceeds protects the cooler, clean if necessary. B7660 NSM,
120 °C. transmission and Check the thermostat menu 10
does not allow the in the transmission oil
temperature in the cooler.
torque converter
to exceed the
maximum limit.
The control unit locks
the transmission in
neutral position, the
engine is restricted
to 50 % of max. rpm.
44/10 7F0C6/9 No signal for - Use diagnostic menu to - CAN/P-
accelerator pedal find incorrect segment. OWER,
position from Engine menu 3
control unit (D794).
45/06 7F048/2 Invalid combination Control unit limits the Check the speed sensors. - -
for redundant digital machine's speed to
speed inputs. the reduced speed.
46/05 7F036/F Max. torque for - - - -
inching has been
exceeded.
47/01 7F07B/10 Transmission has Control unit indicates Let up the accelerator - -
exceeded the limit the error. pedal and slow down the
value for upper rpm. machine.
50/00 7F010/4 Pressure sensor Transmission Check the cable harness D793/A2 - TRA-
gear 1/3 (B7651), locked in neutral between control unit and B7651 NSM,
short-circuited to (Shut-down). sensor. menu 10
ground. Check the sensor.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
50/01 7F010/3 Pressure sensor gear Transmission Check the cable harness D793/A2 - TRA-
1/3 (B7651), not locked in neutral between control unit and B7651 NSM,
connected or open (Shut-down). component. menu 10
circuit. Check the sensor.
50/04 7F010/11 Pressure sensor Control unit indicates Check the cable harness D793/A2 - TRA-
gear 1/3 (B7651), error and uses lowest between control unit and B7651 NSM,
value below lowest value in its settings. component. menu 10
calibrated value. Check the sensor.
50/05 7F010/F Pressure sensor Control unit indicates Check the cable harness D793/A2 - TRA-
gear 1/3 (B7651), error and uses between control unit and B7651 NSM,
value above highest highest value in component. menu 10
calibrated value. its settings. Check the sensor.
51/00 7F011/4 Sensor oil The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/H3 - TRA-
temperature (B7660) the transmission's between control unit and B7660 NSM,
short-circuited to temperature sensor. menu 10
ground. measurement to Check the sensor.
the lowest value
in its settings,
which results in
poor temperature
compensation.
51/01 7F011/3 Sensor oil temperature The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/H3 - TRA-
(B7660) not connected the transmission's between control unit and B7660 NSM,
or open circuit. temperature sensor. menu 10
measurement to Check the sensor.
the highest value
in its settings,
which results in
poor temperature
compensation.
51/04 7F011/11 Sensor oil temperature The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/H3 - TRA-
(B7660), value below the transmission's between control unit and B7660 NSM,
lowest calibrated temperature component. menu 10
value. measurement to Check the sensor.
the lowest value in
its settings.
51/05 7F011/F Sensor oil temperature The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/H3 - TRA-
(B7660), value above the transmission's between control unit and B7660 NSM,
highest calibrated temperature component. menu 10
value. measurement to Check the sensor.
the highest value in
its settings.
52/00 7F012/4 Temperature The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/J3 - TRA-
monitor torque the transmission's between control unit and S2210 NSM,
converter (S2210) temperature sensor. menu 10
short-circuited to measurement to Check the sensor.
ground. the highest value
in its settings,
which results in
poor temperature
compensation.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
52/01 7F012/3 Temperature monitor The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/J3 - TRA-
torque converter the transmission's between control unit and S2210 NSM,
(S2210) is not temperature sensor. menu 10
connected. measurement to Check the sensor.
the highest value
in its settings,
which results in
poor temperature
compensation.
52/04 7F012/11 Temperature monitor The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/J3B TRA-
torque converter the transmission's between control unit and - S2210 NSM,
(S2210), value below temperature component. menu 10
lowest calibrated measurement to Check the sensor.
value. the lowest value
in its settings,
which results in
poor temperature
compensation.
52/05 7F012/F Temperature monitor The control unit limits Check the cable harness D793/J3B TRA-
torque converter the transmission's between control unit and - S2210 NSM,
(S2210), value above temperature component. menu 10
highest calibrated measurement to Check the sensor.
value. the highest value
in its settings,
which results in
poor temperature
compensation.
53/00 7F013/4 Analogue input signal Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
3, short circuit to function is on the pin: between control unit and
ground. Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
53/01 7F013/3 Analogue input signal Depending on the Check the cable harness - -
3 is not connected. function on the pin: between control unit and
Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
53/04 7F013/11 Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
3, the value is below error and uses lowest between control unit and
lowest calibrated value in its settings. component.
value. Check the component.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
53/05 7F013/F Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
3, the value is above error and uses between control unit and
highest calibrated highest value in component.
value. its settings. Check the component.
54/00 7F014/4 Reference voltage - Check the cable harness D793/M1 CAN/P-
sensor 5 V between control unit and - S2210, OWER,
short-circuiting to component. B7667, menu 15
ground. Check the sensor. B6069
54/01 7F014/3 Reference voltage - Check the cable harness D793/M1 CAN/P-
sensor 5 V between control unit and - S2210, OWER,
short-circuited to component. B7667, menu 15
voltage. Check the sensor. B6069
55/00 7F015/4 Analogue input signal, Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
short circuit to ground. function is on the pin: between control unit and
Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
55/01 7F015/3 Analogue input signal Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
5 is not connected. function is on the pin: between control unit and
Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
55/04 7F015/11 Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
5, the value is below error and uses lowest between control unit and
lowest calibrated value in its settings. component.
value. Check the component.
55/05 7F015/F Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
5, the value is above error and uses between control unit and
highest calibrated highest value in component.
value. its settings. Check the component.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
56/00 7F016/4 Pressure sensor Depending on which Check the cable harness D793/S1 - TRA-
gear 2 (B7652), function is on the pin: between control unit and B7652 NSM,
short-circuited to Pressure feedback: component. menu 10
ground. Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
56/01 7F016/3 Pressure sensor gear Depending on which Check the cable harness D793/S1 - TRA-
2 (B7652), is not function is on the pin: between control unit and B7652 NSM,
connected. Pressure feedback: component. menu 10
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
56/04 7F016/11 Pressure sensor Control unit indicates Check the cable harness D793/S1 - TRA-
gear 2 (B7652), error and uses lowest between control unit and B7652 NSM,
value below lowest value in its settings. component. menu 10
calibrated value. Check the component.
56/05 7F016/F Pressure sensor Control unit indicates Check the cable harness D793/S1 - TRA-
gear 2 (B7652), error and uses between control unit and B7652 NSM,
value above highest highest value in component. menu 10
calibrated value. its settings. Check the component.
57/00 7F017/4 Analogue input signal Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
7, short circuit to function is on the pin: between control unit and
ground. Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
57/01 7F017/3 Analogue input signal Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
7 is not connected. function is on the pin: between control unit and
Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
57/04 7F017/11 Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
7, the value is below error and uses lowest between control unit and
lowest calibrated value in its settings. component.
value. Check the component.
57/05 7F017/F Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
7, the value is above error and uses between control unit and
highest calibrated highest value in component.
value. its settings. Check the component.
58/00 7F018/4 Analogue input signal Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
8, short circuit to function is on the pin: between control unit and
ground. Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
58/01 7F018/3 Analogue input signal Depending on which Check the cable harness - -
8 is not connected. function is on the pin: between control unit and
Pressure feedback: component.
Transmission locked Check the component.
to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
Sensor oil pressure:
Control unit locks
transmission in
neutral.
Other: Control unit
uses the lowest
value in its settings.
58/04 7F018/11 Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
8, the value is below error and uses lowest between control unit and
lowest calibrated value in its settings. component.
value. Check the component.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
58/05 7F018/F Analogue input signal Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
8, the value is above error and uses between control unit and
highest calibrated highest value in component.
value. its settings. Check the component.
60/00 7F01A/6 Sensor rpm When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/C3 - TRA-
drum (B7520) signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7520 NSM,
short-circuited to engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
ground. incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
60/01 7F01A/5 Sensor rpm drum When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/C3 - TRA-
(B7520) not signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7520 NSM,
connected. engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
60/03 7F01A/A Sensor drum speed Control unit indicates Check cable between D793/C3 - TRA-
(B7520), value outside the error. control unit and B7520 NSM,
limit values. component. menu 6
Check component.
60/04 7F01A/1 Sensor rpm drum This message Check transmission to D793/C3 - TRA-
(B7520), pulse count is given as find out if and which clutch B7520 NSM,
too low. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
60/05 7F01A/0 Sensor rpm drum This message Check transmission to D793/C3 - TRA-
(B7520), pulse count is given as find out if and which clutch B7520 NSM,
too high. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
61/00 7F01B/6 Sensor rpm output When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/E3 - TRA-
shaft (B7580) signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7580 NSM,
short-circuited to engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
ground. incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
61/01 7F01B/5 Sensor rpm output When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/E3 - TRA-
shaft (B7580) not signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7580 NSM,
connected. engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
61/03 7F01B/A Sensor rpm output Control unit indicates Check cable between D793/E3 - TRA-
shaft (B7580), value the error. control unit and B7580 NSM,
outside limit values. component. menu 6
Check the sensor.
61/04 7F01B/1 Sensor rpm output This message Check transmission to D793/E3 - TRA-
shaft (B7580), pulse is given as find out if and which clutch B7580 NSM,
count too low. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
61/05 7F01B/0 Sensor rpm output This message Check transmission to D793/E3 - TRA-
shaft (B7580), pulse is given as find out if and which clutch B7580 NSM,
count too high. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
62/00 7F01C/6 Sensor engine When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/F3 - TRA-
rpm (B7530), signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7530 NSM,
short-circuited to engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
ground. incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
62/01 7F01C/5 Sensor engine When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/F3 - TRA-
rpm (B7530), not signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7530 NSM,
connected or has engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
open circuit. incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
62/03 7F01C/A Engine speed Transmission in Use diagnostic menu to - -
information not Limp-home. find incorrect segment.
available.
62/04 7F01C/1 Sensor engine rpm This message Check transmission to D793//F3 - TRA-
(B7530), pulse count is given as find out if and which clutch B7530 NSM,
too low. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
62/05 7F01C/0 Sensor engine rpm This message Check transmission to D793/F3 - TRA-
(B7530), pulse count is given as find out if and which clutch B7530 NSM,
too high. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
62/06 7F07A/1 No engine speed Transmission in Check sensor engine rpm D793/F3 - TRA-
information when Limp-home. speed. B7530 NSM,
the turbine speed is Check component's menu 6
calculated. position.
63/00 7F01D/6 Sensor rpm When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/G3 - TRA-
turbine (B7510) signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7510 NSM,
short-circuited to engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
ground. incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
63/01 7F01D/5 Sensor rpm turbine When only one rpm Check cable between the D793/G3 - TRA-
(B7510) not signal that is not the control unit and sensor. B7510 NSM,
connected. engine rpm signal is Check the sensor. menu 6
incorrect, the control
unit calculates the
missing rpm.
If several rpm
signals or if the
engine rpm signal
are defective, the
transmission control
unit locks gear 1-2
(Limp-home).
63/03 7F01D/A Sensor rpm turbine Control unit indicates Check cable between D793/G3 - TRA-
(B7510), value outside the error. control unit and B7510 NSM,
limit values. component. menu 6
Check component.
63/04 7F01D/1 Sensor rpm turbine This message Check transmission to D793/G3 - TRA-
(B7510), pulse count is given as find out if and which clutch B7510 NSM,
too low. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
63/05 7F01D/0 Sensor rpm turbine This message Check transmission to D793/G3 - TRA-
(B7510), pulse count is given as find out if and which clutch B7510 NSM,
too high. supplementary is slipping. menu 6
information for Check transmission's
malfunctions in the settings for gear ratio in
transmission. control unit.
70/00 7F020/4 Servo valve Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/B1 TRA-
forward/reverse to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6096, NSM,
(Y6096), short- (Limp-home). servo valve. D793/C1 - menu 8
circuited to each Check the servo valve. Y6096
other, signal cable
short-circuited to
voltage, or plus cable
short-circuited to
ground.
70/01 7F020/3 Servo valve Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/B1 TRA-
forward/reverse to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6096, NSM,
(Y6096), open circuit (Limp-home). servo valve. D793/C1 - menu 8
or short to voltage. Check the servo valve. Y6096
70/02 7F020/6 Servo valve Transmission Check the cable harness D793/B1 TRA-
forward/reverse locked in neutral between control unit and - Y6096, NSM,
(Y6096) control (Shut-down). servo valve. D793/C1 - menu 9
current above 1400 Check the servo valve. Y6096
mA.
70/03 7F020/8 Servo valve Transmission Check the cable harness D793/B1 TRA-
forward/reverse locked in neutral between control unit and - Y6096, NSM,
(Y6096) control (Shut-down). servo valve. D793/C1 - menu 9
current outside Check the servo valve. Y6096
approved range.
Incorrect impedance.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
70/09 7F020/5 Servo valve Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/B1 TRA-
forward/reverse to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6096, NSM,
(Y6096), not (Limp-home). servo valve. D793/C1 - menu 9
connected. Check the servo valve. Y6096
71/00 7F021/4 Solenoid valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/D1 TRA-
selection 1/3 (Y6075), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6075, NSM,
short-circuited to each (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/E1 - menu 8
other, signal cable Check the solenoid valve. Y6075
short-circuited to
voltage, or plus-cable
short-circuited to
frame ground.
71/01 7F021/3 Solenoid valve Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/D1 TRA-
gear selection 1/3 to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6075, NSM,
(Y6075) open circuit (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/E1 - menu 8
or short-circuited Check the solenoid valve. Y6075
voltage.
71/02 7F021/6 Solenoid valve gear Transmission Check the cable harness D793/D1 TRA-
selection 1/3 (Y6075), locked in neutral between control unit and - Y6075, NSM,
control current higher (Shut-down). solenoid valve. D793/E1 - menu 9
than 1400 mA. Check the solenoid valve. Y6075
71/03 7F021/8 Solenoid valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/D1 TRA-
selection 1/3 (Y6075), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6075, NSM,
control current outside (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/E1 - menu 9
approved interval Check the solenoid valve. Y6075
(incorrect impedance).
71/09 7F021/5 Solenoid valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/D1 TRA-
selection 1/3 (Y6075), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6075, NSM,
not connected. (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/E1 - menu 9
Check the solenoid valve. Y6075
72/00 7F022/4 Servo valve Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F1 TRA-
gear 2 (Y6069), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6069, NSM,
short-circuited to (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/G1 - menu 8
each other, signal Check the solenoid valve. Y6069
cable short-circuited
to voltage, or plus
cable short-circuited
to ground.
72/01 7F022/3 Servo valve gear 2 Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F1 TRA-
(Y6069) open circuit to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6069, NSM,
or short-circuited (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/G1 - menu 8
voltage. Check the solenoid valve. Y6069
72/02 7F022/6 Servo valve gear Transmission Check the cable harness D793/F1 TRA-
2 (Y6069) control locked in neutral between control unit and - Y6069, NSM,
current above 1400 (Shut-down). solenoid valve. D793/G1 - menu 9
mA. Check the solenoid valve. Y6069
72/03 7F022/8 Servo valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F1 TRA-
2 (Y6069), control to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6069, NSM,
current outside (Limp-home). solenoid valve. D793/G1 - menu 9
approved interval Check the solenoid valve. Y6069
(incorrect impedance).
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
72/09 7F022/5 Servo valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F1 -
2 (Y6069), not to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and - Y6069,
connected. (Limp-home). component. D793/G1 -
Check the solenoid valve. Y6069
73/00 7F023/4 Analogue output Transmission locked Check the cable harness - -
signal 3, cables to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and
short-circuited to (Limp-home). component.
each other, signal Check the component.
cable short-circuited
to voltage, or plus
cable short-circuited
to ground.
73/01 7F023/3 Analogue output Transmission locked Check the cable harness - -
signal 3, open circuit to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and
or short-circuited (Limp-home). component.
voltage. Check the component.
73/02 7F023/6 Analogue output Transmission Check the cable harness - -
signal 3, control locked in neutral between control unit and
current above 1400 (Shut-down). component.
mA. Check the component.
73/03 7F023/8 Analogue output Transmission locked Check the cable harness - -
signal 3, control to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and
current outside (Limp-home). component.
approved interval Check the component.
(wrong impedance).
73/09 7F023/5 Analogue output Transmission locked Check the cable harness - -
signal 3 not to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and
connected. (Limp-home). component.
Check the component.
74/00 7F024/4 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 4, short circuit the error. between control unit and
to ground. component.
Check the component.
74/01 7F024/3 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 4 not connected the error. between control unit and
or short-circuited to component.
voltage. Check the component.
74/09 7F024/5 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 4 not the error. between control unit and
connected. component.
Check the component.
75/00 7F025/4 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 5, short circuit the error. between control unit and
to ground. component.
Check the component.
75/01 7F025/3 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 5 not connected the error. between control unit and
or short-circuited to component.
voltage. Check the component.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
75/09 7F025/5 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 4, control the error. between control unit and
current above 1400 component.
mA. Check the component.
76/00 7F026/4 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 6, short circuit the error. between control unit and
to ground. component.
Check the component.
76/01 7F026/3 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 6 not connected the error. between control unit and
or short-circuited to component.
voltage. Check the component.
76/02 7F026/6 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 6, control the error. between control unit and
current above 1400 component.
mA. Check the component.
76/03 7F026/8 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 6, output signal the error. between control unit and
outside approved component.
interval (wrong Check the component.
impedance).
76/09 7F026/5 Analogue output Control unit indicates Check the cable harness - -
signal 6 not the error. between control unit and
connected. component.
Check the component.
77/02 7F02F/1F All gear packages Transmission - - -
disengaged. locked in neutral
(Shut-down).
80/00 7F027/4 Solenoid valve drive Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/K1 - Dana
forward (Y6300), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6300 TRA-
cable short-circuited (Limp-home). solenoid valve. NSM,
to ground. Check the solenoid valve. menu 7
80/01 7F027/3 Solenoid valve drive Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/K1 - Dana
forward (Y6300), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6300 TRA-
cable is not connected (Limp-home). solenoid valve. NSM,
or short-circuited to Check the solenoid valve. menu 7
voltage.
80/09 7F027/5 Solenoid valve drive Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/K1 - TRA-
forward (Y6300), not to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6300 NSM,
connected. (Limp-home). solenoid valve. menu 7
Check the solenoid valve.
81/00 7F028/4 Solenoid valve drive Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/E2 - TRA-
reverse (Y6300), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6300 NSM,
cable short-circuited (Limp-home). solenoid valve. menu 7
to frame ground. Check the solenoid valve.
81/01 7F028/3 Solenoid valve drive Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/E2 - TRA-
reverse (Y6310), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6310 NSM,
cable short-circuited (Limp-home). solenoid valve. menu 7
to voltage. Check the solenoid valve.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
81/09 7F028/5 Solenoid valve drive Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/E2 - TRA-
reverse (Y6310), not to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6310 NSM,
connected. (Limp-home). component. menu 7
Check the solenoid valve.
82/00 7F029/4 Solenoid valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F2 - TRA-
selection 1/3 (Y6075), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6075 NSM,
cable short-circuited (Limp-home). solenoid valve. menu 7
to ground. Check the solenoid valve.
82/01 7F029/3 Solenoid valve gear Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F2 - TRA-
selection 1/3 (Y6075), to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and Y6075 NSM,
cable short-circuited (Limp-home). solenoid valve. menu 7
to frame voltage. Check the solenoid valve.
82/09 7F029/5 Digital output signal 3 Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/F2 - TRA-
not connected. to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and NSM,
(Limp-home). solenoid valve. menu 7
Check the solenoid valve.
83/00 7F02A/3 Digital output signal 3, Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/K2 - TRA-
cable short-circuited to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and NSM,
to ground. (Limp-home). component. menu 7
Check the component.
83/01 7F02A/4 Digital output signal 3, Transmission locked Check the cable harness D793/K2 - TRA-
cable short-circuited to gear 1 and 2 between control unit and NSM,
to voltage. (Limp-home). component. menu 7
Check the component.
85/01 7F02C/31 Towing detected Control unit indicates - - -
the error.
90/90 7F0A0/1F Deficient software Transmission - - -
in Control unit locked in neutral
transmission (D793). (Shut-down).
90/xx - 7F000/0 System error. Transmission Note time and contact D793/A:20 -
99/xx locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
9xxx 7F0F0/xx Communication error Transmission Note time and contact - -
CAN bus drive-train. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
One error code per (Shut-down).
message
92/01 7F0F2/1 Shifting has no Transmission - - -
direction. locked in neutral
(Shut-down).
92/02 7F0F2/2 Doubled direction. Transmission Note time and contact - -
locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/03 7F0F2/3 Doubled shifting. Transmission Note time and contact - -
locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/04 7F0F2/4 Doubled pulse pattern. Transmission Note time and contact - -
locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/06 7F0F2/6 Wrong digital input Transmission Note time and contact - -
signal. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
92/07 7F0F2/7 Digital input signal Transmission Note time and contact - -
in conflict with gear locked in neutral Cargotec support.
selector's position. (Shut-down).
92/08 7F0F2/8 Digital input signal Transmission Note time and contact - -
"Transmission locked locked in neutral Cargotec support.
in neutral" wrong. (Shut-down).
92/09 7F0F2/9 Digital input signal Transmission Note time and contact - -
doubled assignment. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/10 7F0F2/A Digital output signal Transmission Note time and contact - -
doubled assignment. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/11 7F0F2/B Digital output Transmission Note time and contact - -
signal selected on locked in neutral Cargotec support.
unconfigured output. (Shut-down).
92/12 7F0F2/C Digital output signal Transmission Note time and contact - -
wrong. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/13 7F0F2/D Digital output Transmission Note time and contact - -
signal selected on locked in neutral Cargotec support.
transmission cable. (Shut-down).
92/14 7F0F2/E Wrong assignment in Transmission Note time and contact - -
speed sensor 1-2. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/15 7F0F2/F Wrong assignment in Transmission Note time and contact - -
speed sensor 3. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/16 7F0F2/10 Doubled assignment Transmission Note time and contact - -
in speed sensor. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/17 7F0F2/11 Wrong feed voltage Transmission Note time and contact - -
selected. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/18 7F0F2/12 Doubled input signal. Transmission Note time and contact - -
locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/19 7F0F2/13 Cabling sensor Transmission Note time and contact - -
pressure in conflict locked in neutral Cargotec support.
with cabling analogue (Shut-down).
input signal.
92/20 7F0F2/14 Wrong configuration Transmission Note time and contact - -
for servo motor or locked in neutral Cargotec support.
brake valve (analogue (Shut-down).
output signal 4-5-6).
92/21 7F0F2/1E Incorrect configuration Transmission Note time and contact - -
for parking brake. locked in neutral Cargotec support.
(Shut-down).
92/30 7F0F2/1E Wrong configuration Transmission Note time and contact - -
for full-flow selection locked in neutral Cargotec support.
and earlier digital (Shut-down).
problem-solving.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
E.1.28 7F0FA - Calibration drive mode Control unit indicates Measure the clutch's - -
7F0FD/1C pressure, turbine rpm the error and pressure to detect
does not reach 0 rpm calibration is leakage.
at completion phase cancelled. Check the signal from
of calibration. Turbine rpm sensor.
E.1.29 7F0FA - Calibration drive mode Control unit indicates Calibrate at higher - -
7F0FD/1D pressure, turbine the error and temperatures (90-100
rpm does not reach calibration is °C).
up to correct value at cancelled. Check the speed sensors
release phase of mesh (error codes 42/04 or
starting point during 42/05).
calibration.
Check the servo valves.
E.2.0 7F0FA - Calibration Calibration Download correct - -
1-05 7F0FD optimisation of fill time, cancelled. parameters and repeat
unexpected algorithm calibration.
response. Ensure the unit machine
does not move.
Check response on
engine rpm.
E.2.06 7F0FA - Calibration Control unit indicates Measure the clutch's - -
7F0FD/6 optimisation of fill time, the error and pressure to detect
turbine rpm's signal calibration is leakage.
does not go down to cancelled. Check the signal from
the min. value. during Turbine rpm sensor.
calibration.
Check set speed to detect
slipping clutch.
E.2.0 7F0FA - Calibration Calibration Download correct - -
7-09 7F0FD optimisation of fill time, cancelled. parameters and repeat
unexpected algorithm calibration.
response. Ensure the unit machine
does not move.
Check response on
engine rpm.
E.2.10 7F0FA - Calibration Calibration Find the reason for - -
7F0FD/A optimisation of fill time, cancelled. calibration being
transmission error cancelled.
during calibration.
E.2.11-1 7F0FA - Calibration drive mode Calibration Download correct - -
3 7F0FD pressure, unexpected cancelled. parameters and repeat
algorithm response. calibration.
Ensure the unit machine
does not move.
Check response on
engine rpm.
E.2.14 7F0FA - Calibration Control unit indicates Measure the clutch's - -
7F0FD/E optimisation of fill the error and pressure to detect
time, the turbine rpm calibration is leakage.
does not drop during cancelled. Check the signal from
calibration. Turbine rpm sensor.
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
Connec-
Diag-
tions and
Description Limitation Action nostic
Dis- Supplier compo-
menu
play code nents
8 Control system
Error codes machine
Error codes marked with * do not apply to the machine, but can be
shown with an error in the cable harness to the control unit.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
1 Communication - Use diagnostic menu to D797-1 CAN/POW- 11.6.2
error with frame find incorrect segment. ER, menu Redundant
control unit 1-3 CAN bus
(D797-1)
2 * Communication - Use diagnostic menu to D797-2 CAN/POW- 11.6.2
error with frame find incorrect segment. ER, menu Redundant
control unit 1-3 CAN bus
(D797-2).
3 Communication - Use diagnostic menu to D791-1 CAN/POW- 11.6.2
error with Control find incorrect segment. ER, menu Redundant
unit, attachment 1-3 CAN bus
(D791-1).
8 Communication - Use diagnostic menu to D795 CAN/POW- 11.6.2
error with Control find incorrect segment. ER, menu Redundant
unit KID (D795). 1-3 CAN bus
11 Error in cable, CAN - Use diagnostic menu to Varies CAN/POW- 11.6.2
network, segment find incorrect segment. depending ER, menu Redundant
1. on machine 1-3 CAN bus
configuration.
12 Error in cable, CAN - Use diagnostic menu to Varies CAN/POW- 11.6.2
network, segment find incorrect segment. depending ER, menu Redundant
2. on machine 1-3 CAN bus
configuration.
13 Error in cable, CAN - Use diagnostic menu to Varies CAN/POW- 11.6.2
network, segment find incorrect segment. depending ER, menu Redundant
3. on machine 1-3 CAN bus
configuration.
14 Error in cable, CAN - Use diagnostic menu to Varies CAN/POW- 11.6.2
network, segment find incorrect segment. depending ER, menu 2 Redundant
4. on machine and 3 CAN bus
configuration.
15 Error in cable, CAN - Use diagnostic menu to Varies CAN/POW- 11.6.2
network, segment find incorrect segment. depending ER, menu Redundant
5. on machine 1-3 CAN bus
configuration.
19 * Accelerator pedal Accelerator Calibrate the D790-1/K6:12 – CALIBRA- 1. Engine
2 VBFS not pedal for accelerator pedal. R690-2 TION:
calibrated. reversing does See section 8 Control DRIVE-
not work. system, group TRAIN,
Engine speed 8.5.2.3 Calibrate menu 5 and
limited to idle. DRIVE-TRAIN. 6
20 Accelerator pedal Accelerator Calibrate the D790-1/K6:11 – CALIBRA- 1. Engine
not calibrated. pedal does not accelerator pedal. R690-1 TION:
work. Engine See section 8 Control DRIVE-
speed limited system, group TRAIN,
to idle. 8.5.2.3 Calibrate menu 1 and
DRIVE-TRAIN. 2
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
21 Communication Gear selection Use diagnostic menu to D790-1/K13:1 – CAN/POW- 11.6.3 CAN
error with Control not working. check communication. D793/M2 ER, menu 4 bus drive-train
unit, transmission Check the cable D790-1/K13:2 –
(D793). harness between D793/L2
Control unit, cab
(D790-1) and Control
unit, transmission
(D793).
22 Communication Engine does Use diagnostic menu to Volvo: D790- CAN/POW- 11.6.3 CAN
error with Control not respond check communication. 1/K13:1, K13:2 ER, menu 4 bus drive-train
unit, engine (D794). to commands Check the cable – D794/2, 1
from the cab. harness between Cummins:
Control unit, cab D790-1/K13:1,
(D790-1) and Control K13:2 –
unit, engine (D794). D794/46, 37
23 The set-up file No controls in Contact Cargotec. D790-1 - 11.5.3.1
cannot be read in the cab are Control unit,
Control unit, cab working. cab
(D790-1).
24 Power supply to Cab fan not Check fuse F58-5/3 D790-1/K2:8 – - 9.4.3 Cabin
cab fan below 18 V. working. 58-5/3:2 fan
25 Interference during Error code Switch the ignition off D794 ENGINE, 11.5.3.10
software download. stored in and on. menu 8 Engine control
26 Buffer for error Control unit, unit
Repeat software
27 codes from Control engine (D794). download.
unit, engine (D794),
28 active error code
when downloading.
29
30
31 Incorrect power Controls in cab Check fuse F58-5/1. D790-1/K1:2, CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3
supply to Control not working. Check cabling between K1:3, K1:4 – ER, menu 7 Ignition
unit, cab (D790-1). the control unit and F58-5/1:1, 1:2 voltage (15)
Voltage below 18 V the component with
or above 32 V. diagnostic menu.
Check the control unit.
32 Incorrect 5 V Analogue Check the wiring D790-1/K4:5, CAN/POW- 11.5.3.1
reference voltage controls in between the control K 5:11, K5:13, ER, menu 7 Control unit,
to analogue cab cab not unit and component K7:2, K 9:7 cab
controls. Voltage working (mini- with the diagnostic
below 4.9 V or wheel/steering menu.
above 5.1 V. lever and Check component.
controls for air
conditioning).
33 No feedback signal Control Check fuse F58-3/8. D790-1/K11:13 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4
for emergency stop breaker Check cabling between – K3009-1/87 ER, menu 5 Emergency
switch voltage from cannot be the control unit and stop switch
Relay, emergency disengaged. the component with voltage (15E)
stop switch voltage All hydraulic diagnostic menu.
(K3009-1). functions are
blocked.
34 Incorrect signal Parking brake Check cabling between D791-1/K8:5 – HYD, menu 4.5 Parking
from Switch, cannot be the control unit and S107/7 5 brake
parking brake released. the component with D791-1/K8:13 –
(S107), indicates diagnostic menu. S107/1
released and Check the switch.
applied at same
time or nothing at
all.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
35 Interference during Error code Switch the ignition off D793 TRANSM, 11.5.3.9
software download. stored in and on. menu 13 Transmission
36 Buffer for error Control unit, control unit
Repeat software
37 codes from Control transmission download.
unit, transmission (D793).
38 (D793), active
error code when
39 downloading.
40
41 Transistor has been Wiper rear not Check cabling between D790-1/K2:4 – CAB, menu 9.5.7 Wiper
triggered due to working. the control unit and M650-2/53 3 motor rear
short circuit or open the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
rear wiper motor Check the motor.
(M650-2).
42 Transistor has been Revolving Check cabling between D790-1/K2:5 – LIGHTS, 9.6.8
triggered due to beacon not the control unit and H428 menu 6 Revolving
short circuit or open working. the component with beacon
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
rotating beacon Check the component.
(H428).
43 Transistor has been Left cab Check bulb. D790-1/K2:6 – LIGHTS, 9.6.5 Back-up
triggered due to reversing light Check cabling between E405L menu 8 lights
short circuit or open not working. the control unit and
circuit in circuit for the component with
left reversing light diagnostic menu.
(E405L).
44 Transistor has been Right cab Check bulb. D790-1/K2:7 – LIGHTS, 9.6.5 Back-up
triggered due to reversing light Check cabling between E405R menu 8 lights
short circuit or open not working. the control unit and
circuit in circuit for the component with
right reversing light diagnostic menu.
(E405R).
45 Transistor has been Wiper front not Check cabling between D790-1/K2:1 – CAB, menu 9.5.5 Wiper
triggered due to working. the control unit and M650-1/53 2 motor front
short circuit or open the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
front wiper motor Check the component.
(M650-1).
46 Transistor has been Cab fan not Check cabling between D790-1/K2:2 – CLIMATE, 9.4.3 Cabin
triggered due to working. the control unit and M657/2 menu 6 fan
short circuit or open the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
fan motor (M657). Check the motor.
47 Transistor has been Recirculation Check cabling between D790-1/K2:3 – CLIMATE, 9.4.2 Fresh
triggered due to damper to the control unit and M612/3 menu 6 air filter and
short circuit or open ventilation not the component with recirculation
circuit in circuit working. diagnostic menu. damper
for recirculation Check the motor.
actuating motor
(M612).
48 Transistor has been Heat in cab Check cabling between D790-1/K4:1 – CLIMATE, 9.4.5 Water
triggered due to cannot be the control unit and Y673/5 menu 7 valve
short circuit or open adjusted. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
water valve (Y673). Check the motor.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
49 Transistor has been Heat in cab Check cabling between D790-1/K4:2 – CLIMATE, 9.4.5 Water
triggered due to cannot be the control unit and Y673/6 menu 7 valve
short circuit or open adjusted. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
water valve (Y673). Check the motor.
50 Transistor has been Air distribution Check cabling between D790-1/K4:3 – CLIMATE, 9.4.14 Air
triggered due to in cab cannot the control unit and Y672/5 menu 8 distributor
short circuit or open be adjusted. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
actuating motor Check the motor.
(Y672).
51 Transistor has been Air distribution Check cabling between D790-1/K4:4 – CLIMATE, 9.4.14 Air
triggered due to in cab cannot the control unit and Y672/6 menu 8 distributor
short circuit or open be adjusted. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
actuating motor Check the motor.
(Y672).
52 * Transistor has been Bypass of Check component. D790-1/K5:3 – - -
triggered due to external top Check the wiring.
short circuit or open lift attachment
circuit in circuit for not working.
bypass of external
top lift attachment.
53 Transistor has been Windscreen Check cabling between D790-1/K5:4 – CAB, menu 9.5.4 Washer
triggered due to washer rear the control unit and M651-2 1 motor and
short circuit or and roof not the component with reservoir
open circuit in working. diagnostic menu.
circuit for roof and Check the motor.
rear washer motor
(M651-2).
54 Transistor has been Flashing Check cabling between D790-1/K5:5 – LIGHTS, 9.6.7 Flashing
triggered due to hazard lights the control unit and S109/ menu 7 hazard lights
short circuit or open not working. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
flashing hazard light Check the switch.
switch (S109).
55 Transistor has been Reduced or no Check bulbs for D7901/K6:1, K LIGHTS, 9.1 Controls
triggered due to background background lighting, 8:15, K 9:2, all menu 14 and
short circuit or open lighting in replace if necessary. inputs of type A instruments
circuit in circuit for instruments Check the cable Digital in
background lighting and controls. harness for background
in switches and lighting.
instruments.
56 Transistor has been Work lights 20' Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:8 – LIGHTS, 9.6.10
triggered due to not working. the control unit and R3017-2/86 menu 12 Working
short circuit or open the component with lights, cab
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
relay for 20' working Check the component.
lights.
57 Transistor has been Indicator light Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:9 – - 7.1.1 Control
triggered due to for levelling the control unit and S815/7 levers/Joy-
short circuit or open lock in joystick the component with stick
circuit in circuit for not working. diagnostic menu.
indicator light for Check the component.
levelling lock in
joystick (S815).
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
58 * Transistor has been Twistlock on Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:10 EXT- 7.9.2
triggered due to external top the control unit and – K3005/86 ATTACH, Twistlocks
short circuit or open lift attachment the component with menu 6
circuit in circuit for does not work. diagnostic menu.
relay for twistlock Check the component.
on external top
lift attachment
(K3005).
59 * Transistor has been Spreading on Check cabling between D790-1/ K7:11 – EXT- 7.10.5.1
triggered due to external top the control unit and K3006/86 ATTACH, Spreading
short circuit or open lift attachment the component with menu 6
circuit in circuit for does not work. diagnostic menu.
relay for spreading Check the component.
on external top
lift attachment
(K3006).
60 Transistor has been Seat heating Check cabling between D790-1/ K10:7 CAB, menu 9.3.3 Heating
triggered due to does not work. the control unit and – K383/86 8 coil
short circuit or open the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
relay for heating Check the component.
element in driver's
seat (K383).
61 Transistor has been Work lights 40' Check cabling between D790-1/ K10:8 LIGHTS, 9.6.10
triggered due to not working. the control unit and – K3017-1/86 menu 12 Working
short circuit or open the component with lights, cab
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
relay for 40' working Check the component.
lights (K3017-1).
63 Transistor has been No ignition Check cabling between D790-1/K10:10 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3
triggered due to voltage to the control unit and – K315-1/86 ER, menu 5 Ignition
short circuit or open the machine's the component with voltage (15)
circuit in circuit for Control units. diagnostic menu.
relay for ignition Check the component.
voltage (K315-1).
64 The transistor has No emergency Check cabling between D790-1/K10:11 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4
been triggered due stop switch the control unit and – K3009-1/86 ER, menu 6 Emergency
to short circuit or voltage to the component with stop switch
open circuit in the machine's diagnostic menu. voltage
circuit for Relay, Control units. Check the component.
emergency stop
switch voltage
(K3009-1).
65 The transistor has No emergency Check cabling between D790-1/K10:12 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4
been triggered due stop switch the control unit and – K3009-2/86 ER, menu 6 Emergency
to short circuit or voltage to the component with stop switch
open circuit in the machine's diagnostic menu. voltage
circuit for Relay, Control units. Check the component.
emergency stop
switch voltage
(K3009-2).
66 Transistor has been Windshield Check cabling between D790-1/K10:13 CAB, menu 9.5.4 Washer
triggered due to washer not the control unit and – M651-1, 1 motor and
short circuit or open working. the component with M651-2 reservoir
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
windscreen washer Check the component.
motor (M651-1,
M651-2).
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
67 Transistor has been Wiper roof not Check cabling between D790-1/K10:14 CAB, menu 9.5.6 Wiper
triggered due to working. the control unit and – M650-3 4 motor roof
short circuit or open the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
roof wiper motor Check the motor.
(M650-3).
68 * Transistor has been Pause heater Check cabling between D790-1/K10:15 - 9.4 Heating,
triggered due to not working. the control unit and – M667 ventilation
short circuit or the component with and air
open circuit in diagnostic menu. conditioning
circuit for circulation Check the motor.
pump, pause heater
(M667).
69 Transistor has been No voltage Check cabling between D790-1/K10:16 - 11.5.1.3
triggered due to feed to the control unit and – K315-2/86 Ignition
short circuit or open engine and the component with voltage (15)
circuit in circuit for transmission. diagnostic menu.
relay for drivetrain Check the component.
ignition voltage
(K315-2).
71 Transistor has been Interior lighting Check bulb. D790-1/K11:6 – LIGHTS, 9.6.11 Interior
triggered due to in cab not Check cabling between E434-1 menu 9 lighting cab
short circuit or open working. the control unit and
circuit in circuit for the component with
cab interior lighting diagnostic menu.
(E434-1).
75 Relay ignition The cab Check cabling between - CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3
voltage (K315-1) control unit the control unit and ER, menu 5 Ignition
has jammed in (D790-1) still the component with voltage
position on. has a power diagnostic menu.
supply and is Check the component.
thereby active.
80 No signal from Air Check the drive belt for D797-1/K1:40 – CLIMATE, 9.4.10
Pressure switch, conditioning the compressor for air S246 menu 3 Pressure
air conditioning not working. conditioning. switch
(S246), despite the Check that compressor
AC compressor for air conditioning is
being activated. activated.
Check cabling between
the control unit and
the component with
diagnostic menu.
81 Incorrect signal Air distribution Check cabling between D790-1/K4:7 – CLIMATE, 9.4.6 Fresh
from Damper motor cannot be the control unit and Y672/9 menu 4 air and
(Y672). Signal adjusted. the component with recirculation
voltage below 0.2 V diagnostic menu. damper
or above 4.8 V. Check the motor.
85 Incorrect signal Accelerator Check cabling between D790-1/K6:11 – ENGINE, 1 Engine
from accelerator pedal for the control unit and B690-1/2 menu 1
pedal (B690-1). driving forward the component with
Signal voltage does not work. diagnostic menu.
below 0.2 V or Engine speed Check the component.
above 4.8 V. limited to idle.
86 * Incorrect signal Accelerator Check the wiring D790-1/K6:12 – VBFS, 1 Engine
from extra pedal for between the control B690-2/2 menu 4
accelerator pedal reversing does unit and component
(B690-2). Signal not work. with the diagnostic
voltage below 0.2 V Engine speed menu.
or above 4.8 V. limited to idle. Check component.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
87 Error signal from Lift and lower Check cabling between D790-1/K7:3 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
Control lever not working. the control unit and R8071/3 menu 1 lever
lifting/lowering the component with (P1)
(R8071). Signal diagnostic menu.
voltage below 0.2 V Check the lever.
or above 4.8 V.
88 Error signal from Tilt not Check cabling between D790-1/K7:4 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
Control lever tilt working. the control unit and R8072/3 menu 1 lever
(R8072). Signal the component with (P2)
voltage below 0.2 V diagnostic menu.
or above 4.8 V. Check the lever.
89 Error signal from Side shift not Check cabling between D790-1/K7:5 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
Control lever side working. the control unit and R8073/3 menu 1 lever
shift (R8073). the component with (P3)
Signal voltage diagnostic menu.
below 0.2 V or Check the lever.
above 4.8 V.
90 * Error signal from Spreading not Check cabling between D790-1/K7:6 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
Control lever working. the control unit and R8074/3 menu 2 lever
spreading (R8074). the component with (P4)
Signal voltage diagnostic menu.
below 0.2 V or Check the lever.
above 4.8 V.
91 * Error signal from Extra load Check the wiring D790-1/K7:7 ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
Control lever extra handling between the control –R8075-1/3 menu 2 lever
function (R8075-1). function not unit and component (P5)
Signal voltage working. with the diagnostic
below 0.2 V or menu.
above 4.8 V. Check component.
92 * Incorrect signal Joystick Check cabling between D790-1/K9:8 – EL-STE- 5.1.2 Mini-
from Steering control or the control unit and R825-1/H1 ERING, wheel
lever (R825-1) mini-wheel not the component with menu 1 5.1.3 Joystick
or Mini-wheel working. diagnostic menu.
(R825-1). Signal Check the switch.
voltage below 0.2 V
or above 4.8 V.
93 * Incorrect signal Joystick Check cabling between D790-1/K9:9 – EL-STE- 5.1.2 Mini
from Mini-wheel control or the control unit and R825-2/H2 ERING, steering wheel
(R825-2). Signal mini-wheel not the component with menu 1
voltage below 0.2 V working. diagnostic menu.
or above 4.8 V. Check the switch.
94 Incorrect signal Cab heat Check cabling between D790-1/K10:4 – CLIMATE, 9.4.5 Water
from Water valve, cannot be the control unit and Y673/9 menu 4 valve
cab heating (Y673). adjusted. the component with
Signal voltage diagnostic menu.
below 0.2 V or Check the motor.
above 4.8 V.
95 * Error signal from Extra load Check cabling between D790-1/K9:9 – ELSERV, 7.1.1 Control
Control lever extra handling the control unit and R8075-2/3 menu 2 lever
function (R8075-2). function not the component with (P7)
Signal voltage working. diagnostic menu.
below 0.2 V or Check the lever.
above 4.8 V.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
96 Incorrect signal Air Check cabling between D790-1/K4:8 – CLIMATE, 9.4.17
from Sensor, conditioning the control unit and B775-1/2 menu 1 Sensor cab
cab temperature not working. the component with temperature
(B775-1). diagnostic menu.
Sensor indicates Check the sensor.
temperature below
-43 °C or above 105
°C.
97 Incorrect signal Air Check cabling between D790-1/K4:9 – CLIMATE, 9.4.18 Sensor,
from Sensor, conditioning the control unit and B774/2 menu 2 ambient
outer temperature not working. the component with temperature
(B774). diagnostic menu.
Temperature signal Check the sensor.
above 105 °C.
98 Incorrect signal Air Check cabling between D790-1/K4:10 – CLIMATE, 9.4.16 Sensor,
from Sensor, outlet conditioning the control unit and B775-2/2 menu 2 temperature
fan temperature not working. the component with outlet fan
(B775-2). diagnostic menu.
Sensor indicates Check the sensor.
temperature below
-43 °C or above 105
°C.
99 Incorrect signal Air Check cabling between D790-1/K4:11 – CLIMATE, 9.4.12 Sensor
from Sensor, conditioning the control unit and B775-3/2 menu 2 temperature
refrigerant not working. the component with refrigerant
temperature diagnostic menu.
(B775-3). Check the sensor.
Sensor indicates
temperature below
-43 °C or above 105
°C.
101 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D797-1/K2:7 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2
feed left to the control unit and ER, menu Redundant
frame control unit the component with 10 voltage feed
(D797-1) does not diagnostic menu. of control units
reach destination. Check the control unit.
102 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D797-1/K2:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2
feed right to the control unit and ER, menu Redundant
frame control unit the component with 10 voltage feed
(D797-1) does not diagnostic menu. of control units
reach destination. Check the control unit.
103 Incorrect power No electric Check fuse F58-2/1, D797-1/K2:1, CAN/POW- 11.5.1.3
supply to Control power feed to replace if necessary. K2:9, K2:10 – ER, menu Ignition
unit, frame components. Check cabling between F58-2/1:1, 1:2 10 voltage (15)
(D797-1). Voltage the control unit and
below 18 V or above the component with
32 V. diagnostic menu.
104 Incorrect Functions Check fuse F58-2:1 and D797-1/K2:11 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4
emergency stop normally replace if necessary. F58-2/1:1 ER, menu Emergency
switch voltage to supplied Check the wiring 10 stop switch
frame control unit emergency between the control voltage
(D797-1). stop switch unit and component
voltage have with the diagnostic
no feed. All menu.
hydraulic
functions are Check component.
blocked.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
105 Incorrect 5 V Incorrect Check cabling between D797-1/K1:8 CAN/POW- 8.2.1
reference voltage function, lift the control unit and – B768-1/1, ER, menu Overload
to pressure sensor. and tilt sensor. the component with B768-2/1 11 protection
Voltage below 4.9 V diagnostic menu.
or above 5.1 V. Check the sensor.
106 Transistor has been Cooling fan Check cabling between D797-1/K1:14 – HYD, menu 10.6.3 Cooling
triggered due to hydraulic oil the control unit and M668/1 1 fan
short circuit or open not working. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
hydraulic oil cooling Check the motor.
fan (M668).
107 Transistor has been Mast work Check bulb. D797-1/K1:1 LIGHTS, 9.6.9 Working
triggered due to lights not Check the bulb holder. – E404L-1, menu 10 lights mast
short circuit or open working. E404R-1
circuit in circuit Check cabling between
for mast work the control unit and
lights (E404R-1, the component with
E404L-1). diagnostic menu.
108 Transistor has been High beam not Check bulb. D797-1/K1:15 LIGHTS, 9.6.1
triggered due to working. Check the bulb holder. – E402L-1, menu 3 Headlights
short circuit or E402R-1
open circuit in Check cabling between
circuit for high the control unit and
beam (E402R-1, the component with
E402L-1). diagnostic menu.
109 Transistor has been Low beams not Check bulb. D797-1/K1:28 – LIGHTS, 9.6.1
triggered due to working. Check the bulb holder. E400L, E400R menu 3 Headlights
short circuit or open
circuit in circuit for Check cabling between
low beam (E400L, the control unit and
E400R). the component with
diagnostic menu.
111 Transistor has been Running lights Check bulb. D797-1/K1:2 LIGHTS, 9.6.2 Running
triggered due to not working. Check the bulb holder. – H416-1, menu 2 lights
short circuit or open H416-2,
circuit in circuit Check cabling between H417-1, H417-2
for running lights the control unit and
(H416-1, H416-2, the component with
H417-1, H417-2). diagnostic menu.
112 Transistor has been Cooling fan Check cabling between D797-1/K1:3 – HYD, menu 4.8.9 Cooling
triggered due to brake oil not the control unit and M674/1 2 fan
short circuit or open working. the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
brake oil cooling fan Check the motor.
(M674).
113 Transistor has been Lift and lower Check cabling between D797-1/K1:4 ELSERV, 7.2.5 Control
triggered due to not working. the control unit and – Y6004/1, menu 3 and valve, lift and
short circuit or open the component with Y6005/1 4 tilt
circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve, Check the solenoid
lift mast (Y6005) valves.
and solenoid valve,
lower mast (Y6004).
114 Transistor has been Tilt not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:5 ELSERV, 7.7.5 Control
triggered due to working. the control unit and – Y6010/1, menu 5 and valve, lift and
short circuit or open the component with Y6011/1 6 tilt
circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve, Check the solenoid
tilt in (Y6011) and valve.
solenoid valve, tilt
out (Y6010)
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
115 Transistor has been Left direction Check bulb. D797-1/K1:30 – LIGHTS, 9.6.6 Direction
triggered due to indicator not Check the bulb holder. H422/1, H426/1 menu 4 indicators
short circuit or open working.
circuit in circuit Check cabling between
for left direction the control unit and
indicator (H422, the component with
H426). diagnostic menu.
116 Transistor has been Right direction Check bulb. D797-1/K1:31 – LIGHTS, 9.6.6 Direction
triggered due to indicator not Check the bulb holder. H423/1, H427/1 menu 4 indicators
short circuit or open working.
circuit in circuit Check cabling between
for right direction the control unit and
indicator (H423, the component with
H427). diagnostic menu.
117 Transistor has been Starter motor Check cabling between D797-1/K1:32 – ENGINE, 1.11 Start and
triggered due to not working. the control unit and K315/85 menu 5 stop
short circuit or open the component with
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
start relay (K315) Check the component.
for starter motor.
118 Transistor has been Tail lights not Check bulb. D797-1/K1:33 LIGHTS, 9.6.3 Tail
triggered due to working. Check the bulb holder. – H412L/1, menu 2 lights
short circuit or open H412R/1
circuit in circuit for Check cabling between
tail light (H412L, the control unit and
H412R). the component with
diagnostic menu.
119 Transistor has been Brake light left Check bulb. D797-1/K1:7 – LIGHTS, 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to not working. Check the bulb holder. H411L/1 menu 8 light
short circuit or open
circuit in circuit Check cabling between
for left brake light the control unit and
(H411L). the component with
diagnostic menu.
120 Transistor has been Brake light Check bulb. D797-1/K1:9 – LIGHTS, 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to right not Check the bulb holder. H411R/1 menu 8 light
short circuit or open working.
circuit in circuit for Check cabling between
right brake light the control unit and
(H411R). the component with
diagnostic menu.
121 The transistor has Reverse alarm Check cabling between D797-1/K1:10 – LIGHTS, 9.7.5 Back-up
been triggered due not working. the control unit and H965/1 menu 8 alarm
to short circuit or the component with
open circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for Back-up warning Check the component.
device (H965).
122 Transistor has been Air Check cabling between D797-1/K1:25 – CLIMATE, 9.4.7
triggered due to conditioning the control unit and M645/1 menu 6 Compressor
short circuit or open not working. the component with
123 circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu. D797-1/K1:29 –
electromagnetic M645/1
Check the component.
clutch of AC
compressor
(M645).
NOTE! Error code
122 and 123 apply
to the same user.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
124 Transistor has been Pressurising Check cabling between D797-1/K1:39 – HYD, menu 7.4.9 Lift,
triggered due to of attachment the control unit and Y6062/1 6 tilt and
short circuit or open control valve the component with attachment
circuit in circuit does not work. diagnostic menu. control valve
for solenoid valve, No attachment Check the solenoid
hydraulic pump functions valve.
disengagement working.
(Y6062).
125 * Transistor has been Regeneration Check cabling between D797-1/K1:11 – ELSERV, 7.2.6 Valve
triggered due to not working. the control unit and Y6051/1 menu 15 block lift
short circuit or open the component with cylinder
circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve Check component.
regeneration, lift,
right (Y6051).
126 * Transistor has been Regeneration Check cabling between D797-1/K1:12 – ELSERV, 7.2.6 Valve
triggered due to not working. the control unit and Y6052/1 menu 15 block lift
short circuit or open the component with cylinder
circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve Check component.
regeneration, lift,
left (Y6052).
132 Vehicle Data file Some - - - -
missing. functions in
machine not
working.
133 * Faulty signal from Scales, Check the sensor. D797-1/K1:21 – HYD, menu 7.2.8 Sensor
hydraulic pressure regeneration Check cabling between B768-1/3 3 hydraulic
sensor for lift and slack the control unit and OLS, menu pressure lift
cylinder (B768-1). chain logic, the component with 1 cylinder
not working. diagnostic menu.
Overload
system not
working. Error
code 150
activated.
134 * Faulty signal from Overload Check the sensor. D797-1/K1:22 – HYD, menu 7.7.8
hydraulic pressure system not Check cabling between B768-2/3 3 Hydraulic
sensor for tilt working. Error the control unit and OLS, menu pressure
cylinder (B768-2). code 150 the component with 1 sensor, tilt
activated. diagnostic menu. cylinder
135 * No feedback signal - Check that cooling fan D797-1/K2:6 – HYD, menu 4.8.9 Cooling
from brake oil is working. M674/2 2 fan
cooling fan (M674). Check cabling between
the control unit and
the component with
diagnostic menu.
137 Error signal from Lift mast not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:16 – ELSERV, 7.2.5 Control
Solenoid valve working. the control unit and Y6005/2 menu 3 valve, lift and
lift mast (Y6005). the component with tilt
Return current does diagnostic menu.
not correspond with Check the solenoid
control current. valve.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
138 Error signal from Lower mast not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:17 – ELSERV, 7.2.5 Control
Solenoid valve working. the control unit and Y6004/2 menu 4 valve, lift and
lower mast (Y6004). the component with tilt
Return current does diagnostic menu.
not correspond with Check the solenoid
control current. valve.
139 Incorrect signal Tilt in not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:18 – ELSERV, 7.7.5 Control
from Solenoid working. the control unit and Y6011/2 menu 5 valve, lift and
valve, tilt in (Y6011). the component with tilt
Return current does diagnostic menu.
not correspond with Check the solenoid
control current. valve.
140 Incorrect signal Tilt out not Check cabling between D797-1/K1:19 – ELSERV, 7.7.5 Control
from Solenoid working. the control unit and Y6010/2 menu 6 valve, lift and
valve, tilt out the component with tilt
(Y6010). Return diagnostic menu.
current does not Check the solenoid
correspond with valve.
control current.
141 Transistor has been Parking brake Check cabling between D797-1/K1:34 – HYD, menu 4.5.3 Solenoid
triggered due to cannot be the control unit and Y642/1 5 valve parking
short circuit or open released. the component with brake
circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for parking brake Check the solenoid
solenoid valve valve.
(Y642).
142 Transistor has been Pressurising Check cabling between D797-1/K1:35 – HYD, menu 7.4.9 Lift,
triggered due to of attachment the control unit and Y6012/6062/1 6 tilt and
short circuit or open control valve the component with attachment
circuit in circuit does not work. diagnostic menu. control valve
for solenoid valve, No attachment Check the solenoid
hydraulic pump functions valve.
disengagement working.
(Y6012/6062).
143 * Transistor has been Spreading Check cabling between D797-1/K1:36 – EXT- 7.10.5
triggered due to and twistlocks the control unit and Y6039/6018/1 ATTACH, Separate top
short circuit or on top lift the component with menu 5 lift attachment
open circuit in cir- attachment not diagnostic menu.
cuit for solenoid working. Check the solenoid
valve, lock twist- valve.
locks/spreading out
(Y6039/6018).
144 * Transistor has been Spreading Check cabling between D797-1/K1:37 – EXT- 7.10.5
triggered due to and twistlocks the control unit and Y6040/6019/1 ATTACH, Separate top
short circuit or on top lift the component with menu 5 lift attachment
open circuit in cir- attachment not diagnostic menu.
cuit for solenoid working. Check the solenoid
valve, open twist- valve.
locks/spreading in
(Y6040/6019).
145 * High brake oil Reduced Check that cooling fan D797-1/K2:6 – HYD, menu 4.8.10 Sensor
temperature. braking is working. B772/1 2 brake oil
capacity. If the Check that the radiator temperature
temperature is not clogged.
continues to
rise, speed is Check the brake oil
limited to 5 level.
km/h. Check the sensor.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
146 * Incorrect signal Speed limited Check the sensor. D797-1/K2:6 – HYD, menu 4.8.10 Sensor
from Sensor, brake to 5 km/h. Check cabling between B772/1 2 brake oil
oil temperature the control unit and temperature
(Y772). Signal the component with
voltage below 0.2 V diagnostic menu.
or above 4.8 V.
147 High temperature Reduced Check that cooling fan D797-1/K2:13 – HYD, menu 10.6.4 Sensor
hydraulic oil. braking is working. B776/1 1 hydraulic oil
capacity. If the Check that the radiator temperature
temperature is not clogged.
continues to
rise, speed is Check the sensor.
limited to 5
km/h.
148 Incorrect signal Incorrect Check the sensor. D797-1/K2:13 – HYD, menu 10.6.4 Sensor
from Sensor, temperature Check cabling between B776/1 1 hydraulic oil
hydraulic oil display. the control unit and temperature
temperature the component with
(B776). diagnostic menu.
149 Incorrect signal Incorrect Check the sensor. D797-1/K2:15 CAB, menu 1.2.2 Sensor
from fuel level display of fuel Check cabling between –B757/1 7 fuel level
sensor (B757). volume (empty the control unit and
Resistance above or full). the component with
180 Ω. diagnostic menu.
150 * Defective overload Overload Check if there are error - OLS, menu 8.2.1
protection. system not codes for sensors in the 1–7 Overload
This error code working. All overload system. protection
cannot be removed lift functions
with Reset. run at reduced
speed.
193 Transistor has been Right front Check bulb. D797-1/K1:36 – VBFS, 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to brake light not Check the bulb holder. H410R/1 menu 8 light
short circuit or open working.
circuit in circuit for Check cabling between
right front brake the control unit and
light (H410R). the component with
diagnostic menu.
194 Transistor has been Left front Check bulb. D797-1/K1:37 – VBFS, 9.6.4 Brake
triggered due to brake light not Check the bulb holder. H410L/1 menu 8 light
short circuit or open working.
circuit in circuit for Check cabling between
left front brake light the control unit and
(H410L). the component with
diagnostic menu.
251 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D791-1/K2:7 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2
feed left to the control unit and ER, menu Redundant
attachment control the component with 15 voltage feed of
unit (D791-1) diagnostic menu. Control units
does not reach Check the control unit.
destination.
252 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D791-1/K2:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2
feed right to the control unit and ER, menu Redundant
frame control unit the component with 15 voltage feed of
(D791-1) does not diagnostic menu. Control units
reach destination. Check the control unit.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
253 Incorrect power Functions Check fuse F58-3/1, D791-1/K2:1, CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4
supply to Control normally replace if necessary. K2:9, K2:10 – ER, menu Emergency
unit, attachment supplied Check cabling between F58-3/1:1 15 stop switch
(D791-1). Voltage emergency the control unit and voltage
below 18 V or above stop switch the component with
32 V. voltage have diagnostic menu.
no feed. No
attachment
functions
working.
254 Incorrect Functions Check fuse F58-3/1, D791-1/K2:11 – CAN/POW- 11.5.1.4
emergency stop normally replace if necessary. F58-3/1:1 ER, menu Emergency
switch voltage supplied Check cabling between 15 stop switch
to Control unit, emergency the control unit and voltage
attachment stop switch the component with
(D791-1). voltage have diagnostic menu.
no feed. No
attachment
functions
working.
255 Incorrect 5 V - Check cabling between D791-1/K1:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1 Power
reference voltage the control unit and ER, menu supply
to pressure sensor. the component with 16
Voltage below 4.9 V diagnostic menu.
or above 5.1 V. Check the sensor.
256 Transistor has been Central Check cabling between D791-1/K1:14 – OPT, menu 9.14.1 Pump
triggered due to lubrication the control unit and M693-2/1 2 unit
short circuit or open attachment not the component with
circuit in circuit working. diagnostic menu.
for central unit for Check the component.
central lubrication
(M693-2).
257 Transistor has been Work light Check bulb. D791-1/K1:1 LIGHTS, 9.6.12
triggered due to attachment left Check the bulb holder. – E404L, menu 13 Work light
short circuit or open not working. E404UL, attachment
circuit in circuit Check cabling between E404LL-3/1
for attachment the control unit and
work lights, left the component with
(E404L-3). diagnostic menu.
258 Transistor has been Work light Check bulb. D791-1/K1:15 LIGHTS, 9.6.12
triggered due to attachment Check the bulb holder. – E404R, menu 13 Work light
short circuit or open right not E404UR, attachment
circuit in circuit working. Check cabling between E404LR-3/1
for attachment the control unit and
work lights, right the component with
(E404R-3). diagnostic menu.
259 Transistor has been Warning signal Check the buzzer. D791-1/K1:28 – ATTACH, 7.5.7 Buzzer,
triggered due to for automatic Check cabling between H9003/1 menu 21 automatic
short circuit or spreading not the control unit and spread
open circuit in working. the component with 20"-40"
circuit for warning diagnostic menu.
signal, automatic
spreading (H9003).
260 * Transistor has been Levelling of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:42 ATTACH, -
triggered due to attachment not the control unit and – Y637-1/1, menu 15
short circuit or open working. the component with Y637-2/1
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
control valve for Check the solenoid
levelling clockwise valve.
(Y637-1, Y637-2).
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
261 Transistor has been Spreading Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to left in of the control unit and Y6019L/2 menu 18 valve
short circuit or open attachment not the component with attachment
circuit in circuit working. diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve, Check the solenoid
spreading left in valve.
(Y6019L).
262 Transistor has been Spreading Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to left out of the control unit and Y6018L/2 menu 17 valve
short circuit or open attachment not the component with attachment
circuit in circuit functioning. diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve, Check the solenoid
spreading left out valve.
(Y6018L).
263 Transistor has been Spreading Check cabling between D791-1/K1:17 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to right in of the control unit and Y6019R/2 menu 20 valve
short circuit or open attachment not the component with attachment
circuit in circuit working. diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve, Check the solenoid
spreading right in valve.
(Y6019R).
264 Transistor has been Spreading Check cabling between D791-1/K1:17 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to right out of the control unit and Y6018R/2 menu 19 valve
short circuit or open attachment not the component with attachment
circuit in circuit functioning. diagnostic menu.
for solenoid valve, Check the solenoid
spreading right out valve.
(Y6018R).
265 * Transistor has been Levelling left of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 – ATTACH, -
triggered due to attachment not the control unit and Y6036/2 menu 13
short circuit or open working. the component with
circuit in circuit diagnostic menu.
for levelling, left Check the solenoid
(Y6036). valve.
266 * Transistor has been Levelling right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 – ATTACH, -
triggered due to of attachment the control unit and Y6036/2 menu 14
short circuit or not working. the component with
open circuit in diagnostic menu.
circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid
valve, levelling right valve.
(Y6035).
267 Transistor has been Side shift left of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:18 – ATTACH, 7.4.2 Control
triggered due to attachment not the control unit and Y6020/2 menu 11 valve
short circuit or open working. the component with attachment
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
solenoid valve, side Check the solenoid
shift left (Y6020). valve.
268 Transistor has been Side shift right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:18 – ATTACH, 7.4.2 Control
triggered due to of attachment the control unit and Y6021/2 menu 12 valve
short circuit or open not working. the component with attachment
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
solenoid valve, side Check the solenoid
shift right (Y6021). valve.
269 Transistor has been Twistlock not Check cabling between D791-1/K1:7 – ATTACH, 7.9.1.2
triggered due to working. the control unit and Y6040/1 menu 9 Control valve
short circuit or open the component with attachment
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
solenoid valve for Check the solenoid
locked twistlocks valve.
(Y6040).
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
270 Transistor has been Twistlock not Check cabling between D791-1/K1:9 – ATTACH, 7.9.1.2
triggered due to working. the control unit and Y6039/1 menu 9 Control valve
short circuit or open the component with attachment
circuit in circuit for diagnostic menu.
solenoid valve for Check the solenoid
open twistlocks valve.
(Y6039).
271 The transistor has Twistlocks and Check cabling between D791-1/K1:10 CAN/POW- 7.9.1.2
been triggered due spreading not the control unit and – B769L/A, ER, menu Control valve
to short circuit or working. the component with B769R/A, 16 attachment
open circuit in circuit diagnostic menu. B777L/A,
for Voltage feed, Check the sensor. B777R/A,
position sensor B7203L/A,
attachment. B7203R/A,
B7204L/A,
B7204R/A,
B7205LL/A,
B7205RL/A
272 The transistor has Indicator Check bulb. D791-1/K1:25 – ATTACH, 7.9.1
been triggered due light, open Check the bulb holder. H562/1 menu 10 Twistlocks
to short circuit twistlock/lock
or open circuit tongue not Check cabling between
in the circuit for working. the control unit and
Indicator light, open the component with
twistlocks (H562). diagnostic menu.
273 The transistor has Indicator Check bulb. D791-1/K1:29 – ATTACH, 7.9.1
been triggered due light, locked Check the bulb holder. H563/1 menu 10 Twistlocks
to short circuit twistlock/lock
or open circuit tongues not Check cabling between
in the circuit for working. the control unit and
Indicator light, the component with
locked twistlocks diagnostic menu.
(H563).
274 The transistor has Indicator light, Check bulb. D791-1/K1:39 – ATTACH, 7.9.1
been triggered due attachment Check the bulb holder. H564/1 menu 10 Twistlocks
to short circuit or alignment not
open circuit in circuit working. Check cabling between
for Indicator light, the control unit and
alignment (H564). the component with
diagnostic menu.
287 Error signal from Spreading left Check cabling between D791-1/K1:16 ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
the Solenoid valve not working. the control unit and – Y6019L/2, menu 17 valve
spreading left in the component with Y6019R/2 and 18 attachment
(Y6019L) and diagnostic menu.
Solenoid valve Check the solenoid
spreading left out valve.
(Y6018L). Return
current does not
correspond with
control current.
288 Error signal from Spreading right Check cabling between D791-1/K1:17 ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
the Solenoid valve not working. the control unit and – Y6019R/2, menu 19 valve
spreading right the component with Y6018R/2 and 20 attachment
in (Y6019R) and diagnostic menu.
Solenoid valve Check the solenoid
spreading right out valve.
(Y6018R). Return
current does not
correspond with
control current.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
289 Error signal from Side shift of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:18 ATTACH, 7.4.2 Control
Solenoid valve attachment not the control unit and – Y6020/2, menu 11 valve
for side shift working. the component with Y6021/2 and 12 attachment
left (Y6020) and diagnostic menu.
Solenoid valve Check the solenoid
for side shift right valve.
(Y6021). Return
current does not
correspond with
control current.
290 * Error signal from Levelling of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:19 ATTACH, -
Solenoid valve attachment not the control unit and – Y6035/2, menu 13
levelling right working. the component with Y6036/2 and 14
(Y6036) and diagnostic menu.
Solenoid valve Check the solenoid
levelling left valve.
(Y6035). Return
current does not
correspond with
control current.
291 * Transistor has been Indicator light Check bulb. D791-1/K1:34 – ATTACH, -
triggered due to for upper Check the bulb holder. H564UL/1 menu 23
short circuit or open alignment not
circuit in circuit working. Check cabling between
for indicator light, the control unit and
upper alignment the component with
(H564UL). diagnostic menu.
292 Transistor has been Spreading in of Check cabling between D791-1/K1:35 – ATTACH, 7.5.2 Control
triggered due to attachment not the control unit and Y6019/1 menu 14 valve
short circuit or working. the component with attachment
open circuit in diagnostic menu.
circuit for solenoid Check the solenoid
valve, spreading in valve.
(Y6019).
298 Sensor twistlock - Check that Sensors, D791-1/K2:13 ATTACH, 7.9.1.7
left side indicates twistlock, are clean and menu 8 Sensor
both locked and correctly adjusted. twistlocks
open twistlock at Check cabling between
the same time. the control unit and
the component with
diagnostic menu.
299 Sensor twistlock - Check that Sensors, D791-1/K2:15 ATTACH, 7.9.1.7
right side indicates twistlock, are clean and menu 8 Sensor
both locked and correctly adjusted. twistlocks
open twistlock at Check cabling between
the same time. the control unit and
the component with
diagnostic menu.
300 Sensor, alignment, Twistlock not Check that Sensors, - ATTACH, 7.9.1.6
indicates working. alignment, are clean menu 7 Sensor
unreasonable and correctly adjusted. alignment
distance. Check that the contact
pin runs smoothly.
Check cabling between
the control unit and
the component with
diagnostic menu.
Connections
and Diagnos-
Code Description Limitation Action components tic menu Group
451 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D795/K1:7 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2
feed left to Control the control unit and ER, menu 9 Redundant
unit KID (D795) the component with voltage feed
does not reach diagnostic menu. of control units
destination.
452 Redundant voltage - Check cabling between D795/K1:8 CAN/POW- 11.5.1.2
feed right to Control the control unit and ER, menu 9 Redundant
unit KID (D795) the component with voltage feed
does not reach diagnostic menu. of control units
destination.
460 No messages Incorrect Use diagnostic menu to D795/K1:10, CAN/POW- 11.6.2
received on CAN values in check the CAN bus. K1:11, K1:12, ER, menu Redundant
buffer 1. operating K1:13 1, 2, 17 CAN bus
menus.
461 No messages Error codes Use diagnostic menu to D795/K1:5, CAN/POW- 11.6.2
received on CAN from other check the CAN bus. K1:6 ER, menu Redundant
buffer 2. Control units 1, 2, 17 CAN bus
cannot be
shown.
500 Time for service. - Check that servicing - - C Preventive
has been performed. maintenance
If servicing has been
performed following
the Cargotec service
schedule, reset the
service indicator; see
section 8 Control
system, group 8.2.4
Service indicator.
E Schematics
Contents E Schematics
Schematics......................................................................................................... E:3
Common hydraulics ........................................................................................ E:3
Hydraulic diagrams, compilation ................................................................ E:3
Hydraulic diagrams..................................................................................... E:4
Common electrics ........................................................................................... E:6
Circuit diagram, description ....................................................................... E:6
Component designations ........................................................................... E:8
Circuit diagrams, compilation ..................................................................... E:8
E Schematics
Common hydraulics
Hydraulic diagrams, compilation
Designation Drawing number
Hydraulic diagrams, page E:4 A58447.0200
VDCT01.03GB
4
15
5 11
a b c d e f g h
18 d a b
9 20
34 8 19
a
36 35
b
10
e c
32
Hydraulic diagrams
24 24
22
31 30 25 25 23 23
28
33 29
27
26
Common electrics
Circuit diagram, description
A circuit diagram is divided into circuit names (drawing numbers) and
consists of a set of numbered pages.
The circuits and their contents are governed by the following set of
rules:
• 20015.0001 circuit drawings-post designations K-standard.
• K-standard 1: norms, rules
• K-standard 2: cables, general physical
• K-standard 5: Designation and marking system, item designations
circuit drawings
The following is an explanation of symbols and texts in a circuit diagram:
Connectors
Connectors
Connectors in the wiring start with an X followed by a number and end
-X080f -X080m with f = female or m = male. If a connector is connected to a component
0301A 1 1 then the component number is inherited into the connector's number,
e.g. XB72002Rm which is the connector for Sensor, contact front right
017472
(B7202R).
Under the connector's number the pin is specified with numbers or
letters depending on the connector.
• X000-X199: In the cab.
• X200-X299: On the frame.
• X300-X399: On the boom.
• X400-: On the attachment.
• X37-: All grounding points start with X37, e.g. X37-201, which is a
grounding point on the frame.
X37-A, X37-B, X37-C and X37-D are grounding points in electronic
box, cab.
Zero references are in the control units.
Components
Components
+CHASSIS Components are described with component number (S220-2) and a
-S220-2 short descriptive text. Components (sensors, switches, etc.) are shown
P in standby mode i.e. de-energised mode or mechanical standby mode.
• S indicates the type of component, see Component designations,
1 1 2 1 page E:8.
013018
Cable marking
W 212A
have its own letter.
References
References
013020
00816
/9 .1 0 _ 1 .A 2 also a help text where the cable connects.
Fuses
Fuse boxes always start with F5. Example: F58-3 means fuse box
3 with 8 fuses.
For most fuse boxes there is also a table and an explanation of the
circuits that the various fuses protect.
Component designations
The components in circuit diagrams have a prefix and number, the
prefix describes the type of component, the number which component.
Component list with component number, prefix and designation is
provided as an appendix after the circuit diagrams.
Prefix Description
A Control panel Drive-train/Wiper
B Converter from non-electric to electric signals or vice versa. Example: inductive sensor.
C Capacitor
D Binary element, delay unit, memory. Example: control unit.
E White light. Example: work lighting.
F Protective device. Example: fuse.
G Alternator, power supply device. Example: battery.
H Signal device. Example: horn, brake lights.
K Relay, contactor. Example: power relay ignition key lock.
M Engine. Example: electric motor.
P Measuring instrument, testing equipment. Example: hour meter.
Q Battery disconnector
R Resistor. Example: potentiometer.
S Electric switch for control circuit, selector. Example: switch.
V Diode
W Antenna
X Outlet/socket, connecting device. Example: connection terminal.
Y Electrically controlled mechanical device. Example: solenoid valve, hydraulic valve.
Sheet Designation
0.0-1 Cross-reference list
0.0-2 Cross-reference list
0.0-3 Cross-reference list
0.0-4 Cross-reference list
0.1-1 Truth table opt.
1.0-1 Circuit, drivetrain, engine
1.0-2D Circuit, Volvo TAD760VE engine
1.0-2E1 Circuit, Cummins QSB6.7 engine
1.0-2E2 Circuit, Cummins QSB6.7 engine
2.0-1 Circuit, drive-train, transmission
2.0-2D1 Circuit transmission Dana TE17FF
2.0-2D2 Circuit transmission Dana TE17FF
2.0-2D3 Circuit transmission Dana TE17FF
Sheet Designation
4.0-1 Circuit, brake system
4.8-1 Circuit, brake oil cooling
7.0-1 Circuit, electric servo levers
7.0-2 Circuit, electric servo joystick
7.0-4 Circuit, accessory attachment
7.0-5 Circuit, accessory attachment
7.2-1 Circuit, lift/lower electric servo
7.2-6 Circuit, mast valves
7.7-1 Circuit, tilt electric servo
7.7-2 Circuit, tilt indication
7.9-1 Circuit, twistlock
8.2-1 Circuit, bypassing
9.0-1 Circuit, std. opt.
9.1-1 Circuit, optional equipment
9.1-2 Circuit, hour counter
9.3-1 Circuit, seat heating
9.3-2 Circuit, air suspension seat
9.4-1 Circuit, climate system
9.4-2 Circuit, climate system
9.4-3 Circuit, condenser chassis
9.5-1 Circuit, wipers
9.6-1 Circuit, work lights 20'-40'
9.6-2 Circuit, work lights, carriage
9.6-3 Circuit, work lights, mast
9.6-4 Circuit lighting
9.6-5 Circuit lighting
9.6-6 Circuit lighting
9.6-7 Circuit, direction indicators & hazard
9.6-8 Circuit, interior lighting
9.6-9 Circuit, work lights, option
9.6-10 Circuit, work lights, option
9.6-11 Circuit, entry lighting
9.6-12 Circuit, aux. lights, attachment
9.6-13 Circuit, work lights, option, hood lamp
9.6-14 Circuit, work lights, option carriage
9.7-1 Circuit, alarm, audible signals
9.7-2 Circuit, back-up alarm
9.7-3 Circuit, compressor horn
9.7-4 Circuit for horn, servo panel
9.8-1 Circuit, radio
9.8-2 Circuit, printer
9.9-1 Circuit, rearview mirror heating
Sheet Designation
9.9-2 Circuit, camera
9.10-1 Circuit, cab tilt/sliding cab
9.14–1 Circuit, central lubrication
10.4-1 Circuit, hydr. pump disengagement
10.6-1 Circuit, hydraulic oil cooling
11.5-1 Circuit, current
11.5-2 Circuit, current
11.5-3 Circuit, current
11.5-4 Circuit, current
11.5-5 Circuit, current
11.5-6 Circuit, emergency stop switch current
11.5-7 Circuit 24/12V
11.5-8 Circuit 24V socket
11.5-9 Circuit, option, ground power
11.5-10 Circuit, option, ground
11.5-11 Circuit, option, ground
11.6-1 Circuit CAN bus ground
Sheet Designation
0.0_1 Cross-reference list
7.4_1 Side shift circuit
7.5_1 Spreading circuit
7.5_2 Circuit, spreading buzzer
7.5_3 Circuit, spreading sensors
7.8_1 Circuit, levelling
7.9_1 Circuit, open/lock
7.9_2 Circuit, open/lock sensors
7.9_3A Circuit, indicator lights
7.9_3B Circuit, indicator lights
7.9_4 Circuit, alignment sensors
7.9_5A Circuit, alignment sensors
7.9_5B Circuit, alignment sensors
9.6_1 Circuit, work lights, carriage/attachment
9.14_1 Circuit, central lubrication
11.5_1 Circuit, current
11.5_2 Circuit, current
11.6_1 Circuit, CAN bus
A A
Kretsar DCF70-
B B
DCE280-330-RoRo
C _________________________ C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
WIRING,DCF370-,DCE300- A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D790-1
Pin Number Drawing Function Type Pin Number Drawing Function Type Pin Number Drawing Function Type
K1 1:1-1:6 /11.5_4.C5 Power Supply K6 6:1 /9.4_1.B1 LAMP INST. ILLUMINATION PWM 1.5A K9 9:1 /5.2_1.A2 SWITCHES ARM REST 24V reference
6:2 /9.6_2.B8 SW W-LIGHTS CARRIAGE Input 9:2 /5.2_1.C2 LAMP F/R ARM REST PWM 1.5A
K2 2:1 /9.5_1.C1 MOTOR FRONT WIPER 5A 6:3 /9.6_3.B8 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST Input 9:3 /5.2_1.C8 SW REVERSE ARM REST Input
2:2 /9.4_2.C1 MOTOR HEATING FAN PWM 6:4 /9.6_4.B8 SWITCH ROT. BEACON Input 9:4 /5.2_1.B8 SW FORWARD ARM REST Input
2:3 /9.4_2.E1 MOTOR RECIRCULATION 1.5 6:5 /9.6_4.A8 SWITCH MAIN LIGHT Input 9:5 /5.2_1.B8 SW ACT. MICRO STEERING Input
2:4 /9.5_1.D1 MOTOR REAR WIPER 5A 6:6 /9.3_1.B8 SWITCH SEAT HEATER Input
2:5 /9.6_4.E1 MOTOR ROT. BEACON 5A 6:7 /9.1_1.E8 SWITCH S2 OPT. Input 9:6 /5.2_1.D8 POT. MICRO STEERING 0V reference
2:6 /9.6_6.A1 REVERSING LIGHT LEFT 5A 6:8 /9.1_1.D8 SWITCH S3 OPT. Input 9:7 /5.2_1.D2 POT. MICRO STEERING Analog reference 5V
2:7 /9.6_6.B1 REVERSING LIGHT RIGHT 5A 9:8 /5.2_1.D8 POT. MICRO STEERING (P6) Analog Input
2:8 /9.4_2.D8 LOGIC SUPPLY HEAT FAN 6:9 /9.1_1.B8 SWITCH S4 OPT. Input 9:9 /5.2_1.E8 POT. MIC STEER/6TH LEV (P7)Analog Input
6:10 /9.6_1.A8 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST Input 9:10 /5.2_1.A8 SWITCH HORN ARM REST Input
B 6:11 /1.0_1.A8 POT. ACCELERATOR 1 Analog Input B
K4 4:1 /9.4_2.B1 MOTOR WATER VALVE 0.5A
4:2 /9.4_2.B1 MOTOR WATER VALVE 0.5A 6:12 /1.0_1.B8 POT. ACCELERATOR 2 Analog Input
4:3 /9.4_2.A1 MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE 0.5A 6:13
4:4 /9.4_2.A1 MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE 0.5A 6:14 /2.0_1.C8 PEDAL DECLUTCHING Input K10 10:1
4:5 /9.4_2.B1 POT. DRAUGHT/WAT. VALVE Analog reference 5V 6:15 10:2
4:6 /9.4_2.B8 POT. DRAUGHT/ WAT VALVE 0V reference 6:16 SEE K11:13 10:3 /7.0_4.B8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT Input
4:7 /9.4_2.B8 POT. DRAUGHT VALVE Analog Input 10:4 /9.4_2.C8 POT. WATER VALVE Analog Input
K7 7:1 /7.0_1.A8 POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO 0V reference 10:5 Input
4:8 /9.4_1.D8 SENSOR TEMP. INDOOR Reostat in 7:2 /7.0_1.A1 POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO Analog reference 5V 10:6 Input
4:9 /9.4_1.F8 SENSOR TEMP. AMBIENT Reostat in 7:3 /7.0_1.A8 POT. LIFT / LOWER (P1) Analog Input 10:7 /9.3_1.C2 RELAY SEAT HEATER 0.5A
4:10 /9.4_1.E8 SENSOR TEMP. FAN AIR Reostat in 7:4 /7.0_1.B8 POT. TILT (P2) Analog Input 10:8 /9.6_1.B1 CONTAINER LIGHT 40 0.5A
4:11 /9.4_1.E8 SENSOR DE-ICING SENSOR Reostat in 7:5 /7.0_1.C8 POT. SIDE SHIFTING (P3) Analog Input
4:12 /9.4_1.F1 SENSORS AIR-CONDITION 0V reference 7:6 /7.0_1.D8 POT. SPREADING (P4) Analog Input 10:9 /9.1_2.B1 HOUR MET/RELAY AIR SEAT 0.5A
4:13 /9.5_1.C8 MOTOR FRONT WIPER Input 7:7 /7.0_1.E8 POT. EXTRA (P5) Analog Input 10:10 /11.5_3.E1 RELAY K315-1 0.5A
4:14 /9.5_1.C1 MOTOR FRONT WIPER 24V reference 7:8 /9.6_1.D1 CONTAINER LIGHT 20 0.5A 10:11 /11.5_6.C1 RELAY K3009-1 0.5A
10:12 /11.5_6.B1 RELAY K3009-2,K3002,K3007 0.5A
C K5 5:1 /9.1_1.B1 SWITCHES LEFT PANEL 24V reference 7:9 /7.0_2.C1 IND. LOCKED LEVELLING 0.5A 10:13 /9.5_1.E1 MOTOR WASHER 3A C
5:2 7:10 /7.0_5.B1 RELAY ACTIVATE TW 0.5A 10:14 /9.5_1.E1 MOTOR ROOF WIPER 1.5A
5:3 /7.0_4.F2 OVERRIDE ALIGNMENT PWM (NPN) 7:11 /7.0_5.C1 RELAY ACTIVATE SPREAD 0.5A 10:15
5:4 /9.5_1.F8 MOTOR WASH REAR/ROOF PWM (NPN) 7:12 /7.0_2.B1 SWITCHES EL. SERVO Analog Reference 24V 10:16 /11.5_3.F1 RELAY K315-2 0.5A
5:5 /9.6_7.B8 SWITCH LAMP HAZARD PWM (PNP) 7:13 /7.5_1.B8 SWITCH SPREADING 20-40 Input
5:6 /9.6_7.A8 SWITCH HAZARD Input 7:14 /7.5_1.A8 SWITCH SPREADING 40-20 Input K11 11:1 /11.5_3.C8 SWITCH IGNITION Input
5:7 /9.4_1.B8 FAN SPEED Analog Input 7:15 /7.9_1.C8 SWITCH UNLOCK TW Input 11:2 /9.6_8.A8 INTERIOR LIGHT Input
7:16 /7.0_2.C8 SWITCH PISTOL Input 11:3 /9.6_8.B8 SWITCH BREAK CAB DOOR Input
5:8 /9.4_1.C8 TEMPERATURE Analog Input 11:4 /9.6_11.B8 SWITCH STEP IN LIGHT Input
5:9 /9.4_1.C8 DRAUGHT VALVE Analog Input K8 8:1 /7.8_1.E7 SWITCH LOCK LEVELLING Input 11:5
5:10 /9.4_1.D8 POT. FAN / TEMP / DEFROST 0V reference 8:2 /7.0_2.C8 SWITCH LOCK TILT Input 11:6 /9.6_8.D1 LAMP INTERIOR LIGHT 1.5A
5:11 /9.4_1.B1 POT. FAN / TEMP / D-VALVE Analog reference 5V 8:3 /8.2_1.B8 SWITCH OVERRIDE Input 11:7 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
5:12 /1.0_1.A8 POT. ACCELERATOR 0V reference 8:4 /11.5_6.A8 SW. OPERATING POWER Input
5:13 /1.0_1.A1 POT. ACCELERATOR Analog reference 5V 8:5 /4.0_1.B8 SWITCH P-BRAKE OPEN Input 11:8 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
5:14 /7.0_4.F8 OVERRIDE ALIGNMENT Input (K10:3) 8:6 /9.3_3.A8 SWITCH REV. SEAT C.W Input 11:9 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
8:7 /9.3_3.B8 SWITCH REV. SEAT C.C.W Input 11:10 See K13 REDUNDANT POWER Dig out
D 8:8 /7.0_4.D8 LOCK TW / OHC UP Input 11:11 /9.7_1.B2 HORN 3A D
11:12 /9.7_1.D2 SWITCH SEAT 24V reference
8:9 /7.0_4.C8 UNLOCK TW / OHC DOWN Input
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D797-1
CAN /11.6_1.E8
KDU contact K2
2:13 /10.6_1.A8 SENSOR HYDR. OIL TEMP. Temperature Input
2:16 /1.0_1.E1 D+ D+
C C
-D797-1
Pin Number Drawing Function Type Pin Number Drawing Function Type
1:1 /9.6_3.D1 LAMPS WORK LIGHT MAST 6A 1:21 /8.2_2.A7 SENSOR HYDR. SCALE LIFT Analog In 0-5V
1:2 /9.6_5.C1 SIDE POSITION LIGHT 1.5A 1:22 /8.2_2.D7 SENSOR HYDR. SCALE TILT Analog In 0-5V
1:3 /4.8_1.C1 RELAY COOLING FAN BRAKE OIL 1.5A 1:23 /7.7_2.D8 SENS.TILT ANGLE/FEEDBACK BRK FAN Analog In 0-5V
1:4 /7.2_1.C1 VALVE LIFT / LOWER 1.5A 1:24 /7.2_6.E8 SENSOR MAST POS/REGENERATING Analog In 0-5V
1:5 /7.7_1.C1 VALVE TILT 1.5A 1:25 /9.4_2.E1 COMPRESSOR AIR-CONDITION 1.5A
1:6 /8.2_2.C7 SENSOR HYDR. SCALE 0V Ref 1:26 /7.0_7.C8 SENSOR CAB TILT Dig In / 1.5A
1:7 /9.6_6.C1 BRAKE LIGHT LEFT 1.5A 1:27 /2.0_1.C8 SWITCH DECLUTCHING Analog In 0-5V
1:8 /8.2_2.A1 SENSOR HYDR. SCALE Analog Ref 5V 1:28 /9.6_5.B1 LAMP DIPPED LIGHT 6A
1:9 /9.6_6.C1 BRAKE LIGHT RIGHT 1.5A 1:29 /9.4_2.F1 COMPRESSOR AIR-CONDITION 1.5A
1:10 /9.7_2.B1 REVERSING ALARM 1.5A 1:30 /9.6_7.E1 LAMP DIRECTION LEFT 2.5A
D 1:11 /7.2_2.C7 MAST DOWN / REGENERATING LIFT Dig In / 1.5A 1:31 /9.6_7.D1 LAMP DIRECTION RIGHT 2.5A
D
1:12 /7.2_2.B7 CARRIAGE UP / REGENERATING LIFT Dig In / 1.5A 1:32 /1.0_1.F1 RELAY STARTING KEY 1.5A
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D797-2
Power /11.5_5.D5
CAN /11.6_2C.E3
KDU contact K2
B B
2:13 Temperature Input
2:15 Reostat In
2:16 D+
-D797-2
Pin Number Drawing Function Type Pin Number Drawing Function Type
C C
1:1 /9.3_5.C1 HEAD LIGHT REAR 6A 1:21 /11.5_10.B8 OPT. Analog In 0-5V
1:2 /5.2_2.B1 VALVE MICRO STEERING RIGHT 1.5A 1:22 /11.5_10.B8 OPT. Analog In 0-5V
1:3 /5.2_2.C1 VALVE MICRO STEERING LEFT 1.5A 1:23 /11.5_10.C8 OPT. Analog In 0-5V
1:4 /7.10_1.B1 VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. OUT 1.5A 1:24 /11.5_9.C1 OPT. Analog In 0-5V
1:5 /7.10_1.C1 VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. IN 1.5A 1:25 /9.3_5.D1 LAMP REAR LIGHT FRONT 1.5A
1:6 /11.5_10.B1 OPT. 0V Ref 1:26 /11.5_11.D1 OPT. Dig In / 1.5A
1:7 /9.3_3.D1 SWITCHES SEAT POS. F/R 1.5A 1:27 Analog In 0-5V
1:8 /11.5_10.A1 OPT. Analog Ref 5V 1:28 /11.5_9.B1 OPT. 6A
1:9 /9.3_6.B1 VALVE STEERING FORWARD 1.5A 1:29 /9.3_7.A1 VALVE SEAT ROTATION C.W 1.5A
1:10 /9.3_6.C1 VALVE STEERING REVERSE 1.5A 1:30 /7.4_1.C1 VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT 2.5A
1:11 /11.5_11.B1 OPT. Dig In / 1.5A 1:31 /7.4_1.B1 VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT 2.5A
1:12 /11.5_11.C1 OPT. Dig In / 1.5A 1:32 /7.5_1.E1 VALVE SPREADING IN 1.5A
KDU contact K1
KDU contact K1
1:13 /9.3_3.C8 SWITCH SEAT POS. F Analog In 0-5V 1:33 /7.5_1.E1 VALVE SPREADING OUT 1.5A
1:14 /11.5_9.A1 OPT. 10A 1:34 /9.3_7.B1 DAMPING TURNABLE SEAT 1.5A
1:15 /9.3_5.B1 LAMP DIPPED LIGHT REAR 6A 1:35 /9.3_7.C1 BRAKE TURNABLE SEAT 1.5A
D 1:16 /5.2_2.B8 VALVE MICRO STEERING PWM 1:36 /9.3_4.C2 LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD RIGHT 1.5A D
1:17 /7.10_1.B8 VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. PWM 1:37 /9.3_4.B2 LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD LEFT 1.5A
1:18 /7.4_1.B8 VALVE SIDESHIFT PWM 1:38 0V Ref
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D791
Power /11.5_5.C5
CAN /11.6_2B.C3
KDU contact K2
2:13 Temperature Input
2:15 Reostat In
2:16 D+
-D791
C Pin Number Drawing Function Type Pin Number Drawing Function Type C
1:1 /9.6_2.C2 WORK LIGHT LEFT 6A 1:21 /7.10_2.B7 OPT. Analog In 0-5V
1:2 /7.3_1.B2 PROJECTING LEFT IN 1.5A 1:22 /7.9_2.D8 SENSOR UNLOCKED TW. LEFT Analog In 0-5V
1:3 /7.3_1.B2 PROJECTING LEFT OUT 1.5A 1:23 /7.9_2.E8 SENSOR LOCKED TW. LEFT Analog In 0-5V
1:4 /7.3_1.C2 PROJECTING RIGHT IN 1.5A 1:24 /7.9_2.B8 SENSOR LOCKED TW. RIGHT Analog In 0-5V
1:5 /7.3_1.D2 PROJECTING RIGHT OUT 1.5A 1:25 /7.9_1.C2 LAMP UNLOCKED TW 1.5A
1:6 /7.10_2.C7 OPT. 0V Ref 1:26 /7.9_2.C8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT REAR RIGHT Dig In / 1.5A
1:7 /7.9_1.E2 VALVE LOCK TWISTLOCK 1.5A 1:27 /7.9_2.E8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT REAR LEFT Analog In 0-5V
1:8 /7.10_2.B2 OPT. Analog Ref 5V 1:28 /7.5_3.D1 WARN. SIGNAL AUT. SPREADING 6A
1:9 /7.9_1.F2 VALVE UNLOCK TWISTLOCK 1.5A 1:29 /7.9_1.D2 LAMP LOCKED TW 1.5A
1:10 /7.9_2.C2 SENSORS ATTACHMENT 1.5A 1:30 /7.8_1.B2 VALVE LEVELLING LEFT 2.5A
1:11 /7.10_2.E7 SENSOR OPT. Dig In / 1.5A 1:31 /7.8_1.A2 VALVE LEVELLING RIGHT 2.5A
1:12 /7.5_2.D7 SENSOR DAMPING 20-40 Dig In / 1.5A 1:32 /7.4_2.B2 VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT 1.5A
KDU contact K1
KDU contact K1
1:13 /7.9_2.D8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT FRONT LEFT Analog In 0-5V 1:33 /7.4_2.C2 VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT 1.5A
1:14 /9.14_1.D2 PUMP CENTRAL LUBRICATION 10A 1:34 /7.5_2.B2 VALVE SPREADING OUT 1.5A
D 1:15 /9.6_2.D2 WORK LIGHT RIGHT 6A 1:35 /7.5_2.C2 VALVE SPREADING IN 1.5A D
1:16 /7.3_1.B7 PROJECTING LEFT PWM 1:36 /7.10_2.C2 OPT. 1.5A
1:17 /7.3_1.C7 PROJECTING RIGHT PWM 1:37 /7.10_2.D2 OPT. 1.5A
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Crossreference list A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
S105-3 S105-1 M693
Choice: opt Choice: opt Central
mast fenders lubrication
Val: opt Val opt Central-
KDU stativ skärmar S199-3 S199-4 smörjning
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Truth table opt A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X038f -X038f
A 00513B 5 6 00512B A
-X690-1f -X006
-B690-1 BK 2 2 00611 11 K6:11 Analog Input
-D790-1
-X690-1f /0.0_1.B4
3
00513C 1 1 RD 1 2 WH 3 3 00512C
POT. ACCELERATOR 1
ACCELERATOR
-X016
24V D790-2/2:1 0161 1 K2:1 Input
/11.5_3.C7 -D790-2 -X066f -X040f -X040m -X006
/11.5_4.F4 D790-1/6:12 1 A0403 3 3 00612A 12 K6:12 Analog Input
/9.3_3.D6 -D790-1
SWITCH STARTER /0.0_1.B4
B POT. ACCELERATOR 2 B
-X016 -X038f
24V D790-2/2:2 0162 2 K2:2 Input 8 00612B
/11.5_3.C7 -D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH PREHEAT /1.0_2B1.B1
/1.0_2C.C2
/1.0_2D.B2
-X210f /1.0_2F.C2
58-1/3:1 2101 1 58-1/3:1
/11.5_1.B5 /1.0_2G1.B1
/1.0_2B2.B7
/1.0_2D.B2
/1.0_2E2.B7
2102
/1.0_2F.C2
2 CHASSIS
/1.0_2G1.D6
/1.0_2A.B2
/1.0_2B1.B1
C /1.0_2C.C2 C
/1.0_2D.B2
/1.0_2E1.F1
CAN_J1939_+ 2033 30 3 /1.0_2F.B2
/11.6_1.C2 CAN_J1939_+
2034 /1.0_2G1.A1
/1.0_2A.B2
/1.0_2B1.B1
/1.0_2C.C2
/1.0_2D.B2
/1.0_2E1.F1
2034 30 /1.0_2F.B2
CAN_J1939_- 4 CAN_J1939_-
/11.6_1.C2 /1.0_2G1.A1
2033
-X210f /1.0_2A.E2
D 58-1/4:1 D
58-1/4:1 2105A 5 /1.0_2B1.B1
/11.5_1.C5 /1.0_2A.B2
/1.0_2B1.C1
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring drivetrain engine A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D5.2
-X279
2791 1
A A
-X279
2
-X279
-X37-212 #4153 8
-X279
9
-X279
-X210m 2103B 12
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103A -X90017
/1.0_1.C6 -X279
2104B 13
/1.0_2A.F8
CAN_J1939_- 4 2104A -X90018
/1.0_1.D6 -X279
2108D 14
B -D794 B
D+ 6 2106 ENGINE
/1.0_1.D6
-X22
1 2108E
2 2798
3 2792
Diagnostics engine. 4 2104C
5 2799
6 2103C SWITCH CLOSES WHEN
C COOLANT LEVEL IS TOO LOW C
-K315 -B759
-X278m 2 2 1 1
START 2 2782A 85 86 2782B
/1.0_1.F6 COOLANT LEVEL
GY
W224
87A 30 #4152 -X37-212
87
-G660 BK
-M654 B+
STARTING KEY
30 31 W225 B- D+
M G
2
1
ALTERNATOR
D 50 W D
-X280m
STARTER
2105C
-X210m
58-1/4:1 5 2105B
/1.0_1.D6
6
E E
20
-K312
-X23f
2108D 2108F 86 85 2108G 8 3
2108E -X90016
58-2/8:1 8 2108B PREHEATER
/1.0_1.E6
/1.0_2A.B8
-E800
W6 30 87 W7 1 2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine TAD722 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-XD794-1m
1/50
2/50
3/50
4/50
5/50
-X210m -XD794-1f 6/50
58-1/3:1 1 2101 -X90068 2101A 7 7/50
/1.0_1.C6
2101B 8 8/50
9/50
CAN_J1939_+ 3 30 2103 10/50
/1.0_1.C6
B 11/50 B
12/50
CAN_J1939_- 4 30 2104 13/50
/1.0_1.D6
14/50
15/50
58-1/4:1 5 2105 16/50
/1.0_1.D6
2101C 17 17/50
2105A 18 18/50
D+ 6 2106 -X90069 19/50
/1.0_1.D6
20/50
21/50
58-2/8:1 8 2108 22/50
/1.0_1.E6
C 23/50 C
24/50
25/50
26/50
-K360 27/50
-X278m 2105B 28 28/50
START 2 2782 85 86 W19F W19A 29 29/50
/1.0_1.F6
W19B 30 30/50
87 30 31/50
87A 32/50
33/50
STARTING SOLENOID 34/50
D 35/50 D
36/50
36030
38 38/50
W19C 39 39/50
RD W19D 40 40/50
41/50
42/50
-G660 43/50
-M654 B+
44/50
30 31 I W19
B- 45/50
M G -X90070 46 46/50
50 W 47/50
E E
48/50
WH 49/50
W19E 50 50/50
W11
-D794 /1.0_2B2.D6
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine Cummins QSM11 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-XD794-2f -XD794-2m
-K322
C W25 5 5/31
30 30 87 87 C
87A 87a
W26 6 6/31
/1.0_2B2.B3
COOLANT LEVEL
7/31
W25A 19 19/31
-D794 /1.0_2B1.F6
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine Cummins QSM11 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X22
1 221
2 2798
3 2793
Diagnostics engine. 4
5 2797
6
B B
-X210m
58-1/3:1 1 2101
/1.0_1.C6
-X279f -X279m
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103 30 2103 1 1/8
/1.0_1.C6
2104 2 2/8
CAN_J1939_- 4 2104 2793 3 3/8
C /1.0_1.D6 C
2101 4 4/8
D+ 6 2106
/1.0_1.D6
2795 5 5/8
/1.0_1.E6 2107 -X90082 2107
58-2/7:1 7 6 6/8
/11.5_1.C8
2797 7 7/8
58-2/8:1 8 2108A 2798 8 8/8
/1.0_1.E6
-D794
D D
Only 950 & 1250
-XG660-D+ W
E L E
1 15
65430 1
BS
DFM
-M654
-G660 -G660
B+ 30 31
M
D+ B-
G
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine 950,1240,1250 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-G660
B+
2106 D+ B-
A G A
ALTERNATOR
W
-X210m
58-1/3:1 1 2101
/1.0_1.C6
CHASSIS 2 2102
/1.0_1.C6
-X279f -X279m
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103 30 2103 1 1/8
/1.0_1.C6
2104 2 2/8
CAN_J1939_- 4 2104 2102 3 3/8
B /1.0_1.D6 B
2101 4 4/8
D+ 6 2106 2108 5 5/8
/1.0_1.D6
2107 6 6/8
/1.0_1.E6 2107
58-2/7:1 7 7/8
/11.5_1.C8
8/8
58-2/8:1 8 2108
/1.0_1.E6
-XK312Am -XK312Af
1 1/2
2 2/2
D D
PRE HEAT
-E800-1 -E800-2
E 1 2 1 2
-M654 E
Preheat cylinder Preheat cylinder
31 30 -XM654-30 31230
M
50
STARTER -E800-3 -E800-4
1 2 1 2
31287 -XE800
Preheat cylinder Preheat cylinder
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine TAD760 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D794
-F56
-XD794-3f -XD794-3m
7941 1 1/4
A A
7942 2 2/4
65430-2 B:1 30A 2:1 7943 3 3/4
2:2 7944 4 4/4
-XD794-2m
1/50
2/50
3/50
4/50
B 5/50 B
-F56 6/50
1 7/50
2 Power ECU D794
3 8/50
4 9/50
5 10/50
-X37-217
6
-X210m 11/50
D+ 6 2106 12/50
/1.0_1.D6
13/50
58-2/8:1 8 2108 14/50
/1.0_1.E6
15/50
16/50
C 17/50 C
18/50
19/50
ALTERNATOR P 20/50
B WH 21/50
L
G B- 22/50
B+ 23/50
-G660 24/50
25/50
-K312 26/50
-F51 -E800
65430-1 31230 30 87 31287 1 2 -XD794-2f 27/50
1 2
125A /1.0_2E1.E5 PREHEATER D794-28 28 28/50
/1.0_2E2.D7
D RELAY PREHEATER 29/50 D
30/50
-M654
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine QSB6,7 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
18,0kOHM
COOLANT LEVEL
C -R820-11 C
322-30 B B 1 2
560kOHM
C C
V
Coolant level OK = 0,5V-2,1V
Coolant level low = 4,5V-4,9V
79428 D794-28
/1.0_2E1.D7
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring engine QSB6,7 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X280m
A 58-1/2:1 2801 1 -EATS 5/6 5 30 2835 5 5 30 2815 A
/11.5_1.B5
6/6 6 2836 6 6 2816
-X280m
37-200D13 2
6540-30B
2
3
5
6
1
-XG6600-B+
-X281Af
-X37-200D13
-G6600 B+
-XG6600f-D+ -XG6600m-D+
-X37200 #7679
1 1 D+ B-
2/6
3/6
5/6
6/6
1/6
G SWITCH CLOSES WHEN
ALTERNATOR COOLANT LEVEL IS TOO LOW
-X281Am
W
-X210m -X279f -X279m
CAN_J1939_+ 3 2103 30 1 1/8
/1.0_1.C6
B CAN_J1939_- 4 2104 2 2/8 -B7590
/1.0_1.D6 B
-X210m 3 3/8 1 1 2 2
D+ 6 2106 4 4/8
/1.0_1.D6
279A 5 5/8 -X7590f -X7590m
-XSP279
58-2/8:1 8 2108 6/8 1 1 GY
/1.0_1.E6
7 7/8 2 2 BK
8 8/8
-X210m
58-1/3:1 1 2101
/1.0_1.C6 -X210m -XSP2102
C CHASSIS 2 2102 2793 C
/1.0_1.C6
-X22m
1 279B
2 30 2798
3 2793
5 30 2797
-XE8000 -E8000-1
31287 1 2
Preheat
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 100204 Klass/Class
Wiring engine D7,D13 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X304m_BB -X304f
B 3 3 -X279f B
4 4 30404 YE 0.75 30 1
5 5 2
-X210m 3 To Volvo Wiring D11
58-1/3:1 1 21001 GY 1.5 4
/1.0_1.C6 /1.0_2G2.C7
58-2/8:1 8 21008 GY 0.75 5
/1.0_1.E6
-X305m_BB -X305f Volvo D8/D11
1 1 7
2 2 30502 GY 0.75 8 To Volvo Wiring D8
3 3 /1.0_2G1.A6
/1.0_2G3.C7
4 4
5 5 -D7940
C 6 6 C
#Chassis
/11.5_1.E6
D D
-G6600
B+
-M6540
-XM6540-30-1 30 31 -XM6540-31-1
#16100 W4 RD 70 W5 BK 70
/11.5_1.F1 M /11.5_1.F2
50
E E
-Y6450
-X278m -X645f
1 27801 GY 1.5 1 1 2
/9.4_2.E3
Magnetic clutch, compressor(opt)
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
PLT Klass/Class
Wiring diagram Volvo D11, Stage4 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
PLT Klass/Class
Wiring diagram Volvo D11,Stage 4 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring diagram exhaustsystem Volvo D11, A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
/1.0_2G2.D7
/1.0_2G3.D7
D D
From Volvo D8 D11
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring diagram exhaustsystem Volvo D8-D A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X017
-S162 MULTI-SWITCH 12 K3:12 Input
-D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
/9.6_4.C4
GEAR SWITCH REVERSE
R R BK/WH/GN
-X017
24V reference K3:10 10 RD 15/1 N N
-D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
-X017
24V REF TO GEAR SWITCH F F BK/GN 11 K3:11 Input
-D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
GEAR /9.5_1.B4 GEAR SWITCH FORWARD
B B
-XS220-3f -XS220-3f
0381B 1 790-1:5-1/24V 790-1/6:14 2 0382B
C /9.3_3.F2 /9.3_3.F6 C
-S220-2
P
-X211
58-2/5:1 216-1B 1 2 21127 27 K1:27 Analog In 0-5V
/9.6_5.E2 -D797-1
58-2/5:1 216-1C /0.0_2.D5
/4.0_1.C2 DECLUTCHING
SWITCH DECLUTCHING
/2.0_2A1.B2
/2.0_2B1.A2
-X205m /2.0_2C1.B1
CAN_J1939_+ 30 2035 A CAN_J1939_+
D /11.6_1.C2 /2.0_2D1.B1 D
2036
/2.0_2A1.C7
/2.0_2B1.C7
-X201f /2.0_2C1.C8
2011 1 CHASSIS
/2.0_2D1.C8
/2.0_2A1.C2
/2.0_2B1.C2
E /2.0_2C1.C1 E
58-1/5:1 2012 2 58-1/5:1
/11.5_1.C5 /2.0_2D1.C1
/2.0_2A1.C7
/2.0_2B1.C7
/2.0_2C1.C8
2013 3 CHASSIS
/2.0_2D1.C8
/2.0_2A1.C2
/2.0_2B1.C2
/2.0_2C1.C1
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring drive train gearbox A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D793
CAN
-X205f -X252f
CAN_J1939_- B 252A2 A2 L2 ECU793
/2.0_1.D7 CAN L
CAN_J1939_+ A 252B2 B2 M2
/2.0_1.D7 CAN H
C
B B
251K3D 0V_ref
/2.0_2A2.E2
C C
-D793
-X201m -X251f -X251f -X201m
58-1/5:1 2 251A1 A1 A1
ECU793 A3 A3 251A3 1 CHASSIS
/2.0_1.E7 PPWR Power Supply GND /2.0_1.E7
-X252f -X252f
58-2/6:1 4 252F2 F2 S2 S3 F3 252F3B 252F3A 3 CHASSIS
/2.0_1.F7 SPWR VFSGND /2.0_1.E7
CHASSIS 252F3D
D /2.0_2A3.E7 D
RS 232
E ECU793 -X252f -X261m E
N2 C2 252C2 A
RxD
P2 D2 252D2 B
TxD
C
251K3E 0V_ref
/2.0_2A2.E2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE32 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X251f
RPM B3 B3 251B3
-D793
-XB752
-B752 1 1
A -X251f A
2 2 251C3 C3 C3 RPM
-D793
DRUM SPEED
-X251f
RPM D3 D3 251D3
-D793
-XB758
-B758 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251E3 E3 E3 RPM
-D793
OUTPUT SPEED
B B
-B758/766
-XB766 -X251f
T T 1 251H3 H3 H3 Analogue Input
-D793
- 2 251G3
+ 3 251F3 -X251f
G3 G3 RPM
-D793
ENGINE SPEED/GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
-X251f
F3 F3 RPM
-D793
-S221
C -XS221 C
251J3B
-X37-Gearbox
1 T 2
251K3B
-X252f
D RPM R2 E2 252E2 D
-D793
-X251f
K3 Signal GND
E -B765
E
P PRESURE FEEDBACK SENSOR
-X251f -X253f -X253f
Rheostat Input A2 A2 251A2 11 15 251K3F
-D793
2K2
2K2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE32 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6069
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output D1 D1 251D1 1 1 2 2 251E1 E1 E1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
VFS 2ND/4TH
-Y630
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output B1 B1 251B1 3 1 2 4 251C1 C1 C1 Analogue Output
B -D793 -D793 B
VFS FWD
-Y6067
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output H1 H1 251H1 5 1 2 6 251J1 J1 J1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
VFS 1ST/3RD
C C
-Y631
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output F1 F1 251F1 7 1 2 8 251G1 G1 G1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
VFS REV
-Y6066
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Digital Output K1 K1 251K1 9 1 2 10 251K2 K2 K2 Digital Output
-D793 -D793
D D
2/4 SELECT
-Y6075
E -X251f -X253f E
Digital Output F2 F2 251F2 13 1 2
-D793
1/3 SELECT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE32 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D793
CAN
-X205f -X252f
CAN_J1939_- B 30 252A2 30 A2 L2 ECU793
A /2.0_1.D7 CAN L A
CAN_J1939_+ A 252B2 B2 M2
/2.0_1.D7 CAN H
B B
-D793
C -X201m -X251f -X251f -X201m C
58-1/5:1 2 251A1 A1 A1
ECU793 A3 A3 251A3 1 CHASSIS
/2.0_1.E7 PPWR Power Supply GND /2.0_1.E7
-X201m -X252f -X252f -X201m
58-2/6:1 4 252F2 F2 S2 S3 F3 252F3B 3 CHASSIS
/2.0_1.F7 SPWR VFSGND /2.0_1.E7
0V_ref 252F3C
/2.0_2B2.F7
252F3A
0V_ref 252F3D
/2.0_2B3.E8
D D
-D793
251K3D 0V_ref
/2.0_2B2.E1
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE17 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X251f
RPM B3 B3 251B3
-D793
A -XB752f A
DRUM SPEED -B752 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251C3 C3 C3 RPM
-D793
DRUM SPEED
DRUM SPEED
-X251f
RPM D3 D3 251D3
-D793
-XB758f
OUTPUT SPEED -B758 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251E3 E3 E3 RPM
-D793
OUTPUT SPEED
OUTPUT SPEED
B B
-X251f
251H3 H3 H3 Analogue Input
-D793
GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
-B758/766
-XB766f
T T B -X251f
- C 251G3 G3 G3 RPM
-D793
+ A
ENGINE SPEED/GEARBOX TEMPERATURE
C ENGINE SPEED/GEARBOX TEMPERATURE C
-X251f
251F3 F3 F3 RPM
-D793
-S221
-XS221
2211 1 2 T 1 ENGINE SPEED
-X37-GND_GEARBOX
TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN/CONVERTER OUT
-X251f
251J3 J3 J3 Analogue Input
-D793
-X252f -R820-8 -R820-9
5V Analogue Ref M1 B1 252B1 1 2 1 2 251K3B TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN
D -D793 D
10KOhm 10KOhm
TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN
-B765
F 2K2
F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE17 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A -Y630 A
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output B1 B1 251B1 3 1 2 4 251C1 C1 C1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
VFS FWD
-Y6067
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output H1 H1 251H1 5 1 2 6 251J1 J1 J1 Analogue Output
B -D793 -D793 B
VFS 1ST/3RD
-Y1
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output D1 D1 251D1 1 1 2 2 251E1 E1 E1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
C C
VFS 2ND
-Y631
-X251f -X253f -X253f -X251f
Analogue Output F1 F1 251F1 7 1 2 8 251G1 G1 G1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
VFS REV
D D
DRIVE
E E
-Y6075
-X251f -X253f -X253f
Digital Output F2 F2 251F2 13 1 2 14 252F3D 0V_ref
-D793 /2.0_2B1.D2
1/3 SELECT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring gearbox TE17 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D793
CAN
-X205f -X252f
CAN_J1939_- B 30 252A2 A2 L2 ECU793
/2.0_1.D7 CAN L
CAN_J1939_+ A 252B2 B2 M2
/2.0_1.D7 CAN H
B B
-D793
-X201m -X251f -X251f -X201m
58-1/5:1 ECU793
2 251A1A 251A1B A1 A1 A3 A3 251A3 1 CHASSIS
/2.0_1.E7 PPWR GND /2.0_1.E7
Power Supply
-X252f -X252f
251A1C F2 S2 S3 F3 252F3B 252F3A 3 CHASSIS
SPWR VFSGND /2.0_1.E7
-X201m -X252f
58-2/6:1 R2
4 252E2A 252E2B E2
/2.0_1.F7 -D793
PON
252E2C 252E2C F58-2/5:1
/2.0_2C3.E2
D D
251K3D X251:K3
E /2.0_2C2.D2 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
TKB 090923 Klass/Class
Wiring Dana TE 32FF A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A -X251f A
RPM B3 B3 251B3
-D793
-XB752f1
DRUM SPEED, SS0 -B759 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251C3 C3 C3 RPM
-D793
DRUM SPEED
DRUM SPEED, SS0
-X251f
RPM D3 D3 251D3
-D793
-XB758f1
OUTPUT SPEED, SS1 -B760 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251E3 E3 E3 RPM
-D793
OUTPUT SPEED
B B
OUTPUT SPEED, SS1
252B1B 252B1B 5V
/2.0_2C3.C2
252B1C 252B1C 5V
/2.0_2C3.D2
-X252f -S2210
5V Analogue Ref M1 B1 252B1A 251J3B 1 T 2
-D793
251K3B
-X251f
RPM G3 G3 251G3
-D793 -X251f
K3 K3 Signal GND
D -D793 D
TURBINE SPEED, SS3 -B7510 1
-X251f
RPM F3 F3 251F3
-D793
E E
ENGINE SPEED, SS2 -B7530 1
2 251K3F
ENGINE SPEED
-B7660
-X251f
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
TKB 090923 Klass/Class
Wiring Dana TE 32FF A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-Y6067
-X251f -X251f
Analogue Output D1 D1 251D1 1 2 251E1 E1 E1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
A A
1ST/3RD PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID, ANO1+ 1ST/3RD PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID, ANO1-
1ST/3RD PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID
-Y6069
-X251f -X251f
Analogue Output F1 F1 251F1 1 2 251G1 G1 G1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
-Y6300
B -X251f -X251f B
Analogue Output B1 B1 251B1 1 2 251C1 C1 C1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
-B6067
5V 252B1B B A 251K3H X251:K3
/2.0_2C2.C7 P /2.0_2C2.D2
C
U
-X251f
1ST/3RD PRESSURE SENSOR 251A2 A2 A2 Rheostat Input
-D793
-B6069
5V 252B1C B A 251K3E X251:K3
/2.0_2C2.C7 P /2.0_2C2.E2
C
U
-X252f
2ND/4TH PRESSURE SENSOR 252F1 F1 S1 Analogue Input
-D793
D D
2ND/4TH PRESSURE SENSOR, ANI6
-Y6066F
-Y6066R
-X251f
Digital Output E2 E2 251E2 1 2 252F3E CHASSIS
-D793 /2.0_2C1.C2
-Y6074
-X251f
F58-2/5:1 252E2C 1 2 251K2 K2 K2 Digital Output
/2.0_2C1.D7 -D793
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
TKB 090923 Klass/Class
Wiring Dana TE 32FF A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D793
CAN
-X205F -X252f
CAN_J1939_- B 252A2 30 A2 L2 ECU793
/2.0_1.D7 CAN L
CAN_J1939_+ A 252B2 B2 M2
/2.0_1.D7 CAN H
B B
-D793
-X201m -XSP201:2 -X252f -X252f -X201m
58-1/5:1 2 251A1A 251A1B A1 A1
ECU793 A3 A3 252A3 1 CHASSIS
/2.0_1.E7 PPWR Power Supply GND /2.0_1.E7
-X252f -X252f -XSP201:3 -X201m
251A1C F2 S2 S3 F3 252F3B 252F3A 3 CHASSIS
SPWR VFSGND /2.0_1.E7
C C
CHASSIS 252F3C
/2.0_2D3.D7
CHASSIS 252F3D
/2.0_2D3.E7
CHASSIS 252F3E
/2.0_2D3.F7
-X201m -X252f
58-2/6:1 4 252E2 E2 R2
/2.0_1.F7 -D793
D PON D
RS 232
ECU793 -X252f -X261m
N2 C2 30 252C2 A
RxD
P2 D2 252D2 B
TxD
E C E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring Dana TE 17FF A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X251f
RPM B3 B3 251B3
-D793
-XB7520f
DRUM SPEED -B7520 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251C3 C3 C3 RPM
-D793
A DRUM SPEED A
DRUM SPEED
-X251f
RPM D3 D3 251D3
-D793
-XB7580f
OUTPUT SPEED -B7580 1 1 -X251f
2 2 251E3 E3 E3 RPM
-D793
OUTPUT SPEED
OUTPUT SPEED
-XS2210 -S2210
251J3B 1 1 T 2
-X252f -XSP252:B1 1
5V Analogue Ref M1 B1 252B1A TEMPERATURE SWITCH COOLER IN
-D793
5V Analogue Ref
-X251f
251J3A J3 J3 Analogue Input
-D793
0V Analogue Ref
D D
-X251f
RPM G3
-B7660
-X251f -XB7660 -XB7660
Analogue Input H3 H3 251H3 1 1 T 2 2 251K3H
-D793
U
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring Dana TE 17FF A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-Y6067
-X251f -XY6067 -XY6067 -X251f
Analogue Output D1 D1 251D1 1 1 2 2 251E1 E1 E1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
A A
1ST/3RD Proportional Solenoid + 1ST/3RD Proportional Solenoid -
1ST/3RD Proportional Solenoid
-Y6069
-X251f -XY6069 -XY6069 -X251f
Analogue Output F1 F1 251F1 1 1 2 2 251G1 G1 G1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
B B
-Y6096
-X251f -XY6096 -XY6096 -X251f
Analogue Output B1 B1 251B1 1 1 2 2 251C1 C1 C1 Analogue Output
-D793 -D793
0V Analogue Ref
/2.0_2D2.D2
-XB7651 -B7651 -XB7651
5V Analogue Ref 252B1B B B A A 251KC
/2.0_2D2.B7 P
C C C
U C
1ST/3RD Pressure Sensor -X251f
251A2 A2 A2 Rheostat Input
-D793
-Y6075
-X251f -XY6075 -XY6075
Digital Output F2 F2 251F2 1 1 2 2 252F3C CHASSIS
-D793 /2.0_2D1.C3
1ST/3RD Selector
1ST/3RD Selector
D D
0V Analogue Ref
/2.0_2D2.D2
-Y6300
-X251f -XY6300 -XY6300
Digital Output K1 K1 251K1 2 2 1 1 252F3D CHASSIS
E -D793 /2.0_2D1.C3 E
FWD Selector
FWD Selector
-Y6310
-X251f -XY6310 -XY6310
Digital Output E2 E2 251E2 1 1 2 2 252F3E CHASSIS
-D793 /2.0_2D1.D3
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring Dana TE 17FF A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X008
+CAB 00813A 13 K8:13 Input
A -S107 -D790-1 A
/0.0_1.D4
24V D790-1/8:16 00816H 1
/7.5_3.B2 SWITCH P-BRAKE LOCKED
0
5 1
24V D790-1/8:16 00816J 5 10
/8.2_1.B2 1 7 0085
10 9 7 9
CHASSIS-37-D 0923F 00813B -X008
/7.5_3.B2 PARKING BRAKE
5 K8:5 Input
-D790-1
/0.0_1.D4
SWITCH P-BRAKE OPEN
B B
-S200
P
-X211
58-2/5:1 216-1C 1 2 21141 41 K1:41 Analog In 0-5V
/2.0_1.D2 -D797-1
/0.0_2.E5
PARKING BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH P-BRAKE
C C
-S204
P
-X211
216-1D 1 2 21113 13 K1:13 Analog In 0-5V
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D2
PRESSURE ACCUMULATORTANK
PRESSURE SWITCH ACCU. TANK
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring brake system A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-B772
-XB772f -XB772f -X212
2 2 T 1 1 2126 6 K2:6 Temperature Input
-D797-1
U /0.0_2.B4
BRAKE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR BRAKE OIL TEMP.
B B
7722
-K3774
-X211
1.5A K1:3 3 2113 86 85 86 85 W212G CHASSIS
C -D797-1 /11.5_3.D7 C
/0.0_2.D2
RELAY COOLING FAN BRAKE OIL
-M674
-XM674f -XM674m -XM674m -XM674f
58-1/6:1 377430 30 30 87 87 6741 1 1 1 2 2 2 6742
/11.5_1.C5 M
87A
-XB771m
674A1C C 24V D797-1/1:23
E /7.7_2.C5 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring cooling brake oil A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+CAB
-S149-2
1
0 -XS149-2m -XS149-2f -X009Af -X009Am -X009
-X009 -X009Am -X009Af -XS149-2f -XS149-2m 1 2 2 009910A 10 10 00910 10 K9:10 Input
A 24V reference K9:1 1 0091 1 1 0091A 1 1 5 -D790-1 A
-D790-1 /0.0_1.B6
/0.0_1.A6
HORN SWITCH HORN ARM REST
SWITCHES ARM REST
+CAB
-S113
1
0 -XS113m -XS113f -X009Af -X009Am -X009
-XS113f -XS113m 1 2 2 0095A 5 5 0095 5 K9:5 Input
0091B 1 1 5 -D790-1
/0.0_1.B6
SW ACT. MICRO STEERING
ACTIVATE LEVER / MICRO STEERING
B B
-X009Af -X009Am -X009
0094A 4 4 0094 4 K9:4 Input
1 = FORWARD -D790-1
+CAB /0.0_1.B6
-S160-2 0 = NEUTRAL SW FORWARD ARM REST
1 2 = REVERSE
0
2
1 1 -X009Af -X009Am -X009
0091C 3 3
7 7 0093A 3 3 0093 3 K9:3 Input
-D790-1
2 /0.0_1.B6
4
8 SW REVERSE ARM REST
-X009 -X009Am -X009Af -X009Af -X009Am
PWM 1.5A K9:2 2 0092 2 2 0092A 10 10 9 9 W11A 11 11 W11
-D790-1
/0.0_1.A6
FORWARD / REVERSE
LAMP F/R ARM REST
C C
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lever/micro wheel A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y636-3/699-1
-X221 -X244f -X244m -X244m -X244f -X221
1.5A K1:2 2 2212 10 10 24410 1 1 2 2 24412B -X90039 24412A 12 12 22116 16 K1:16 PWM
-D797-2 -D797-2
/0.0_3.C2 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE MICRO STEERING RIGHT VALVE MICRO STEERING
VALVE EXRA 6:TH FUNCTION OUT MICRO/LEVERSTEERING RIGHT VALVE EXTRA 6:TH FUNCTION
B B
EXRA 6:TH FUNCTION OUT
-Y636-4/699-2
-X221 -X244f -X244m
1.5A K1:3 3 2213 11 11 24411 1 1 2 2 24412C
-D797-2
/0.0_3.C2
VALVE MICRO STEERING LEFT
VALVE EXTRA 6:TH FUNCTION IN MICRO/LEVERSTEERING LEFT
EXTRA 6:TH FUNCTION IN
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lever/micro wheel A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0902B
0901B
-XR8072m -XR8072f -X090m -X090f -X007
-R8072 RD 0904 0074 Analog Input
3 3 4 4 4 K7:4
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
POT. TILT (P2)
B -XR8072f -XR8072m B
3
1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2
TILT (P2)
Placering spakar från vänster
Placement levers from left
0902C
0901C
P1
-XR8073m -XR8073f -X090m -X090f -X007
-R8073 RD 0905 0075 Analog Input
P2 3 3 5 5 5 K7:5
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
P3 POT. SIDE SHIFTING (P3)
-XR8073f -XR8073m
P4 3
1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2
C C
P7 opt. FCH
SIDE SHIFTING (P3)
P5
0902D
0901D
-XR8074m -XR8074f -X090m -X090f -X007
-R8074 RD 0906 0076 Analog Input
3 3 6 6 6 K7:6
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
POT. SPREADING (P4)
-XR8074f -XR8074m
3
1 1 GN 1 2 YE 2 2
D D
SPREADING (P4)
PROJECTION LEFT
EXTRA (P5)
E E
LEVELLING
0902F
0901F
F EXTRA (P7) F
PROJECTION RIGHT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring el. servo levers A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Lever 815
-X007 -X091f -X091m -X815f T1-1 -X815f -X091m -X091f -X007f
Analog Reference 24V K7:12 12 00712 8 8 0918 15 15 14 14 0913 3 3 00714 14 K7:14 Input
-D790-1 -D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
SWITCHES EL. SERVO SW. SPREAD IN
T1-2 -X091m -X091f -X007f
16 16 0914 4 4 00713 13 K7:13 Input
B -D790-1 B
SW. SPREAD OUT
T2 -X091m -X091f -X007f
20 20 0915 5 5 00715 15 K7:15 Input
-D790-1
SWITCH UNLOCK TW
T4 -X091m -X091f -X007
19 19 0916 6 6 00716 16 K7:16 Input
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
SWITCH PISTOL
T3-1 -X091m -X091f -X008
17 17 0919 9 9 0081 1 K8:1 Input
-X007 -X091f -X091m -D790-1
0.5A K7:9 9 0079 7 7 0917 7 7
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4 SWITCH LOCK LEVELLING
IND. LOCKED LEVELLING
C T3-2 -X091m -X091f -X008 C
18 18 0912 2 2 0082 2 K8:2 Input
-D790-1
CHASSIS-37-D 0923H 5 /0.0_1.D4
/7.8_1.F7
SWITCH LOCK TILT
6 6
-X090m -X090f -X007f
P1 8 8 0903 3 3 0073 3 K7:3 Analog Input
-X007f -X090f -X090m -D790-1
Analog Reference 5V K7:2 2 0072 2 2 0902 9 9
-D790-1
POT. LIFT / LOWER (P1)
POTENTIOM. EL. SERVO
-X090m -X090f -X007f
P2 4 4 0904 4 4 0074 4 K7:4 Analog Input
-D790-1
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring el. servo joystick A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
2028 58-3/3:1
/7.0_5.D2
-X207m -X207f
2075 5 5 2025 Alignment
B /7.0_5.E2 B
-X207m -X207f
2076 6 6 2026 Unlock TW
C /7.0_5.E2 C
-X207m -X207f
2077 7 7 2027 Lock TW
D /7.0_5.F2 D
E E
-X081f
0053B 3
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring toplift frame A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-K3005
-X007 -X069m -X069f
0.5A K7:10 10 00710 4 4 A0694A 86 85 A0694B
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
RELAY ACTIVATE TW -X070f -X070m -X202f -X202m -X208f -X208m -X208Am
A0707C 30 87 A0706 6 6 0706 1 1 BN_/_1 1 1 BN_/_1 1
VALVE TWISTLOCK
TWISTLOCK
58-4/5:2
/11.5_2.B6
B B
A0707B
-K3006
-X007 -X069m -X069f
0.5A K7:11 11 00711 5 5 A0695A 86 85 A0695B
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C4
RELAY ACTIVATE SPREAD -X070f -X070m -X202f -X202m -X208f -X208m -X208Am
30 87 A0707A 7 7 0707 2 2 RD_/_2 2 2 RD_/_2 2
VALVE SPREADING
SPREADING
-X37-A #3628
C C
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring toplift frame A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
-X302f -X302m -XB7211-1f -XB7211-1m
58-2/5:1 A A 302A A A
/7.2_6.E1
BN
-B7211-1 -XB7211-1m -XB7211-1f -X302m -X302f -X248m -X248f -X211
BK C C 302C C C 2484 4 4 21126 26 K1:26 Dig In / 1.5A
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D5
AUT. CAB TILT
BU SENSOR CAB TILT
B B 302B B B CHASSIS
/7.2_6.F7
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lift height A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-Y6005
-X211 -XK3007 -K3007 -XK3007 -X235f -X235m -X235m -X235f -X211
1.5A K1:4 4 2114A 30 30 87 87 2114B 1 1 2351A -X90029 2351B 1 1 2 2 2352 2 2 21116 16 K1:16 PWM
-D797-1 -D797-1
/0.0_2.D2 87A /0.0_2.D2
VALVE LIFT / LOWER /11.5_6.B4 VALVE LIFT / BLOCK LIFT
LIFT
C C
-Y6004
-X235m -X235f -X211
2351C 1 1 2 2 2353 3 3 21117 17 K1:17 PWM
D -D797-1 D
/0.0_2.D2
VALVE LOWER / BLOCK LOWER
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lift/lower el. servo A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
CHASSIS 6012
/10.4_1.D5
D D
CHASSIS 2482
/7.2_6.E7
E E
CHASSIS 2132
/9.0_1.C7
CHASSIS 6039
/8.2_3.D7
-XY6040/6019f
2 6040
/7.2_4.C2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring free lift sensors A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X236Lm
58-2/5:2 A RD -XB260 1
/7.2_2.B3
B B
BN
-B260 -X236Lm
BK -XB260 2 GY C 24V D797-1/1:12
/7.2_2.B5
SENSOR CARRIAGE UP
BU
-X236Lm
-XB260 3 BK B CHASSIS
/7.2_2.B5
C C
-X236Rm
A
/7.2_2.C3
BN
-B261 -X236Rm
BK C 24V D797-1/1:11
/7.2_2.C5
SENSOR MAST DOWN
D BU D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring free lift sensors A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-XY6039/6018m -XY699Rf
1 699R1 1
/8.2_3.C3
2 699R2 2
/8.2_3.D6
C C
-XY6040/6019m -XY699Lf
1 699L1 1
/8.2_3.C6
2 699L2 2
/7.2_2.F5
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
MLG 130523 Klass/Class
Wiring free lift Valves A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6052
-X236Lm -X236Lm
24V D797-1/1:12 C 236C 1 1 2 2 236B B CHASSIS
B /7.2_2.B5 /7.2_2.B5 B
REGENERATING LEFT
C C
-Y6051
-X236Rm -X236Rm
24V D797-1/1:11 C 236C 1 1 2 2 236B B CHASSIS
/7.2_2.C5 /7.2_2.C5
REGENERATING RIGHT
D D
-X303f -X303m_BB
2482 3 3
3034 4 4
3035 5 5
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring control valves mast A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6046-1
-X421 -XY6046-1 -XY6046-1 -X421
1.5A K1:2 2 4212 1 1 2 2 42116B 42116A 16 K1:16 PWM
-D791 -D791
/0.0_4.C2 -X90050 /0.0_4.D2
PROJECTING LEFT IN PROJECTING LEFT
PROJECTING LEFT IN
B B
-Y6046-2
-X421 -XY6046-2 -XY6046-2
1.5A K1:3 3 4213 1 1 2 2 42116C
-D791
/0.0_4.C2
PROJECTING LEFT OUT
PROJECTING LEFT OUT
C C
-Y6046-3
-X421 -XY6046-3 -XY6046-3 -X421
1.5A K1:4 4 4214 1 1 2 2 42117B 42117A 17 K1:17 PWM
-D791 -D791
/0.0_4.C2 -X90051 /0.0_4.D2
PROJECTING RIGHT IN PROJECTING RIGHT
PROJECTING RIGHT IN
-Y6046-4
D -X421 -XY6046-4 -XY6046-4 D
1.5A K1:5 5 4215 1 1 2 2 42117C
-D791
/0.0_4.C2
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring projection gantry A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
1 1
C C
-X409m -X409Af -X409Am -XB769-U
1 GY grey 0.75mm2 A A GY grey 0.75mm2 1 1
/7.10_2.A4
2
-X409m -XB769-U
2 RD red 0.75mm2 B B RD red 0.75mm2 3 3
/7.10_2.A6
-X409m -XB769-U
3 BU blue 0.75mm2 C C BU blue 0.75mm2 4 4
/7.10_2.B6
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
PLT 150629 Klass/Class
Wiring sensor Ultrasonic A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6020
-X221 -X244f -X244m -X244m -X244f -X221
2.5A K1:31 31 22131 1 1 2441 1 1 2 2 2443B -X90036 2443A 3 3 22118 18 K1:18 PWM
-D797-2 -D797-2
/0.0_3.D5 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT VALVE SIDESHIFT
B B
SIDESHIFT LEFT
-Y6021
-X221 -X244f -X244m
2.5A K1:30 30 22130 2 2 2442 1 1 2 2 2443C
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D5
VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT
SIDESHIFT RIGHT
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring Sideshift el. servo A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6020
-X421 -X421
1.5A K1:32 32 42132 1 1 2 2 42118B 42118A 18 K1:18 PWM
-D791 -D791
/0.0_4.D5 -X90052 /0.0_4.D2
VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT VALVE SIDESHIFT
SIDESHIFT LEFT
B B
-Y6021
-X421
1.5A K1:33 33 42133 1 1 2 2 42118C
-D791
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT
SIDESHIFT RIGHT
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring sideshift gantry A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 1 = 40'-20' A
0=0
2 = 20'-40' -X091m -X091f -X007
0913 3 3 00714 14 K7:14 Input
+CAB -D790-1
-S1012 /0.0_1.C4
1 SWITCH SPREADING 40-20
0
24V D790-1/8:16 0921C 2
/9.7_4.B2 1 1 -X091m -X091f -X007
24V D790-1/8:16 0921D 3 3
/7.8_1.E2 7 7 0914 4 4 00713 13 K7:13 Input
-D790-1
2 /0.0_1.C4
4
8 SWITCH SPREADING 20-40
CHASSIS-37-D 0923F 10 10 9 9
/7.9_1.B3
CHASSIS-37-D 0923G
B /7.8_1.F2 20-40 B
0922B D790-1/8:15
/7.8_1.E7
/9.3_3.B7 0922A
D790-1/8:15
/9.10_1.B7
C C
+CAB
-S1004
1 -X008
00810A 10 K8:10 Input
24V D790-1/8:16 00816D 0 -D790-1
/7.9_1.A2 5 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D790-1/8:16 00816E 5 10
/9.1_1.A2 1 SWITCH 30-35 STOP
CHASSIS-37-D 0923B 10 9 7 9 00810B
/7.9_1.A2
CHASSIS-37-D 0923C
/9.1_1.A2 30-35 STOP
D D
E E
-Y6019
-X221 -X244f -X244m
1.5A K1:32 32 22132 5 5 2445 1 1 2 2 2446C
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D5
VALVE SPREADING IN
SPREADING IN
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring 20-40, 30-35 stop A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6018
-X421 -XY6018 -XY6018 -X421
1.5A K1:34 34 42134 1 1 2 2 42119B 42119A 19 K1:19 PWM
-D791 -D791
/0.0_4.D5 -X90053 /0.0_4.D2
B B
VALVE SPREADING OUT VALVE SPREADING
SPREADING OUT
-Y6019
-X421 -XY6019 -XY6019
1.5A K1:35 35 42135 1 1 2 2 42119C
-D791
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE SPREADING IN
C C
SPREADING IN
-XB769-1f -XB769-1m
24V D791-1/1:10 4041C A A
/7.9_2.F3
BN
-B769-1 -XB769-1m -XB769-1f -X404Am -X404Af -X421
BK C C 4047 7 7 42112 12 K1:12 Dig In / 1.5A
-D791
/0.0_4.D2
DAMPING 20-40
BU SENSOR DAMPING 20-40
D -XB769-1m -XB769-1f D
B B 4042C CHASSIS
/7.9_2.F4
-XB777-1m -XB777-1f
B B 4042D CHASSIS
E /7.9_2.F4 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring spreading gantry A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-S1012-2
/9.3_3.A2 1 -X008
24V D790-1/8:16 00816G 00811A 11 K8:11 Input
/9.10_1.A2 0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D790-1/8:16 00816H 5 5
/4.0_1.A2 SWITCH AUT. 20-40
CHASSIS-37-D 0923F 10 10 9 9 00811B
/4.0_1.B2
B /9.3_3.B2 AUT. 20-40 B
CHASSIS-37-D 0923E
/9.10_1.B2
C C
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring 20-40 opt A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-Y6010
-X211 -XK3002 -K3002 -XK3002 -X235f -X235m -X235m -X235f -X211
1.5A K1:5 5 2115A 30 30 87 87 2115B 4 4 2354A -X90030 2354B 1 1 2 2 2355 5 5 21119 19 K1:19 PWM
-D797-1 -D797-1
/0.0_2.D2 87A /0.0_2.E2
VALVE TILT /11.5_6.B4 VALVE TILT OUT
C C
TILT OUT
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring tilt el. servo A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
24V D797-1/1:23
/4.8_1.E6
C C
-XB771f -XB771m
58-2/5:1 771A A A
/9.6_5.E2
BN
-B771 -XB771m -XB771f -X211
BK C C 21123 23 K1:23 Analog In 0-5V
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D5
SENSOR TILT ANGLE
BU SENS.TILT ANGLE/FEEDBACK BRK FAN
B B 771B CHASSIS
/7.2_2.D5
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring tilt indicator A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-Y6035
-X421
2.5A K1:31 31 42131 1 1 2 2 6035 CHASSIS
A -D791 /7.9_1.E7 A
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE LEVELLING RIGHT
LEVELLING RIGHT
-Y6036
B -X421 B
2.5A K1:30 30 42130 1 1 2 2 6036 CHASSIS
-D791 /7.9_1.E7
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE LEVELLING LEFT
LEVELLING LEFT
C -Y637-1 C
-X421
6A K1:42 42 42142A -X90071 42142B 1 1 2 2 637-1 CHASSIS
-D791 /7.9_1.E7
/0.0_4.D5
VALVE UNLOCK LEVELLING
UNLOCK LEVELLING
D D
-Y637-2
UNLOCK LEVELLING
-S1037
E 1 -X091m -X091f -X008 E
0919A 9 9 0081 1 K8:1 Input
0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D790-1/8:16 0921D 5 5
/7.5_1.B2 7 SWITCH LOCK LEVELLING
2 2 0919B
6 6
8 8 0922B D790-1/8:15
/7.5_1.B7
CHASSIS-37-D 0923G 10 10 9 9
/7.5_1.B2
LOCK LEVELLING
F 0923H CHASSIS-37-D
F
/7.0_2.C2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring levelling gantry A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+CAB
-S1003
1
A 24V D790-1/8:16 00816D 0 A
/7.5_1.C2 2
1
00816C 3 3
7 7 00812B
2 2 -X008
4 4 00812A 12 K8:12 Input
8 -D790-1
/0.0_1.D4
CHASSIS-37-D 0923B 10 10 9 9 00812C
/7.5_1.D2 SWITCH LOCK TW
0923A
Twistlock
-X092f -X092m
0923 3 3 0923F
Vid hydr. servo
-S1002 When hyd. servo
-X093f
CHASSIS-37-D
2 0923J
B -X37-D CHASSIS-37-D /7.9_4.B8 -XS1002m-2 -XS1002m-1 B
CHASSIS-37-D 1 RD 2 1 BK 1
/7.5_1.B2
UNLOCK TW
24V D790-1/8:16 0921B
/9.7_4.B2
00816B
-S1002
1
0
2 -XS1002m-3 -XS1002f-3 0915A
-X008 -X092f -X092m -XS1002f-2 -XS1002m-2 3 -X091m -X091f -X007
24V reference K8:16 16 00816A 1 1 0921A 2 0915 5 5 00715 15 K7:15 Input
-D790-1 1 -D790-1
/0.0_1.E4 /0.0_1.C4
SWITCH ELSERVO PANEL SWITCH UNLOCK TW
UNLOCK TW
-X093f
24V D790-1/8:16
0921E 3
/7.9_4.A1
C C
-H562
-X421 -X405f -X405m -XH562-1 -XH562-2
1.5A K1:25 25 42125 1 1 4051 1 1 2 1
-D791
/0.0_4.C5
LAMP UNLOCKED TW UNLOCKED TW
-H564
-X421 -X405f -X405m -XH564-1 -XH564-2
1.5A K1:39 39 42139 2 2 4052 1 1 2 1 4054C
-D791
/0.0_4.D5
LAMP ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT
D D
-H563
-X421 -X405f -X405m -XH563-1 -XH563-2
1.5A
6035 CHASSIS
/7.8_1.A7
-Y6040 6036
-X421 CHASSIS
/7.8_1.B7
1.5A K1:7 7 4217 1 1 2 2 6040
-D791
/0.0_4.D2 637-1 CHASSIS
E /7.8_1.C7 E
VALVE LOCK TWISTLOCK
LOCK TW 637-2 CHASSIS
/7.8_1.D7
-Y6039
-X421
1.5A K1:9 9 4219 1 1 2 2 6039 W402 CHASSIS
-D791 /11.5_5.B7
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring twistlock A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-XB7204Rf -XB7204Rm
4031B A A
BN
-B7204R -XB7204Rm -XB7204Rf -X403Bm -X403Bf -X403Af -X403Am -X421
BK C C 4034 4034 4 4 4034 4 4 42141 41 K1:41 Analog In 0-5V
-D791
B B 4032B /0.0_4.D5
UNLOCKED TWISTLOCK RIGHT
BU SENSOR UNLOCKED TW. RIGHT
-XB7205Rf -XB7205Rm
4031C A A
B B
BN
-B7205R -XB7205Rm -XB7205Rf -X403Bm -X403Bf -X403Af -X403Am -X421
BK C C 4035 4035 5 5 4035 5 5 42124 24 K1:24 Analog In 0-5V
-D791
B B 4032C /0.0_4.C5
LOCKED TWISTLOCK RIGHT
BU SENSOR LOCKED TW. RIGHT
-XB7203Rf -XB7203Rm
4031D A A
BN
-B7203R -XB7203Rm -XB7203Rf -X403Bm -X403Bf -X403Af -X403Am -X421
42110B BK C C 4036 4036 6 6 4036 6 6 42126 26 K1:26 Dig In / 1.5A
-D791
B B 4032D /0.0_4.C5
ALIGNMENT REAR RIGHT
BU SENSOR ALIGNMENT REAR RIGHT
D -XB7204Lf -XB7204Lm D
4041B A A
BN
-XB7205Lf -XB7205Lm
4041C A A
BN
-B7205L -XB7205Lm -XB7205Lf -X404Bm -X404Bf -X404Am -X404Af -X421
BK C C 4045 4045 5 5 4045 5 5 42123 23 K1:23 Analog In 0-5V
-D791
B B 4042C /0.0_4.C5
LOCKED TWISTLOCK LEFT
BU SENSOR LOCKED TW. LEFT
E -XB7203Lf -XB7203Lm E
4041D A A
BN
-B7203L -XB7203Lm -XB7203Lf -X404Bm -X404Bf -X404Am -X404Af -X421
BK C C 4046 4046 6 6 4046 6 6 42127 27 K1:27 Analog In 0-5V
-D791
B B 4042D /0.0_4.D5
ALIGNMENT REAR LEFT
BU SENSOR ALIGNMENT REAR LEFT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring sensors gantry A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X242m
58-2/4:1 7 YE_/_4
/11.5_10.B4
3 3 OG_/_3 8 CHASSIS
/11.5_10.D5
Strömbrytare S1008 klämma / lossa.
Kopplas in på XS1012. 4 4 YE_/_4
5 5
Switch S1008 clamping / releasing. 6 6 BU_/_6 3 D797-2/1:22
/11.5_10.B5
Connected to XS1012.
7 7 VT_/_7 4 D797-2/1:23
/11.5_10.C5
+CAB
-S1008
B 1 B
0
2
1
3
7
2
4
8 -K3768-1
10 9 86 86 85 85
CLAMPING RELEASING
30 30 87 87
87A
C C
-K3768-2
86 86 85 85
30 30 87 87
87A 87a
D D
-B768-1
-H5000-1
-B768-2
E 1 2
E
PRESSURE CYLINDER UNDER 125 BAR (RED) 1
2
3
4
-H5000-2
1 2
OPENS AT 150 BAR
PRESSURE CYLINDER OVER 125 BAR (GREEN) CLOSES AT 135 BAR
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring attachment Avesta A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A +CAB A
-S1031
1
0
2 -X070m
24V D790-1/8:16 -X093m 1 0703 3 D790-1_8:9
3 0933 3 /7.0_4.D5
/7.9_1.C7 7 0702 2 D790-1_8:8
/7.0_4.E5
2
4
8 -X093m
/9.3_3.B7 D790-1/8:15 -X093m CHASSIS-37-D
1 0931 10 9 0932 2
/9.10_1.B7 /7.9_1.B3
Over Height Up/Down
B B
-Y6070
-X409m -XB769-2m
CHASSIS
24V D791-1/1:36 7 4097 1 2 7692B 7692A B
/7.10_2.C4 /7.10_2.F6
-X90102
Over Height Up
C C
-Y6071
-X409m
24V D791-1/1:37 8 4098 1 2 7692C
/7.10_2.D4
BN
D -B7231L -XB7231Lm -XB7231Lf -X491m -X491f D
BK C C 491C C C
BN
E -B7231R -XB7231Rm -XB7231Rf -X492m -X492f -X410m -X410f -X409m E
BK C C 492C C C 2102 2 2 4093 3 D791-1/1:21
/7.10_2.B6
Over Height, Leg Upper Pos -XB7231Rm -XB7231Rf -X492m -X492f -X410m -X410f
BU B B 492B B B 2103 3 3 7692D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring Over Height A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-Y6022
-X221 -X244f -X244m -X244m -X244f -X221
1.5A K1:4 4 2214 7 7 2447 1 1 2 2 2449B -X90038 2449A 9 9 22117 17 K1:17 PWM
-D797-2 -D797-2
/0.0_3.C2 /0.0_3.D2
VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. OUT VALVE EXTRA FUNCT.
5TH FUNCTION OUT
C C
-Y6023
-X221 -X244f -X244m
1.5A K1:5 5 2215 8 8 2448 1 1 2 2 2449C
-D797-2
/0.0_3.C2
VALVE EXTRA FUNCT. IN
5TH FUNCTION IN
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring 5th function el. servo A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X409f -X409f
24V D791-1/1:10 42110D 1 24V D791-1/1:10 1 2 7211B CHASSIS
/7.9_2.C4 /7.9_4.D1 /7.3_2.D3 /7.9_2.C7
/7.3_2.C3 1
-X409f -X421
D791-1/1:21 3 42121 21 K1:21 Analog In 0-5V
-X421 -X409f /7.9_4.E8 -D791
Analog Ref 5V K1:8 8 4218 5 1 /0.0_4.C5
B -D791 /7.3_2.D3 B
/0.0_4.D2 OPT.
OPT.
-X421 -X409f
1.5A K1:37 37 42137 8 24V D791-1/1:37
-D791 /7.9_4.C1
/0.0_4.D5
OPT.
D D
-XB769-2f
CHASSIS B 769B CHASSIS
/7.9_4.C8 /7.9_2.C7
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring option gantry A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+CAB
B -S1005 B
1
0 -XS1005 -X008
-XS1005 1 1 0083 3 K8:3 Input
24V D790-1/8:16 00816J 5 5 -D790-1
/4.0_1.A2 /0.0_1.D4
24V D790-1/8:16 00816K
/11.5_6.A2 OVER RIDE SWITCH OVERRIDE
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring override A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
-B768-2 -X211
2118C 1 2 2116C 2116A 6 K1:6 0V Ref
P -D797-1
3 -X90064 /0.0_2.D2
U
SENSOR HYDR. SCALE
HYDRAULIC SCALE TILT
-X211
21122 22 K1:22 Analog In 0-5V
-D797-1
/0.0_2.C5
SENSOR HYDR. SCALE TILT
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring overloading system A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
/7.2_4.C2
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring sensor mast OLS A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
08712
08713
A A
-D795-2
-X087f -X087f 0876
13 K1:13 CAN 2 K1:6 6
L+ + -X90093
12 K1:12 CAN K1:5 5 0875
L- -
8 K1:8 K1:4 -X90094
+ Shield
RS232
K1:11 K1:3 3 30
R+ TX
K1:10 CAN K1:2 2
R- RX
K1:7 K1:1 1
+ GND
0878
0879
0871
0872
0592
0591
-X088f
25 0872
TX2
26 0873 -X059m
RX2 30 1 CAN+
30 08830 -X90091 0871 2
C GND CAN- C
0878 3
3 0883
+15
+15 0879 5
13 08813 GND
GND -X059f
14 0599
Batt+ 9 9 A0599
28 08828
-A911 TX1
0895
MIU 29 08829
RX1
D D
1
-X089m
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring RMI A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring std. opt. A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(1010-2)
+CAB
00816E
-S199-2
24V D790-1/8:16 -X008
/7.5_1.D2 1
00814A 14 K8:14 Input
A 0 -D790-1 A
/9.3_3.A2 1 1 /0.0_1.D4
24V D790-1/8:16 00816F 5 5
/9.10_1.A2 SWITCH S1 OPT.
10 10 9 9 00814B
CHASSIS-37-D 0923C
/7.5_1.D2
/9.3_3.A2 0923D
CHASSIS-37-D
/9.10_1.B2
(1019)
B B
+CAB
-S199-1
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
-X005 -X081f -X081m 0069A 9 9 0069 9 K6:9 Input
24V reference K5:1 1 0051 1 1 0811A 0 -D790-1
-D790-1 1 1 /0.0_1.B4
/0.0_1.C1 0811B 5 5
SWITCH S4 OPT.
SWITCHES LEFT PANEL
0812B 10 10 9 9 0069B
OPTION
790-1:5-1/24V 0811
/2.0_1.C2
C C
-X081m -X081f
0812A 2 2 W08 CHASSIS
/9.5_1.B8
CHASSIS 0812L
/9.1_2.B7
+CAB
-S199-3
D 1 -X080m -X080f -X006 D
0808A 8 8 0068 8 K6:8 Input
0811B 0 -D790-1
/0.0_1.B4
E E
(123)
+CAB
-S199-4
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
0807A 7 7 0067 7 K6:7 Input
0811C 0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
790-1:5-1/24V 0811D 5 5
/9.3_1.B2 SWITCH S2 OPT.
0812C 10 10 9 9 0807B
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring option A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-P708 h
HOUR METER
+ -
1
2
B B
790-1/10:9 A0109B
/9.3_2.B2
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring hour meter A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X37-C -X37-C8
1 W330-2 WH 0.75
-K330-2
-XK330-2 -XK330-2
790-1/10:9 0109D GY 0.75 86 86 85 85
/9.3_2.A4
/9.2.B4
-XK1:13a-1
-XK1:13a-2
C A1 C
-XK1:12a-1
12a 13a 1 3 -K10
-K10
A2
12b 13b
2 4
-XK1:12b-1
-XK1:13b-1
2812A
-X2811f -X281m
28111 GY 0.75 1 1 2811
28112 28112 WH 0.75 2 2 2812
/9.5_1.E6
28113 28113 GY 0.75 3 3 2813
/11.5_3.D5
28114 28114 GY 0.75 4 4 2814
D /11.5_3.D6 D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring interlock A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
When Isringhausen seat:
Switch S143 replaced by
jumper between 1 and 5.
Switch is placed on the seat.
+CAB
-S143
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
790-1:5-1/24V 0811E 0806A 6 6 0066 6 K6:6 Input
/9.6_4.A2 0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
790-1:5-1/24V 0811D 5 5
/9.1_1.F2 SWITCH SEAT HEATER
CHASSIS 0812D 10 10 9 9 0806B
B /9.1_1.F2 B
CHASSIS 0812E SEAT HEATER
/9.6_4.A2
C C
-K383
-X010
0.5A K10:7 7 A0107 86 85 86 85 W05
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C6
RELAY SEAT HEATER SEAT HEATER
A0634B
-X37-B #354
58-4/6:1 30 30 87 87
/11.5_2.B6
87A
D D
SEAT HEATER
-X37-D CHASSIS
CHASSIS 0633A
E /9.3_2.C7 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring seat heater A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-XK330-2_86m -XK330-2_86f
1 0109C GY 0.75 1
790-1/10:9
/9.2.B2
-K358
58-4/8:1 A0635B 30 30 87 87
/11.5_2.B6
B 87A -X37-B #364 B
COMPRESSOR AIR SEAT
-X063m -X063f
0635 5 5 A0635
C -S268 C
-M670
P COMPRESSOR
-XM670m -XM670f AIR-SUSPENDED SEAT -XM670f -XM670m
1 1 RD 1 - + BK 2 2 0633A CHASSIS
M /9.3_1.E6
COMPRESSOR
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring aircushioned seat A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 = C.W
0=0
+CAB 2 = C.C.W -X008
-S169 0086 Input
6 K8:6
1 -D790-1
0 /0.0_1.D4
A 24V D790-1/8:16 00816F 2 A
/9.1_1.A2 1 1 SWITCH REV. SEAT C.W
24V D790-1/8:16 00816G 3 3
/7.5_3.B2 7 7 0087
2
4
8
CHASSIS-37-D 0923D 10 10 9 9 00815B -X008
/9.1_1.B2
CHASSIS-37-D 0923E 7 K8:7 Input
/7.5_3.B2 REVERSIBLE SEAT -D790-1
/0.0_1.D4
SWITCH REV. SEAT C.C.W
B B
-XS720-Ff -XS720-Fm -S720-F -XS720-Fm -XS720-Ff -X245f -X245m -X243m -X243f -X221
1 1 BU BN 2 2 2453 3 3 2435 5 5 22113 13 K1:13 Analog In 0-5V
-D797-2
BK BK/WH /0.0_3.D2
SWITCH SEAT POS. F
C SEAT POS. FRONT C
2451B
-X221 -X243f -X243m -X245m -X245f -XS720-Rf -XS720-Rm -S720-R -XS720-Rm -XS720-Rf -X245f -X245m -X243m -X243f -X221
1.5A K1:7 7 2217 4 4 2434 1 1 2451A 1 1 BU BN 2 2 2454 4 4 2436 6 6 22120 20 K1:20 Analog In 0-5V
-D797-2 -D797-2
/0.0_3.C2 BK BK/WH /0.0_3.D2
SWITCHES SEAT POS. F/R SWITCH SEAT POS. R
SEAT POS. REAR
D D
-X066m
0V 3 0663
/1.0_1.A6
E E
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-H410L
B -X221 -X247f -X247m -X270f -X270m B
1.5A K1:37 37 22137 1 1 2471 3 3 3 1 1 2 CHASSIS
-D797-2 /9.6_7.E8
/0.0_3.D5
LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD LEFT BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD LEFT
-H410R
-X221 -X247f -X247m -X271f -X271m
1.5A K1:36 36 22136 2 2 2472 3 3 3 1 1 2 CHASSIS
-D797-2 /9.6_7.D8
/0.0_3.D5
C C
LAMP BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD RIGHT BRAKE LIGHT FORWARD RIGHT
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-E401R
-X221 -X243f -X243m -X275-2f -X275-2m -X273-2f -X273-2m
6A K1:15 15 22115 1 1 2431A 1 1 2431B -X90034 2431D 2 2 2A 1 2
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D2
B B
LAMP DIPPED LIGHT REAR DIPPED LIGHT REAR RIGHT
-E401L
-X272-2f -X272-2m
2431C 2 2 2A 1 2
-E402R-2
C -X221 -X243f -X243m -X275-2f -X275-2m -X273-2f -X273-2m C
6A K1:1 1 2211 2 2 2432A 2 2 2432B -X90033 2432D 1 1 1A 1 2 6A CHASSIS
-D797-2 /9.6_6.E7
/0.0_3.C2
HEAD LIGHT REAR HEAD LIGHT REAR RIGHT
-E402L-2
-X272-2f -X272-2m
2432C 1 1 1A 1 2 6A CHASSIS
/9.6_6.D7
HEAD LIGHT REAR LEFT
D D
-H413L
-X270-2f -X270-2m
2433C 2 2 2A 1 2 CHASSIS
/9.6_7.E8
REAR LIGHT FRONT LEFT
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B -Y636-1 B
-X221 -X243f -X243m -XY636f -XY636m -XY636m -XY636f
1.5A K1:9 9 2219 10 10 24310 1 1 BN 1 1 2 2 BU 2 2 24312B
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D2
VALVE STEERING FORWARD
STEERING FORWARD
-Y636-2
-X221 -X243f -X243m -XY636f -XY636m -XY636m -XY636f -X243m -X243f
1.5A K1:10 10 22110 11 11 24311 3 3 BN 1 1 2 2 BU 4 4 24312C -X90040 24312A 12 12 W243
-D797-2
C /0.0_3.D2 C
VALVE STEERING REVERSE
STEERING REVERSE -X37-216 CHASSIS
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X066f -X066m
58-4/6:2 A0664 4 4 BN
/11.5_2.B6
A A
-A798
-X221 -X243f -X243m -X246f -X246m -XA798-1m
1.5A K1:29 29 22129 8 8 2438 B B RD 5/10
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D5
VALVE SEAT ROTATION C.W
-XA798-2m
BN 6/10 1/1 -X066m -X066f
BU 5 5 A0665
WH
C C
A
B
-X37-798
-XM675f
-XM675f
-Y676
-X221 -X243Bf -X243Bm -XY676f -XY676m -XY676m -XY676f
B
1.5A
A
/0.0_3.D5
BRAKE TURNABLE SEAT
BU
BN
D TURN SEAT
D
MOTOR
YE/GN
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring turnable drivers seat A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S246
P
-XS246-1 -XS246-2 -X211
58-2/5:1 246-1 1 1 2 1 21140 21140 40 K1:40 Dig In / 1.5A
A /9.6_5.E2 -D797-1 A
/0.0_2.E5
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SW. REFRIDGE
-S118
-X005 -X033f -X033m 1
Analog reference 5V K5:11 11 00511 5 5 0335 0
-D790-1 2
/0.0_1.D1 1 1 -X033m -X033f -X005
3 3 0331 1 1 0057 7 K5:7 Analog Input
POT. FAN / TEMP / D-VALVE 7 7 -D790-1
/0.0_1.C1
-R820-6 2
1 2 4 FAN SPEED
8 -X033m -X033f
8k Ohm 0337 9 9 10 10 0338 8 8 0338 0363 CHASSIS
/9.4_2.E7
B -X006 -X033f -X033m FAN SPEED B
PWM 1.5A K6:1 1 0061 7 7
-D790-1
/0.0_1.A4
LAMP INST. ILLUMINATION -S139 -X37-D CHASSIS
1
0335A 0
2
1 1 -X033m -X033f -X005
3 3 0333 3 3 0059 9 K5:9 Analog Input
0339A 7 7 -D790-1
/0.0_1.D1
2
4 DRAUGHT VALVE
8
0337A 9 9 10 10 0338A
DRAUGHT VALVE
C C
-S117
-X033m 1
9 0339 0
2
0335B 1 1 -X033m -X033f -X005
3 3 0332 2 2 0058 8 K5:8 Analog Input
0339B 7 7 -D790-1
/0.0_1.D1
2
4 TEMPERATURE
8
0337B 9 9 10 10 0338B
TEMPERATURE
-R820-7 -X005
1 2 4 4 00510 10 K5:10 0V reference
-D790-1
/0.0_1.D1
D 8k Ohm D
0,5W POT. FAN / TEMP / DEFROST
-B775-2
-X775-2 -X775-2 -X035m -X035f -X004
00412C
1 1 T 2 2 BU 8 8 00410 10 K4:10 Reostat in
-D790-1
U /0.0_1.C1
TEMP. FAN AIR SENSOR TEMP. FAN AIR
E 10kOhm at 25°C E
-B775-3
-X036f -X036m -X775-3 -X775-3 -X036m -X036f -X004
9 9 WH 1 1 T 2 2 YE 8 8 00411 11 K4:11 Reostat in
-D790-1
U /0.0_1.C1
DE-ICING SENSOR SENSOR DE-ICING SENSOR
10kOhm at 25°C
00412B
-B774
-X004 -X039m -X039f -X065f -X065m -X774 -X774 -X065m -X065f -X039f -X039m -X004
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring climate control A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24V/12V
-X004 -X035f -X035m -R6
0.5A K4:4 4 0044 2 2 BK 1 2
A -D790-1 A
/0.0_1.B1
2 x 47 Ohm
MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE
-X004 -X035f -X035m -R5 -Y672 DRAUGHT VALVE
0.5A K4:3 3 0043 1 1 RD 1 2
-D790-1 5 M 6
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR DRAUGHT VALVE
-X004 -X035f -X035m -X035m -X035f -X004
Analog reference 5V K4:5 5 0045A 4 4 GN BN 6 6 0046A 6 K4:6 0V reference
-D790-1 10 8 -D790-1
/0.0_1.B1 /0.0_1.B1
9
POT. DRAUGHT/WAT. VALVE POT. DRAUGHT/ WAT VALVE
-X035m -X035f -X004
OG 5 5 0047 7 K4:7 Analog Input
-D790-1
/0.0_1.B1
0045B
24V / 12V
POT. DRAUGHT VALVE
-X004 -X034f -X034m -R4
0.5A K4:2 2 0042 5 5 BK 1 2
B -D790-1 B
/0.0_1.B1
2 x 220 Ohm
MOTOR WATER VALVE WATER VALVE
0046B
-X004 -X034f -X034m -R3 -Y673
0.5A K4:1 1 0041 4 4 RD 1 2 5 6
-D790-1 M
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR WATER VALVE
-X034f -X034m -X034m -X034f
7 7 GN 10 8 BN 9 9
-M657
C -X039f -X039m -X034f -X034m -X657f -X657m C
58-5/3:1 A0396 6 6 0396 1 1 OG 1 1 OG
/11.5_2.D6 1
-X002 -X062f -X062m -X034f -X034m -X657f -X657m
PWM K2:2 2 A0022 8 8 0628 2 2 BK 2 2 BK
-D790-1 31
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR HEATING FAN HEATING FAN
-X002
58-5/3:2 A0028 A0028 8 K2:8
/11.5_2.D6 -D790-1
/0.0_1.B1
24/12v LOGIC SUPPLY HEAT FAN
D D
-X039f -X039m -X036f -X036m -R1
BK 2 2 GY
GND M
BU BU 3 3 BU
Signal
-X002 -X062f -X062m -X036f -X036m
1.5 A0023 0629
MOTOR, RECIRCULATION
K2:3 3 9 9 2 2
-D790-1
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR RECIRCULATION
E E
-X036m -X036f
-M645 BK 3 3 0363 CHASSIS
/9.4_1.B7
-X211 -X278f -X278m -X645
1.5A K1:25 25 21125A -X90013 21125B 1 1 2781 1 2
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D5 1
/1.0_2G1.F1
COMPRESSOR AIR-CONDITION
COMPRESSOR
-X211
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring climate control A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X8110f -X8110m
F58-1-7:1 F58-1-7-1 1 1/9
/11.5_1.C5
81102 2 2/9
B 3/9 B
4/9
5/9
6/9
7/9
-X8110f 8/9
37-200E 9 9/9
-XM645f
645f1
-A8100
1
Condensor
C C
-XSP645
=Con chassis
-X37-200E
-XM645m -X37-200
1 645m1
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring condensor chassis A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S162 MULTI-SWITCH
-X017 -X017
24V reference K3:5 5 RD 15 53C GY 4 K3:4 Input
A -D790-2 -D790-2 A
/11.5_4.F4 /11.5_4.F4
SWITCH MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH FLUSHING
-X017
J1 GN 6 K3:6 Input
-D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH WIPER FRONT
-X017
J2 BK 7 K3:7 Input
-D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH WIPER FRONT
-X017
53 BU 8 K3:8 Input
-D790-2
/9.7_1.B1 /11.5_4.F4
SWITCH WIPER FRONT
WIPER /9.6_4.C5
B /2.0_1.B5 B
31
-XM650-1m -XM650-1f
(1) 4 4 W01 W08 CHASSIS
/9.1_1.D7
-M650-1 M
-X002 -X062f -X062m -XM650-1f -XM650-1m FRONT WIPER
5A K2:1 1 A0021 7 7 0627 2 2 (1)
-D790-1
-
/0.0_1.B1
53
-X37-D CHASSIS
53a
53b
31b
MOTOR FRONT WIPER
-X004 -XM650-1f -XM650-1m
24V reference K4:14 14 00414 1 1 YE
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C1
-XM650-1m -XM650-1f -X004
C MOTOR FRONT WIPER (1) 3 3 00413 13 K4:13 Input C
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C1
MOTOR FRONT WIPER
-M650-2
-X002 -X057f -X057m -XM650-2f -XM650-2m -XM650-2m -XM650-2f -X057m -X057f
5A K2:4 4 A0024 1 1 0571 1 1 YE 53 31 BN 2 2 0574 4 4
-D790-1 M
/0.0_1.B1
MOTOR REAR WIPER -
-X012 -X057f -X057m -XM650-2f -XM650-2m 31b -XM650-2m -XM650-2f -X057m -X057f -X012
24V reference K12:1 1 A0121 3 3 0573 4 4 BK/GN 53a BK 3 3 0572 2 2 A0122 2 K12:2 Input
-D790-1 -D790-1
/0.0_1.D6 REAR WIPER /0.0_1.D6
D MOTOR REAR WIPER MOTOR REAR WIPER D
A0574
-X37-B #3658
-X058f -X058m
-X058m -X058f 4 0584 GY 0.75 4
-M651-2
3 0583 GY 0.75 3
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring wiper function A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S105-1
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
00610A 1 1 00610 10 K6:10 Input
0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
790-1:5-1/24V 0811I 5 5
/9.6_2.B2 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST
A A
CHASSIS 0812J 10 10 9 9 00610B
/9.6_2.B2
WORK LIGHTS 20-40
-K3017-1
-X010
0.5A K10:8 8 A0108 86 86 85 85 W02
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C6
CONTAINER LIGHT 40
58-4/7:2 A0545B 30 30 87 87
/11.5_2.B6
87A
B CONTAINER LIGHT 40 B
A0565
-X37-A #3616
A0563
-E406L-1
-X056f -X056m -XE406L-1f -XE406L-1m -XE406L-1m -XE406L-1f
3 3 0563 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0567A
CONTAINER LIGHT 40
C C
-E406R-1
-X056f -X056m -XE406R-1f -XE406R-1m -XE406R-1m -XE406R-1f -X056m -X056f
5 5 0565 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0567B 7 7 A0567
-K3017-2
-X007 -X069m -X069f
0.5A K7:8 8 0078 1 1 A0691 86 86 85 85 W02A
-D790-1
D /0.0_1.C4 D
CONTAINER LIGHT 20
CONTAINER LIGHT 20
A0564
-E406L-2
-X056f -X056m -XE406L-2f -XE406L-2m -XE406L-2m -XE406L-2f
2 2 0562 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0566A
E E
CONTAINER LIGHT 20
-E406R-2
-X056f -X056m -XE406R-2f -XE406R-2m -XE406R-2m -XE406R-2f -X056m -X056f
4 4 0564 1 1 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 2 2 0566B 6 6 A0566
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights 20-40 A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-S105-2
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
790-1:5-1/24V 0811H 0062A 2 2 0062 2 K6:2 Input
/9.6_3.B2 0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.A4
790-1:5-1/24V 0811I 5 5
/9.6_1.A2 SW W-LIGHTS CARRIAGE
B B
CHASSIS 0812J 10 10 9 9 0062B
/9.6_1.A2
CHASSIS 0812I WORK LIGHTS CARRIAGE
/9.6_3.B2
C C
-E404L-3
-X421 -XE404L-3f -XE404L-3f
6A K1:1 1 4211 1 1 2 2 W4211 4054 CHASSIS
-D791 /7.9_1.E7
/0.0_4.C2
WORK LIGHT LEFT WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT
-E404R-3
-X421 -XE404R-3f -XE404R-3f
6A K1:15 15 42115 1 1 2 2 W42115 W400 CHASSIS
D -D791 /11.5_5.B7 D
/0.0_4.D2 -X90061
WORK LIGHT RIGHT
E E
W9003 CHASSIS
/7.5_3.E7
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights carriage A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B -S105-3 B
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
790-1:5-1/24V 0811G 0063A 3 3 0063 3 K6:3 Input
/9.6_4.B2 0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
790-1:5-1/24V 0811H 5 5
/9.6_2.B2 SW WORK LIGHTS MAST
CHASSIS 0812I 10 10 9 9 0063B
/9.6_2.B2
CHASSIS 0812H WORK LIGHTS MAST
/9.6_4.B2
C C
D D
-E404R-1
-X211 -X204m -X204f -X2041f -X2041f -X204f -X204m
6A -X90019
-E404L-1
-X204m -X204f -X2042f -X2042f -X204f -X204m
2111C 2 2 2042 1 1 2 2 2044 4 4 W2044 W204
-X90078
WORK LIGHT MAST -X37-201A
E -X37-201 #4618 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights mast A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S100
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
0065A 5 5 0065 5 K6:5 Input
790-1:5-1/24V 0811E 0 -D790-1
/9.3_1.B2 1 1 /0.0_1.B4
5 5
SWITCH MAIN LIGHT
CHASSIS 0812E 10 10 9 9 0065B
A /9.3_1.B2 A
CHASSIS 0812F
/9.6_7.A2 MAIN LIGHT
0811F
-S110
1 -X080m -X080f -X006
0064A 4 4 0064 4 K6:4 Input
0 -D790-1
1 1 /0.0_1.B4
B 790-1:5-1/24V 0811G 5 5 B
/9.6_3.B2 SWITCH ROT. BEACON
CHASSIS 0812G 10 10 9 9 0064B
/9.6_7.B2
CHASSIS 0812H
/9.6_3.C2 ROT. BEACON
-S162 MULTI-SWITCH
56 56b
-X017
56a WH 9 K3:9 Input
C -D790-2 C
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH MAIN / DIPPED BEAM
/2.0_1.A4
MAIN / DIPPED BEAM /9.5_1.B4
0561
/9.6_4.D5 ROT. BEACON
1
-X37-B9
-H428
ROT. BEACON
-X054f -X054m -X428-1 -X428-2 -X054m -X054f
A0547 7 7 0547 1 + - 1 0548 8 8 A0548
M
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lights A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B B
6B CHASSIS
/9.6_7.E8
-X270/271f -X270/271m 271:1 -E402R-1
-X211 -X271f /9.6_13.C1 -X271m
6A K1:15 15 21115A -X90027 21115B 2 2 21115E 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 6A
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D2 24V-K304-2-87
/9.6_13.F5
HEAD LIGHT HEAD LIGHT FRONT RIGHT
C C
6B CHASSIS
/9.6_7.D8
2112D 2112
/9.6_6.D2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lights A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-E405L
-X056f -X056m
A0543 9 9 0569A 1 1 2 1 0569B
-E405R
-X056f -X056m
A0545 8 8 0568A 1 1 2 1 0568B
-E405R -X37-C
-X002 -X054f -X054m #4684 -X054m -X054f
5A K2:7 7 A0027 5 5 0545 1 1 2 2 0546 6 6 A0546
B -D790-1 B
/0.0_1.B1
REVERSING LIGHT RIGHT REVERSING LIGHT REAR RIGHT
-X37-A #3665
-H411L
-X211 -X275f -X275m -X272f -X272m
1.5A K1:7 7 2117 3 3 2753 3 3 3 1 2
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D2
BRAKE LIGHT LEFT BRAKE LIGHT REAR LEFT
C -H411R C
-X211 -X275f -X275m -X273f -X273m
1.5A K1:9 9 2119 4 4 2754 3 3 3 1 2
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D2
BRAKE LIGHT RIGHT BRAKE LIGHT REAR RIGHT
CHASSIS
-H412L /9.6_7.E8
-X211 -X275f -X275m -X272f -X272m
1.5A K1:33 33 21133 5 5 2755A -X90007 2755B 2 2 2 1 2 6B
-D797-1
/0.0_2.D5
6A CHASSIS
REAR LIGHTS REAR LIGHT LEFT /9.3_5.D7
D D
CHASSIS
-H412R /9.6_7.D8
-X273f -X273m
2755C 2 2 2 1 2 6B
6A CHASSIS
E REAR LIGHT RIGHT /9.3_5.C7 E
-H417-2
-X273f -X273m -X273m -X273f -X275m -X275f
2756C 5 5 5 1 2 6C 6 6 6 2736 7 7 2757
-X90048
SIDE POSITION REAR RIGHT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring lights A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A -S109 A
1
0 -X081m -X081f -X005
-X039f -X039m -X081f -X081m 1 1 0816 6 6 0056 6 K5:6 Input
58-4/2:2 A0392 2 2 0392 7 7 0817 5 5 -D790-1
/11.5_2.A6 /0.0_1.C1
CHASSIS 0812F 10 10 9 9 0815 5 5 SWITCH HAZARD
/9.6_4.A2
CHASSIS 0812G Hazard
/9.6_4.B2 -X005
0055 5 K5:5 PWM (PNP)
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C1
SWITCH LAMP HAZARD
B B
-S161
R
0
L -X018
1 1 0189 9 K8:9 Input
-D790-2
0187B 2 2 3 /11.5_4.F4
SWITCH DIRECTION LIGHT RIGHT
-X018
1.5A K8:7 7 0187A 5 5 4
-D790-2 -X018
/11.5_4.F4 6 6 0188 8 K8:8 Input
C -D790-2 C
SWITCH DIRECTION LIGHT /11.5_4.F4
DIRECTION LIGHT SWITCH DIRECTION LIGHT LEFT
-H426
-X275f -X275m -X272f -X272m
21130C 1 1 2751 4 4 4 1 1 2 CHASSIS
/9.6_6.D7
Direction Left Rear
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring light director & hazard A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A0668 58-4/2:1
/9.6_11.B1
A A
-X060f -X060m -X060Af -X060Am -X018 -X018 -X060Am -X060Af -X060m -X060f -X011
58-4/2:1 A0607 7 7 0607 7 7 0607B 10 K8:10 K8:11 11 0609 9 9 0609 9 9 A0112 2 K11:2 Input
/11.5_2.A6 -D790-2 -D790-2 -D790-1
/0.0_1.C6
SWITCH INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH INTERIOR LIGHT INTERIOR LIGHT
58-4/2:1 0607A
/11.5_3.C2
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH DISPLAY
B B
-X039f -X039m -X082f -X082m -S266-LE -X082m -X082f -X039m -X039f -X011
58-4/2:1 A0393 3 3 0393A 1 1 0393C 1 1 2 1 0394C 2 2 0394A 4 4 A0113 3 K11:3 Input
/11.5_2.A6 -D790-1
/0.0_1.C6
BRAKING CAB DOOR
SWITCH BREAK CAB DOOR
-S266-RI
0393B 1 1 2 1 0394B
C C
BRAKING CAB DOOR
-E434-1
-X011 -X054f -X054m -X054m -X054f
1.5A K11:6 6 A0116 1 1 0541 1 1 2 1 0542 2 2 A0542A
-D790-1
/0.0_1.D6
LAMP INTERIOR LIGHT INTERIOR LIGHT
D D
E E
-E434-2
-X062f -X062m -XE434-2f -XE434-2m -XE434-2m -XE434-2f -X062m -X062f
58-5/6:1 A0624 4 4 0624 1 1 BK 1 2 1 2 BK 2 2 0625 5 5 A0625
/11.5_2.E6
MAP LIGHT
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring interior lights A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-E404R-4
-X213m -XE404R-4f -XE404R-4f -X213m
24V D797-1/1:42 1 2131A -X90062 2131B 1 1 2 2 2132B 2132A 2 CHASSIS
/9.0_1.C4 /9.0_1.C6
-X90063
WORK LIGHT OPT
C C
-E404L-4
-XE404L-4f -XE404L-4f
2131C 1 1 2 2 2132C
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-E404R-2
-XE404R-2f -XE404R-2f
2491C 1 1 2 2 2492C
C C
WORK LIGHT OPT
-E404L-2
-X249m -XE404L-2f -XE404L-2f -X249m
D797-2/1:42 1 2491A -X90042 2491B 1 1 2 2 2492B 2492A 2 CHASSIS
/11.5_9.D3 /11.5_9.D6
-X90041
WORK LIGHT OPT
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X066f -X066m -X276f -X276m -XS141f -XS141m -S141 -XS141m -XS141f -X276m -X276f -X066m -X066f -X011
58-4/2:1 A0668 8 8 GY 1 1 GY 1 1 BN 1 2 BK 2 2 BK 2 2 BK 9 9 A0114 4 K11:4 Input
/9.6_8.A2 -D790-1
/0.0_1.D6
STEP LIGHT
SWITCH STEP IN LIGHT
B B
C C
-E433
-X066m -X276f -X276m -X276m -X276f -X066m
24V D790-1/11:6 6 RD 3 3 GY 1 1 2 1 BK 4 4 BU 7 CHASSIS
/9.6_8.D3 /9.6_8.D6
STEP LIGHT
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring step in light A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-E404L-5
-XE404L-3m -XE404L-5f -XE404L-5f -XE404L-3m
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning. 1 4211A -X90085 4211B 1 1 2 2 W4211B -X90087 W4211A 2
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning.
B B
Connected to connector std work light. Connected to connector std work light.
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT OPT
-XE404L-3f -XE404L-3f
4211C 1
Std belysning 2 W4211C
C C
-E404R-5
-XE404R-3m -XE404R-5f -XE404R-5f -XE404R-3m
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning. 1 42115A -X90086 42115B 1 1 2 2 W42115B -X90088 W42115A 2
Kopplas till kontakt för std belyning.
Connected to connector std work light. Connected to connector std work light.
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE RIGHT OPT
D -XE404R-3f -XE404R-3f D
42115C 1
Std belysning 2 W42115C
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights carriage opt A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X270Am
270:1 1 1 -X270Af
/9.6_5.B4
270:2 2 2 2 2 270:2
A /9.6_5.A3 /9.6_5.A5 A
3 3 3 3
270:4 4 4 4 4 270:4
/9.6_7.E4 /9.6_7.E5
270:5 5 5 5 5 270:5
/9.6_5.C3 /9.6_5.C5
270:6 6 6 6A 6 270:6
/9.6_5.C8 /9.6_5.C7
-E404-7L
1A 1 2 6B
B B
OPT. WORKING LIGHT FRONT LEFT
-E404-8L
1B 1 2 6C
C C
-X271Am
271:1 1 1 -X271Af
/9.6_5.C4
271:2 2 2 2 2 271:2
/9.6_5.B3 /9.6_5.B5
3 3 3 3
271:4 4 4 4 4 271:4
/9.6_7.D4 /9.6_7.D5
271:5 5 5 5 5 271:5
/9.6_5.D3 /9.6_5.D5
271:6 6 6 6A 6 271:6
/9.6_5.D8 /9.6_5.D7
D D
-E404-7R
-E404-8R
1B 1 2 6C
E E
-K304-2
-X270/271m
X211:1 1 GY 86 86 85 85 W304-2-85
/9.6_5.B3
-X270/271f -X37-200R
58-1/8:1 W304-2-30A 30 30 87 87 BK 1 24V-K304-2-87
/11.5_1.C5 /9.6_5.B3
87A RD 2 24V-K304-2-87
/9.6_5.C3
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option fenders A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-E404L1
-XE404m -XE404m
24V D791-1/1:1 1 4041A -XSP404-1 4041B 1 1 2 2 4042B -XSP404-2 4042A 2 CHASSIS
/9.6_2.C4 /9.6_2.C5
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT
-E404L2
4041C 1 1 2 2 4042C
D D
-E404R2
4041C 1 1 2 2 4042C
E E
WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE EXTRA RIGHT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring work lights option carriage A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-S162 MULTI-SWITCH
/9.5_1.B4
-X017
H BN 2 K3:2 Input
-D790-2
/11.5_4.F4
SWITCH HORN
HORN
B B
0621 A01111B
/9.7_3.B2
0622A CHASSIS
/9.7_3.C7
-X062f -X062m
C 2 2 C
A0622
-X37-B CHASSIS
-X011 -X063f -X063m -X230f -X230m -S230 -X230m -X230f -X063m -X063f -X011
24V reference K11:12 12 A01112 1 1 0631 2 2 BU 2 1 RD 1 1 0632 2 2 A01114 14 K11:14 Input
D -D790-1 -D790-1 D
/0.0_1.D6 3 GY 3 /0.0_1.D6
SWITCH SEAT SWITCH SEAT
-H853
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring alarm, buzzer and horn A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
-X37-210 CHASSIS
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring reversing alarm A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-K3016
B -X37-B #1064 B
-H850-1
COMPRESSOR HORN
-K3016 -X062f -X062m
58-5/8:1 A0623A 30 30 87 87 A0623B 3 3 0623 1 - + 1 0622A CHASSIS
/11.5_2.E6 M /9.7_1.C7
87A
/9.7_3.B4
COMPRESSOR HORN
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring compressor horn A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-S149-3
1
24V D790-1/8:16 0921B 0 -X091m -X091f -X009
/7.9_1.B2 1 0911 1 1 00910 10 K9:10 Input
24V D790-1/8:16 0921C 2 -D790-1
B /7.5_1.B2 B
HORN SERVO PANEL OPT. HORN SERVO PANEL OPT.
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring horn servo panel A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X900Af -X900Bf
1/8 1/8
2/8 2/8 -H902R
-X900Bm
3/8 3/8 3 BK/WH +
-X055f -X055m -X900Am
58-4/5:1 A0555 5 5 0555 4 4/8 4/8 4 BK -
/11.5_2.B6
5/8 5/8 5 BK/WH
SPEAKER RIGHT
6/8 6/8 6 BK
-X055f -X055m -X900Am
58-4/3:2 A0559 9 9 0559 7 7/8 7/8
/11.5_2.B6
A0557 7 7 0557 8 8/8 8/8
B -H902L B
+
-
SPEAKER LEFT
-A900
C C
A0557
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring radio A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
+12V RD 12V
/11.5_7.C6
CHASSIS BK
/11.5_7.C6
5V
-XA909-2f
-X182m -X182f -XA909-2m
KID_RX 1822 2 2 90922 TX
/11.6_1.A2
KID_TX 1823 3 3 90923 RX
/11.6_1.A2
B -A909 B
Printer Ap863
-X183f
+12V 1 RD 1
/11.5_7.D6
KID_RX 2 OG 2 Power
/11.5_7.D6
KID_TX 3 BU 3 RxD
C /11.5_7.D6 TxD C
KID_GND 5 BK 5 GND
/11.5_7.D6
-A910
Printer Ap1310DC
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring printer A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-E802R-2
BN 1 2 BU
C C
-E802L-2
BN 1 2 BU
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring heating mirrors A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
1
-A907
C C
Front Camera
-A908-2
-XCA1f -XCA1m -XA908-2f -XA908-2m
D Rear Camera D
E E
-X057m -X057f
BK 9 9 A0579
-X37-E CHASSIS
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring cameraWiring camera A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-Y6080
-X221 -X243f -X243m -X243m
1.5A K1:25 25 22125 3 3 GY 1 1 2 2 BK 12
-D797-2
-Y6047
-X221 -X243f -X243m
1.5A K1:29 29 22129 8 8 2438 1 1 2 2 24312B
-D797-2
-Y6048
-X221 -X243f -X243m -X243m -X243f
1.5A K1:39 39 22139 9 9 2439 1 1 2 2 24312C 24312A 12 12 W243
-D797-2
-X90067
BN
-B769-1 -XB769-1m -XB769-1f -X243m -X243f -X221
BK C C 2435 5 5 22113 13 K1:13 Input
-D797-2
CAB TILT UP
BU
B B 24312D
E E
-XB769-2f -XB769-2m
2434C A A
BN
-B769-2 -XB769-2m -XB769-2f -X243m -X243f -X221
BK C C 2436 6 6 22120 20 K1:20 Input
-D797-2
CAB TILT DOWN
Endast vid hyttilt, ej hyttkörning. BU
B B 24312E
Only for cab tilt, not sliding cab.
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring cab tilt/sliding cab A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-M693-1
1
GREY
2
B -X213m -XM693-1 B
24V D797-1/1:42 1 1 15
/9.0_1.C4 M
31 BLACK
2
CENTRAL LUBRICATION
-X213m
2 CHASSIS
/9.0_1.C6
C C
-M693-2
1
D GREY D
2
CENTRAL LUBRICATION
W42114 CHASSIS
E /9.6_2.E8 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring central lubrication A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-Y6062
-X211
1.5A K1:39 39 21139 1 1 2 2 6062 CHASSIS
-D797-1 /7.2_2.E5
/0.0_2.E5
VALVE PUMP 2
CUT SERVO HYDRAULICS
(EXTRA PUMP LIFT)EC
C C
-Y6062-2
-X211 -XY6012/6062 -XY6012/6062
1.5A K1:35 35 21135 1 1 2 2 6012 CHASSIS
D -D797-1 /7.2_2.D5 D
/0.0_2.D5
PUMP ATTACHMENT
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring interruption hydr. pump A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-B776
-XB776f -XB776f -X212
2 2 T 1 1 21213 13 K2:13 Temperature Input
-D797-1
U /0.0_2.C4
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HYDR. OIL TEMP.
7762
B B
-M668
-X211 -XM668f -XM668m -XM668m -XM668f
10A K1:14 14 21114 1 1 1 2 2 2 6682
-D797-1 M
/0.0_2.D2
MOTOR COOLING FAN HYDR. OIL
COOLING FAN HYDRAULIC OIL
-X37-202A
-X37-202 #4602
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring cooling hydraulic oil A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0711 54-4
MAIN RELAY IGNITION /11.5_2.C1
/11.5_3.E4
87 30
A -K315-1 A
W208
21211 58-2/1:1
/11.5_4.A2
-F58-2 2121 58-2/1:1
1a 1b /11.5_4.B2
50A /11.5_1.B2 W213 A:1 30 A 1:1 2129 58-2/1:2
A:1 1:1 /11.5_4.B2
W214 A:2 A:2 1:2 1:2 21210 58-2/1:2
/11.5_4.B2
W226 B:1 5A
B:1 2:1
B:2 2:2 2221 58-2/3:1
/11.5_5.D2
C:1 25 A 3:1 2229 58-2/3:1
2a 2b C:1 3:1 /11.5_5.D2
-F58-1 C:2 C:2 3:2 3:2 22210 58-2/3:2
50A /11.5_5.D2
W223
B W209 A:1 30 A 1:1 0526 58-1/1:1 D:1 10 A 4:1 W237 58-2/4:1 B
A:1 1:1 /11.5_2.A2 D:1 4:1 /11.5_10.B2
A:2 A:2 1:2 D:2 4:2
B:1 30 A 2:1 2801 58-1/2:1 E:1 5A 5:1 216-246 58-2/5:1
B:1 2:1 /1.0_2F.A1 E:1 5:1 /9.6_5.E2
B:2 2:2 2:2 58-1/2:2 E:2 E:2 5:2 5:2 90012A 58-2/5:2
3a 3b /1.0_2G1.A2 /7.2_2.C2 /1.0_1.E3
50A W210 C:1 15 A 3:1 2101 58-1/3:1 F:1 5A 6:1 2014 58-2/6:1 /1.0_2B2.B2
C:1 3:1 /1.0_1.C3 F:1 6:1 /2.0_1.F2 /1.0_2C.C2
C:2 C:2 3:2 3:2 58-1/3:2 F:2 F:2 6:2
2105A
/1.0_2G1.A2 -K315-2
2107A
/1.0_2D.B2
D:1 10 A 4:1 58-1/4:1 G:1 5A 7:1 58-2/7:1
D:1 4:1 /1.0_1.D3 G:1 7:1 /1.0_2E2.B2
D:2 D:2 4:2 4:2 W221 30 87 W222 G:2 7:2
E:1 5A 5:1 2012 58-1/5:1 87A H:1 5A 8:1 2108A 58-2/8:1
4a 4b E:1 5:1 /2.0_1.E2 H:1 8:1 /1.0_1.E3
50A E:2 5:2 /11.5_3.F4 H:2 8:2
W228 377430
RELAY IGNITION
F:1 15A 6:1 58-1/6:1 /11.5_1.D6 +15
F:1 6:1 /4.8_1.C2
F:2 F:2 6:2
F2G1
C W214 G:1 25A 7:1 F58-1-7-1 F58-1-7:1 C
G:1 7:1 /9.4_3.B3 -F58-2
G:2 7:2 1 KDU CHASSIS
W304-2-30B H:1 15A 8:1 W304-2-30A 58-1/8:1 2 NOT USED
H:1 8:1 /9.6_13.F2 3 KDU OPT. CHASSIS
H:2 8:2
4 OPT.
/11.5_1.D3 +30 5 SWITCHES / SENSORS
6 TRANSMISSION
W207
W206
W211
7 ENGINE
1 CAB 8 ENGINE
2 EATS(volvo)
/11.5_1.C6
3 ENGINE
4 ENGINE
5 TRANSMISSION
6 OPT. COOLING FAN, BRAKES
54/3 7 OPT. Condensor outside
/11.5_6.D2
D 8 Opt. work lights D
/11.5_1.C3
37209 CHASSIS
-S144 -G30-1 -G30-2 /7.2_2.E8
2 1 W3 + - W2 + - W1 9937-201E05 #Chassis
/1.0_2G1.D6
-X215-2A -X215-2B
12V, 140Ah 12V, 140Ah W219 BU CHASSIS
/11.5_5.B7
W5
W220 -X37-200D
W4
E -X37-100B E
-X37-200 CHASSIS
-X37-100 CHASSIS
-X092f -X092m
-X37-200A 0712 0712B 4 4 0924
-M654 -G660
B+ -X37-100C
-X37-100A -X37-200 CHASSIS 0712A
30 31 B- D+ -X37-100 CHASSIS -X37-100 CHASSIS
M /1.0_2G1.E6
G
#16100 -X37-200B
/1.0_2G1.E1 ALTERNATOR
Volvo D8 Stage4 W -X37-200B
Volvo D8 Stage4 50 -X37-200C
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A0595
A A
-F58-4
-X052m -X052f
0526 A0526 A0011
-X37-A #3671
58-1/1:1 6 6 A:1 10 A 1:1 58-4/1:1
/11.5_1.B5 A:1 1:1 /11.5_4.C2
AA2-B1 A:2 A:2 1:2 A0607 58-4/2:1
/9.6_8.A1
B:1 5A 2:1 A0393 58-4/2:1 -X059f
B:1 2:1 /9.6_8.B1
B:2 2:2 2:2 A0392 58-4/2:2 5
/9.6_7.A2
A0526A C:1 10 A 3:1 A0594 4
C:1 3:1
AC2-D1 C:2 C:2 3:2 3:2 A0559 58-4/3:2 3
/9.8_1.B2
D:1 10 A 4:1 A0672
D:1 4:1
D:2 4:2
10 A 5:1 A0555 58-4/5:1
E:1 5:1 /9.8_1.B2
AE2-F1 E:2 E:2 5:2 5:2 A0707C 58-4/5:2
/7.0_5.B1
F:1 25 A 6:1 A0634B 58-4/6:1 -X067f
B F:1 6:1 /9.3_1.D2 B
A0711B F:2 F:2 6:2 6:2 A0664 58-4/6:2 2
/9.3_7.A1 Dedicated for
15 A 7:1 A0545B 58-4/7:2 1
G:1 7:1 /9.6_1.B2
AG2-H1 G:2 G:2 7:2 7:2 A0545C 58-4/7:2 3 use of customer
/9.6_1.D2
H:1 15 A 8:1 A0635B 58-4/8:1 4
H:1 8:1 /9.3_2.B2
A0711D H:2 H:2 8:2
/11.5_2.C4 +30/+15 in Cab
-F58-4
-X071 1 KCU
54-4 0711 2 KCU STARTUP A0626A +12V
/11.5_1.A4 3 SERVICE
/11.5_7.C2
4 OPT. CUSTOMER
C 5 OPT. RADIO C
6 OPT. SEAT HEATER, TURNABLE SEAT.
7 OPT. CONTAINER LIGHT
A0673
-F58-5
1 KCU
2 KIT
3 ECC, FAN
4 ECC, RECIRCULATION
5 SERVICE / CUSTOMER
6 OPT. MAP LIGHT
7 OPT. CONVERTER 12V
8 OPT. COMP. HORN
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
P 1
B -S150 B
STARTER SWITCH 3
58
30
50
15
19
17
8-19
3-17
1-30
7-50a
5-15/54
0161 24V D790-2/2:1
/1.0_1.B1
0162A
58-4/2:1 0607A
/9.6_8.B1
0162 24V D790-2/2:2
/1.0_1.B1
C C
-X058f -X058m
D Cable 0586 is sometimes replace and pin 58:6 and 58:7 is 7 28113 28114 7 D
used for some optional interlock function instead. 28113 0.75 GY 0.75 GY 28114
W212G CHASSIS
/4.8_1.C4
W212C CHASSIS
/11.5_6.C2
W212D CHASSIS
/11.5_6.C2
W212E CHASSIS
CHASSIS W212 -X90044 /11.5_6.D2
/11.5_1.D6 W212F CHASSIS
/11.5_6.D2
E -K315-1 E
-X010 -X052f -X052m
0.5A K10:10 10 A01010 3 3 0523 2 86 85 1 W212A
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_1.A2
RELAY K315-1 MAIN RELAY IGNITION
-K315-2
-X010 -X052f -X052m
0.5A K10:16 16 A01016 7 7 0527 86 86 85 85 W212B
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_1.C5
F F
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A -X212 A
58-2/1:1 21211 11 K2:11 Input
/11.5_1.A8 -D797-1
/0.0_2.B4
Emergency stop
-X212 -D797-1
58-2/1:1 2121 1 K2:1
/11.5_1.A8 Main power
-X212 Power supply/Ground -X212
58-2/1:2 2129 9 K2:9 Main power Ground K2:12 12 21212
/11.5_1.B8
58-2/1:2 21210 10 K2:10 Main power Ground K2:14 14 21214
/11.5_1.B8
/0.0_2.B4
B B
-X37-203A
-X37-203 #4591
-X001 -D790-1
58-4/1:1 A0011 1 K1:1
C /11.5_2.A6 24V Battery C
-X001 -X001
58-5/1:1 A0012 2 K1:2 K1:5 5 A0015
/11.5_2.D6 24V Ignition Ground
58-5/1:2 A0013 3 K1:3 K1:6 6 A0016
/11.5_2.D6 24V Ignition Ground
58-5/1:2 A0014 4 K1:4
/11.5_2.D6 24V Ignition
/0.0_1.A1
Power Supply
-X37-A #4785
D D
E -D790-2 -D790-2 E
/11.6_1.B3
Keyb.
Keybord
Ind.
Ind. Cluster
-X061f -X061m -X061Am -X061Af -X015 -X015 -X061Af -X061Am -X061m -X061f
58-5/2:1 A0615 5 5 0615 5 5 0615 1 K4:1 K4:5 5 0616 6 6 0616 6 6 A0616
/11.5_2.D6 + -
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X422
42211 11 K2:11 Input
-D791
/0.0_4.B4
Emergency stop
C C
-X222
58-3/5:1 22211 11 K2:11 Input
/11.5_6.E7 -D797-2
/0.0_3.B4
Emergency stop
-X222 -D797-2
58-2/3:1 2221 1 K2:1
/11.5_1.B8 Main power
D Power supply/Ground -X222 D
58-2/3:1 2229 9 K2:9 Main power Ground K2:12 12 22212
/11.5_1.B8
-X37-208 #4300
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring power A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S250
-X008
24V D790-1/8:16 00816K 1 2 0084 4 K8:4 Input
/8.2_1.B2 -D790-1
/0.0_1.D4
OPERATING SWITCH SW. OPERATING POWER
A A
-K3002
-XK3002 -XK3002
0525C 86 85 86 85
/7.7_1.C3
TILT IN / OUT
-K3007
-XK3007 -XK3007
0525B 86 85 86 85
B /7.2_1.C3
B
LIFT / LOWER
-K3009-2
-X010 -X052f -X052m
0.5A K10:12 12 A01012 5 5 0525 -X90045 0525A 2 86 85 1
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_6.D3
RELAY K3009-2,K3002,K3007 RELAY OPERATING SWITCH
-K3009-1
-X010 -X052f -X052m
0.5A K10:11 11 A01011 4 4 0524 2 86 85 1
-D790-1
/0.0_1.C6 /11.5_6.D2
C RELAY K3009-1 RELAY OPERATING SWITCH C
CHASSIS W212C
/11.5_3.D7
CHASSIS W212D
/11.5_3.E7
CHASSIS W212E
/11.5_3.E7
CHASSIS W212F
/11.5_3.E7
-X215-1A
RELAY OPERATING SWITCH RELAY OPERATING SWITCH 1681 RD 58-3/1:1
/11.5_6.C4 /11.5_6.C4 -F58-3 /11.5_5.B2
D D
54/3 W211 W215 W216A A:1 1:1 W227 -X168 -X215-1B
25 A
/11.5_1.D3 30 87 30 87 A:1 1:1
F:1 6:1
E F:2 6:2 E
G:1 7:1
G:2 7:2 -X051m -X051f -X011
W218 5A 8:1 0511 1 1 A01113 13 K11:13 Input
H:1 8:1 -D790-1
H:2 8:2 /0.0_1.D6
/11.5_6.F5 +15E FEEDBACK K2
-F58-3
1 KDU ATTACHMENT
2 NOT USED
3 FORK ATTACHMENT
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring power operating switch A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X901.3f W14B
24V COM
-X901.2f W14A
GND
-X901.4f
A 58-5/7:1
/11.5_2.E7 12V A
24V 12V
-A901 -X37-C #3034
B OPTION ADAPTER B
+12V A0626A
/11.5_2.C8 -XA909-1f
804A1A 1 +12V
/9.8_2.A2
804A2A 2 CHASSIS
/9.8_2.A2
C C
OPTION ADAPTER
-XE804m -XE804Af
1 804A1B 1
Cig. 12V
2 804A2B 2
1825B
-X183m
-X020 804A1A 1 +12V
/9.8_2.C4
KID_RX 2 1822 30 3 KID_TX
D /11.6_1.A2 /9.8_2.C4 D
KID_TX 3 1823 2 KID_RX
/11.6_1.A2 /9.8_2.C4
W03
E E
-X37-D +12V
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring 24/12V A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-X901.3f
W14B -X37-C #3684
C C
-X072f
BK 2
GY 1 24V
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring 24V contact A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X221 -X240f
10A K1:14 14 22114 1
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D2
OPT.
-X240f
4 W235D CHASSIS
B /11.5_11.A8 B
-X221 -X240f
6A K1:28 28 22128 2
-D797-2
/0.0_3.D5
OPT.
C -X221 -X240f C
Analog In 0-5V K1:24 24 22124 3
-D797-2
/0.0_3.C5
OPT.
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring option base power A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X242f -X221
D797-2/1:23 4 22123 23 K1:23 Analog In 0-5V
C /7.9_3.B7 -D797-2 C
/0.0_3.C5
OPT.
-X242f
CHASSIS 8 W235E CHASSIS
/7.9_3.A7 /11.5_11.A8
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring option base A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
W235D CHASSIS
/11.5_9.B7
W235E CHASSIS
/11.5_10.D7
W235F CHASSIS
/11.5_9.D7
B B
-X221 -X241f -X241f
Dig In / 1.5A K1:11 11 22111 2 24V D797-2/1:11 CHASSIS 1 W235B -X90035 W235A
-D797-2 /9.9_1.B2 /9.9_1.B7
/0.0_3.D2
OPT.
CHASSIS -X37-215
-X221 -X241f
Dig In / 1.5A K1:12 12 22112 3 24V D797-2/1:12
-D797-2 /9.9_1.D2
/0.0_3.D2
C C
OPT.
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring option base A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-R820-2 -D795
1 2 -X020 -X020 -X060Am -X060Af -X060m -X060f -X051f -X051m
6 K1:6 CAN 2 K1:13 13 30 0605 5 5 30 0605 5 5 A0512A 30 2 2
+ L+
K1:5 CAN K1:12 0606 0606 A0513A
WH
GY
5 12 6 6 6 6 3 3
- L-
KID_TX K1:4 K1:8 8 0604 4 4 0604 4 4
A /11.5_7.D5 Shield + A
GY
-X020 RS232
KID_TX 30 1823 3 K1:3 K1:11 11 30 0601A 1 1 30 0601 1 1
/9.8_2.B2 TX R+
KID_RX K1:2 CAN K1:10 0602A 0602
WH
1822 2 RX R- 10 2 2 2 2
/9.8_2.B2
KID_RX K1:1 K1:7 7 0603 3 3 0603 3 3
/11.5_7.D5 GND +
KID_GND 1825
GY
1 -X020 -X061Af -X061Am -X061m -X061f
/9.8_2.B2
KID_GND 14 K1:14 BUZZER 0V REF K1:9 9 0613 3 3 0613 3 3
/11.5_7.D5
WH
KID
790-2/1:14 02014
/9.7_1.E7
0152
0156
4
2
6
5
3
1
-X203m
A0513B
A0512B
-D790-2
A0613
30
30
4
2
6
5
3
B /11.5_4.E4 B
-X203f
-X015 -X015
2 K4:2 K4:7 7 0601B
+ + -X37-A #4778
6 K4:6 CAN CAN K4:8 8 0602B
- -
2034
0521 30 -X059f
30
2 30 30 0513
0522 K4:3 Shield Shield K4:4 1 0512
2033
30
-X052m -X052f
1 1 30 A0481B -X048 1 30 A0131
2033 CAN_J1939_+
/1.0_1.C3 A B
2036
2034 -X052m -X052f
30
CAN_J1939_-
/1.0_1.D3 2 2 30 A0482B -X048 2 30 A0132
C C
2035 CAN_J1939_+ A B A0135 30
2035
/2.0_1.D2
A0134
30
2036 CAN_J1939_- -X049m
/2.0_1.D2 A 30 A0481A
-R820-1
B A0482A 1 2
No extra KDU => connect X209Af and 209Am K13:3 K13:12 12 A01312 5
Shield Ground
-X013
/11.6_2A.C7 4 K13:4
L+
/11.6_2B.B7 -X209Am 5 K13:5 CAN
CAN+ 4 0514 L-
D /11.6_2C.B7 K13:6 D
Shield
-X051m -X051f -X013 -D790-1
A0118B
E E
A01110B -X212
0513 5
R-
0512 4 K2:5 CAN
-X209Af R+
K2:4 CAN-BUS
RED+1 1 0518B 0517 0517 8
/11.6_2C.E7 +
K2:8
/11.6_2A.D7 0516 0516 7
+ /0.0_2.B4
/11.6_2B.C7 0519B 30 2123 K2:7
RED+2 2 3 -D797-1
/11.6_2C.E7 L-
2122 2 K2:3 CAN
L+
/11.6_2A.D7 K2:2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS base A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-X209Bf
30 4 CAN+
/11.6_1.D2
3 CAN-
/11.6_1.D2
1 RED+1
C
Opt. chassi /11.6_1.E2 C
-X222
K2:2 2 2222
L+
CAN K2:3 3 2223
-D797-2 L-
K2:7 7 2227
+
-X209Bm
K2:8 8 2228 2 RED+2
CAN-BUS + /11.6_1.F2
K2:4 4 2224 30 4 CAN+
R+ /11.6_1.F2
CAN K2:5 5 2225 3 CAN-
R- /11.6_1.F2
CAN Shield
K2:6
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS KDU opt. chassi A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B -X209Cf B
4 CAN+
/11.6_1.D2
3 CAN-
/11.6_1.D2
1 RED+1
/11.6_1.E2
Opt. attachment
-X422 -X401Am -X401Af
K2:2 2 4222 30 A A GN 30
L+
CAN K2:3 3 4223 B B YE
C -D791 L- C
K2:7 7 4227 C C GY
/0.0_4.B4 +
-X401Bf -X401Bm -X209Cm
K2:8 8 4228 C C OG 2 RED+2
+ /11.6_1.F2
CAN-BUS K2:4 4 4224 30 A A BN 30 4 CAN+
R+ /11.6_1.F2
CAN K2:5 5 4225 B B WH 3 CAN-
R- /11.6_1.F2
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS KDU opt. attachment A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Opt. attachment BU
VT
BN
WH
OG
2092
C C
30
2091
D D
4
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
4
2
2
3
-X214f
-X209Bf
2142
Opt. chassis
-X222
K2:2 2222 30
2141
E 2 E
L+
CAN K2:3 3 2223
-D797-2 L- -X209Bm
K2:7 7 2227 1 RED+1
/0.0_3.B4 + /11.6_1.E2
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 Updated ultrasond 7.3_2 1021496 PLT 150810 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 081216 Klass/Class
Wiring CANBUS KDU opt. chassi + attach A49226.0100 45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-D791-1
Pin Number Drawing Function Type Pin Number Drawing Function Type
1:1 /9.6_1.B1 WORK LIGHT LEFT 6A 1:21 /7.9_4.D8 SENSOR DETECT RIGHT UPPER Analog In 0-5V
1:2 /7.5_1.A2 VALVE SPREADING LEFT IN 1.5A 1:22 /7.9_2.A8 SENSOR UNLOCKED LEFT Analog In 0-5V
1:3 /7.5_1.A2 VALVE SPREADING LEFT OUT 1.5A 1:23 /7.9_2.D8 SENSOR LOCKED LEFT (LOWER) Analog In 0-5V
1:4 /7.5_1.D2 VALVE SPREADING RIGHT IN 1.5A 1:24 /7.9_2.D8 SENSOR LOCKED RIGHT (LOWER) Analog In 0-5V
C 1:5 /7.5_1.D2 VALVE SPREADING RIGHT OUT 1.5A 1:25 /11.5_2.B2 LAMP UNLOCKED 1.5A
C
1:6 0V Ref 1:26 /7.9_4.E8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT RIGHT (LOWER) Dig In / 1.5A
1:7 /7.9_1.B1 VALVE LOCK CONTAINER 1.5A 1:27 /7.9_4.C8 SENSOR ALIGNMENT LEFT (LOWER) Analog In 0-5V
1:8 Analog Ref 5V 1:28 /7.5_2.B2 SUMMER AUT. SPREADING 6A
1:9 /7.9_1.C1 VALVE UNLOCK CONTAINER 1.5A 1:29 /11.5_2.E2 LAMP LOCKED 1.5A
1:10 /11.5_2.A2 SUPPLY SENSORS 1.5A 1:30 /7.8_1.B2 VALVE LEVELLING LEFT 2.5A
1:11 /11.5_2.D2 SENSOR ALIGNMENT UPPER LEFT Dig In / 1.5A 1:31 /7.8_1.C2 VALVE LEVELLING RIGHT 2.5A
1:12 /7.5_3.B8 SENSOR DAMPING LEFT Dig In / 1.5A 1:32 /7.4_1.B1 VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT 1.5A
KDU contact K1
KDU contact K1
1:13 /7.9_4.B8 SENSOR DETECT LEFT UPPER Analog In 0-5V 1:33 /7.4_1.C1 VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT 1.5A
1:14 /9.14_1.B2 CENTRAL LUBRICATION 10A 1:34 /11.5_2.B2 LAMP ALIGNMENT (UPPER) 1.5A
1:15 /9.6_1.B1 WORK LIGHT RIGHT 6A 1:35 1.5A
1:16 /7.5_1.A7 SPREADING LEFT PWM 1:36 /11.5_2.D2 SENSOR ALIGNMENT UPPER RIGHT Dig In / 1.5A
1:17 /7.5_1.D7 SPREADING RIGHT PWM 1:37 /7.5_3.E8 SENSOR 30-35 STOP RIGHT Dig In / 1.5A
1:18 /7.4_1.B7 VALVE SIDESHIFT PWM 1:38 0V Ref
1:19 /7.8_1.B7 VALVE LEVELLING PWM 1:39 /11.5_2.C2 LAMP ALIGNMENT (LOWER) 1.5A
1:20 /7.5_3.B8 SENSOR 30-35 STOP LEFT Analog In 0-5V 1:40 /7.5_3.D8 SENSOR DAMPING RIGHT Dig In / 1.5A
D 1:41 /7.9_2.C8 SENSOR UNLOCKED RIGHT Analog In 0-5V
D
1:42 6A
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-X403-2f -X403-2m
1 403-21 -XSP403-2-1 403-21A 1
2 403-22 -XSP403-2-2 403-22A 2
3 403-23 403-23 3
4 403-24 403-24 4
5 403-25 5
6 403-26 403-26 6
7 403-27 403-27 7
C C
8 403-28 403-28 8
-X236L-2f
A A 403-21B
D D
SENSOR CARRIAGE UP
BU
-X236L-2f
B B 403-22B
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr Klass/Class
Wiring for sensor carrige up (FFKT) A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6020
-X421 -X421
1.5A K1:32 32 42132 1 1 2 2 18 K1:18 PWM
B -D791-1 -D791-1 B
/0.0_1.C5 -XSP23 /0.0_1.D3
VALVE SIDESHIFT LEFT VALVE SIDESHIFT
SIDESHIFT LEFT
-Y6021
-X421
1.5A K1:33 33 42133 1 1 2 2 42118C
-D791-1
/0.0_1.D5
VALVE SIDESHIFT RIGHT
C C
SIDESHIFT RIGHT
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-Y6019L
-X421 -X421
1.5A K1:2 2 4212 1 1 2 2 16 K1:16 PWM
-D791-1 -D791-1
/0.0_1.C3 -XSP10 /0.0_1.D3
VALVE SPREADING LEFT IN SPREADING LEFT
A A
SPREADING LEFT IN
-Y6018L
-X421
1.5A K1:3 3 4213 1 1 2 2 42116C
-D791-1
/0.0_1.C3
VALVE SPREADING LEFT OUT
SPREADING LEFT OUT
B B
C C
-Y6019R
-X421 -X421
1.5A K1:4 4 4214 1 1 2 2 17 K1:17 PWM
-D791-1 -D791-1
/0.0_1.C3 -XSP11 /0.0_1.D3
VALVE SPREADING RIGHT IN SPREADING RIGHT
SPREADING RIGHT IN
D -Y6018R D
-X421
1.5A
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-X421 -XH9003f -H9003
6A K1:28 28 42128 1 +
-D791-1
/0.0_1.C5 2 -
SUMMER AUT. SPREADING
WARNING SIGNAL AUT. SPREADING
W9003 CHASSIS
C /11.5_2.C8 C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X425m -X425f
-XSP15 2 2 4252 CHASSIS
/11.5_2.E8
C C
BN
-B777R -XB777Rm -XB777Rf -X426f -X426m -X421
BK C C 4264 4 4 42137 37 K1:37 Dig In / 1.5A
-D791-1
/0.0_1.D5
30-35 STOP RIGHT
BU SENSOR 30-35 STOP RIGHT
B B 4262B
-X426f -X426m
-XSP16 2 2 4262 CHASSIS
E /11.5_2.E8 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6036/-Y6084
-X421 -X421
2.5A K1:30 30 42130 1 1 2 2 19 K1:19 PWM
-D791-1 -D791-1
/0.0_1.C5 -XSP17 /0.0_1.D3
VALVE LEVELLING LEFT VALVE LEVELLING
LEVELLING LEFT, C.W, Bottom support out
B B
1
-Y6035/-Y6083
-X421
2.5A K1:31 31 42131 1 1 2 2 42119C
-D791-1
/0.0_1.C5
VALVE LEVELLING RIGHT
LEVELLING RIGHT, C.C.W, Bottom support in
C C
1
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-Y6040
-X421
1.5A K1:7 7 4217 1 1 2 2 W6040 CHASSIS
-D791-1 /11.5_2.C8
/0.0_1.C3
B B
VALVE LOCK CONTAINER
LOCK CONTAINER
-Y6039
-X421
1.5A K1:9 9 4219 1 1 2 2 W6039 CHASSIS
-D791-1 /11.5_2.D8
/0.0_1.C3
VALVE UNLOCK CONTAINER
C C
UNLOCK CONTAINER
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-XB7203LUf /7.9_5A.A3
4041F A D791-1:10-24V
/7.9_5B.A3
4041E D791-1:10-24V
/7.9_5B.B1
-X404f -X404m -XB7204Lf -XB7204Lm
A D791-1:10-24V 42110B 1 1 -XSP2 A A A
/11.5_2.A5
BN
-B7204L -XB7204Lm -XB7204Lf -X404m -X404f -X421
BK C C 4043 3 3 42122 22 K1:22 Analog In 0-5V
-D791-1
/0.0_1.C5
UNLOCKED LEFT
BU SENSOR UNLOCKED LEFT
-X404m -X404f
B B 2 2 4042 CHASSIS
/11.5_2.D8
-XSP4
4042H CHASSIS
-XB7203RUf /9.6_1.E8
/7.9_5A.B3 4042G CHASSIS
4031F A D791-1:10-24V /9.6_1.E8
/7.9_5B.C3
4031E D791-1:10-24V -XB7203LUf /7.9_5A.B5
B /7.9_5B.C1 4042F B CHASSIS B
/7.9_5B.A5
-X403m -X403f -XB7204Rf -XB7204Rm 4042E CHASSIS
/7.9_5B.B7
D791-1:10-24V 42110C 1 1 -XSP3 A A
/11.5_2.A5
BN
-B7204R -XB7204Rm -XB7204Rf -X403f -X403m -X421
BK C C 4033 3 3 42141 41 K1:41 Analog In 0-5V
-D791-1
/0.0_1.D5
UNLOCKED RIGHT
BU SENSOR UNLOCKED RIGHT
-X403f -X403m
B B 2 2 4032 CHASSIS
/11.5_2.E8
-XSP5
4032H CHASSIS
4041C
/9.6_1.D8
4032G CHASSIS
C /9.6_1.D8 C
-XB7203RUf /7.9_5A.C5
4032F B CHASSIS
-XB7205LLf -XB7205LLm /7.9_5B.C5
4032E CHASSIS
A A /7.9_5B.D7
BN
4031C
-B7205LL -XB7205LLm -XB7205LLf -X404m -X404f -X421
BK C C 4044 4 4 42123 23 K1:23 Analog In 0-5V
-D791-1
/0.0_1.C5
LOCKED LEFT
BU SENSOR LOCKED LEFT (LOWER)
B B 4042C
-XB7205RLf -XB7205RLm
D A A D
BN
4031D
4041D
B B 4032C
-XB7205LUf XSP2-24V
A /7.9_5B.E4
4042D
4032D
E E
XSP4-CHASSI -XB7205LUf
/7.9_5B.E5 B
-XB7205RUf XSP3-24V
A /7.9_5B.E4
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-H562
-X415m
D791-1:25-24V 1 4151 1 1 2 1 4154B
/11.5_2.B5
UNLOCKED (RED)
B B
-H564L
-X415m -XSP1 -X415m
D791-1:39-24V 2 4152 1 1 2 1 4154C 4154A 4 CHASSIS
/11.5_2.C5 /11.5_2.D8
ALIGNMENT (YELLOW)
C C
-H563
-X415m
D791-1:29-24V 3 4153 1 1 2 1 4154D
/11.5_2.E5
LOCKED (GREEN)
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,Indicationlamps,std A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-H562L
-X415m
D791-1:25-24V 1 4151 1 1 2 1 4154B
/11.5_2.B5
UNLOCKED (RED)
B B
-H564UL
-X415m
D791-1:34-24V 5 4155 1 1 2 1 4154E
/11.5_2.B5
ALIGNMENT UPPER (YELLOW)
-XSP1 -X415m
4154A 4 CHASSIS
C /11.5_2.D8 C
-H564LL
-X415m
D791-1:39-24V 2 4152 1 1 2 1 4154C
/11.5_2.C5
ALIGNMENT LOWER (YELLOW)
D D
E E
FLAPS
Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Ref. Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn KRETSSCHEMA,indikeringslampor DCF100-45E 7.9_3B
Sq. CJS 050916 A51185.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,Indicationlamps,hook,std A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-H562
-X415m -XSP2 -XH562 -XH562
D791-1:25-24V 1 4151 BN 1 3 BU
/11.5_2.B5
B B
UNLOCKED (RED)
-H564L
-X415m -XSP3 -XH564 -XH564 -XSP1 -X415m CHASSIS
D791-1:39-24V 2 4152 BN 1 3 BU 4154 4
C /11.5_2.C5 C
ALIGNMENT (YELLOW)
D D
-H563
-X415m -XSP4 -XH563 -XH563
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
MLG 121130 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,Indicationlamps,Led A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-H562L
-X415m -XSP2 -XH562L -XH562L
D791-1:25-24V 1 4151 BU 1 3 BN
/11.5_2.B5
UNLOCKED (RED)
B B
-H564UL
-X415m -XSP5 -XH564UL -XH564UL
D791-1:34-24V 5 4155 BU 1 3 BN
/11.5_2.B5
ALIGNMENT UPPER (YELLOW)
-XSP1 -X415m
4154 4 CHASSIS
C C
-H564LL
-X415m -XSP3 -XH564LL -XH564LL
D791-1:39-24V 2 4152 BU 1 3 BN
/11.5_2.C5
ALIGNMENT LOWER (YELLOW)
D D
LOCKED (GREEN)
E E
FLAPS
Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Ref. Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn KRETSSCHEMA,indikeringslampor,Led,krok DCF80-100-45E 7.9_3D
Sq. MLG 121130 A51185.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
MLG 121130 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,Indicationlamps,Led,hook A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X404f -X421
D791-1:13-24V 6 42113 13 K1:13 Analog In 0-5V
/7.9_5B.A7 -D791-1
/0.0_1.D3
SENSOR DETECT LEFT UPPER
B B
-X403m -X421
D791-1:21-24V 6 42121 21 K1:21 Analog In 0-5V
/7.9_5B.C7 -D791-1
/0.0_1.C5
SENSOR DETECT RIGHT UPPER
D D
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-XB7203Lm 1
D791-1:10-24V A
/7.9_2.A6
BN
-B7203L -XB7203Lm -XB7203LL -X404m
BK C C 4047 7 D791-1:27-24V
/7.9_4.C3
ALIGNMENT LEFT
BU
B CHASSIS
/7.9_2.B7
B B
-XB7203Rm 1
D791-1:10-24V A
/7.9_2.B4
BN
-B7203R -XB7203Rm -XB7203RL -X403f
BK C C 4037 7 D791-1:26-24V
/7.9_4.E3
ALIGNMENT RIGHT
BU
B CHASSIS
/7.9_2.C7
C C
D D
TWISTLOCK
Benämning Produkt/Product Blad/Sheet
Ref. Nr Ändring Ändring nr Datum Sign. Datum/Date Huvudnr./Project no.
Ruta Sign.
No. Design change Change No. Date Ritad/Drawn KRETSSCHEMA,AGGREGAT,DCF90/100-45E DCF80-100-45E 7.9_5A
Sq. CJS 050916 A51185.0100
Name
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-XB7203LUm
A D791-1:10-24V A
/7.9_2.A6 A
BN
-B7203LU -XB7203LUm -XB7203LUf -X404m
BK C C 4046 6 D791-1:13-24V
/7.9_4.B3
DETECT LEFT UPPER
BU B CHASSIS
/7.9_2.B7
-XB7203LLf -XB7203LLm
D791-1:10-24V 4041E A A
/7.9_2.A6
BN
-B7203LL -XB7203LLm -XB7203LLf -X404m
BK C C 4047 7 D791-1:27-24V
/7.9_4.C3
ALIGNMENT LEFT LOWER
BU B B 4042E CHASSIS
/7.9_2.B7
B B
-XB7203RUm
D791-1:10-24V A
/7.9_2.B4
BN
-B7203RU -XB7203RUm -XB7203RUf -X403f
BK C C 4036 6 D791-1:21-24V
/7.9_4.D3
C DETECT RIGHT UPPER C
BU B CHASSIS
/7.9_2.C7
-XB7203RLf -XB7203RLm
D791-1:10-24V 4031E A A
/7.9_2.B4
BN
-B7203RL -XB7203RLm -XB7203RLf -X403f
BK C C 4037 7 D791-1:26-24V
/7.9_4.E3
ALIGNMENT RIGHT LOWER
BU B B 4032E CHASSIS
/7.9_2.C7
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
RSO 080917 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-E404L
-X421 -XE404Lf -XE404Lf
6A K1:1 1 -XSP8 1 1 2 2 W404L CHASSIS
-D791-1 /11.5_2.B8
/0.0_1.C3
WORK LIGHT LEFT OPT WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE LEFT (TW)
B B
-E404R
-X421 -XE404Rf -XE404Rf
6A K1:15 15 -XSP9 1 1 2 2 W404R CHASSIS
-D791-1 /11.5_2.B8
/0.0_1.D3
WORK LIGHT RIGHT OPT WORK LIGHT CARRIAGE RIGHT (TW)
-X403m -X403f
42115C 8 8 4038A
4211C
C C
std TW
-E404UL -E404UR
-X404f -X404m -XE404ULf -XE404ULf -XE404URf -XE404URf
8 8 -XSP6 1 1 2 2 -XSP7 1 1 2 2 4032H CHASSIS
/7.9_2.C7
WORK LIGHT ATTACHMENT UPPER LEFT WORK LIGHT ATTACHMENT UPPER RIGHT
4048C
1 1
-E404LL -E404LR
D -X404LLf -X404LLm -XE404LL -XE404LL -X404LLf -X404LRf -X404LRm -XE404Lr -XE404Lr -X404LRm -X404LRf D
1 1 404LL-11 1 2 2 404LL-2 2 4038C 1 1 404LR-1 1 1 2 2 404LR-2 2 4032G CHASSIS
/7.9_2.C7
4042H CHASSIS
/7.9_2.B7
4042G CHASSIS
E /7.9_2.B7 E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-M693
1
B B
GREY
2
-X421 -XM693f
10A K1:14 14 42114 1 15
-D791-1 M
/0.0_1.D3 BLACK
2 31
CENTRAL LUBRICATION
CENTRAL LUBRICATION
C C
W693 CHASSIS
/11.5_2.C8
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X422
42211 11 K2:11 Emergency stop
-D791-1
B B
EMERGENCY STOP
C C
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
42110B D791-1:10-24V
/7.9_2.A1
42110C D791-1:10-24V
/7.9_2.B1
42110D D791-1:10-24V W400-2B1 CHASSIS
/7.5_3.A1 /11.5_1.C7
42110E D791-1:10-24V
/7.5_3.D1 W400-2B2 CHASSIS
A /11.5_1.C7 A
-X421 -X400-2B
1.5A K1:10 10 -XSP12 D791-1:10-24V
-D791-1
/0.0_1.C3 -X400-2D -X400-2A
See wiring chassi
SUPPLY SENSORS
-X400-2C
/7.9_3A.A2
/7.9_3B.B1
-X421 -X415f /7.9_3C.B2
1.5A K1:25 25 42125 1 D791-1:25-24V
-D791-1 /7.9_3D.B1
/0.0_1.C5
LAMP UNLOCKED
B B
/7.9_3A.C2
/7.9_3B.D1
-X421 -X415f /7.9_3C.C1
1.5A K1:39 39 42139 2 D791-1:39-24V
-D791-1 /7.9_3D.D1
/0.0_1.D5
C C
LAMP ALIGNMENT (LOWER)
W693 CHASSIS
1 /9.14_1.D7
-XSP21 CHASSIS
-X421 -X403m -X403f -XB7205RUf /7.9_1.B7
Dig In / 1.5A K1:36 36 42136 5 5 4035 C D791-1:36-24V
-D791-1 /7.9_5B.E5 W6039 CHASSIS
/0.0_1.D5 /7.9_1.C7
SENSOR ALIGNMENT UPPER RIGHT (1) CHASSIS
(0) CHASSIS
1
D -X421 -X404f -X404m -XB7205LUf D
Dig In / 1.5A K1:11 11 42111 5 5 4045 C D791-1:11-24V
-D791-1 /7.9_5B.E5
/0.0_1.C3
E E
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
-X422 -X401Am
K2:2 2 4222 30 A
L+
CAN K2:3 3 4223 B
-D791-1 L-
K2:7 7 4227 C
+
C -X401Bf C
K2:8 8 4228 C
+
CAN-BUS K2:4 4 4224 30 A
R+
CAN K2:5 5 4225 B
R-
See wiring chassi
D D
R
Konstr/Design H.Grp: Ritn.nr./ Drawing No. Utgåva/Issue
E³ DRAWING
1 In p. 7.8_1 W Y6035 and Y6036 130583 MLG 130404 6
A=Added/Tillk D=Deleted/Utgår W=Was/Var Godk/Appr
CJS 050916 Klass/Class
WIRING DIAGRAM,ATTACHMENT,DCF90/100-45E A50400.0100 07
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 1
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
A 32 Kretskort elcentral Printed circuit board, Junction box
A 685 Reglerenhet termostat AC Control unit, termostat AC
A 779 Reglersystem återladdning (EC) Control system, recharging (EC)
A 782 Logik interface 2 drivmotorer Logic (interface) two main motors (EC)
A 783 Logik interface gaspådrag Logic (interface) throttle
A 784 Logik interface bromsregl Logic (interface) brake control
A 785 Logik interface styrsystem Logic (interface) control system
A 786 Servoförstärkare styrsystem Servo amplifier steering system
A 799 Logik allm (option) Logic, general (option)
A 806 Aggregat klimatanläggning Aggregate, air conditioner
A 810 Kondensor AC, fläkt Condensor AC, fan
A 827 Växellåda Gearbox
A 900 Radio/bandspelare Radio/tape recorder
A 905 Kommunikationsradio Communication radio
A 907 Monitor Monitor
A 908 Kamera Camera
A 909 Skrivare Printer
A 911 Dataterminal Dataterminal
A 912 Alkolås Interlock device
A 940 Logik batterivakt Logic switch , battery watch
A 950 Logik transistortändning Logic transistor ignition
A 955 Logik övervarvningsskydd (LPG) Logic overspeed protection (LPG)
A 960 Logik rev-spärr/aut-vxl Logic unit, reversing interlock/automatic
gear changing
A 961 Motor/kupevärmare Engine- and cab heater
B 649 Termostat klimatannläggning Thermostat, air condition
B 690 Fartreglage (EC) Speed control (EC)
B 697 Elbroms Electric brake
B 751 Givare varvtal turbin Transmitter, speed turbin
B 752 Givare varvtal inre växellåda Transmitter, speed internal gear chain
B 753 Varvtalsgivare motor Transmitter, engine revolution
B 754 Givare lufttryck Transmitter, air pressure
B 755 Givare hydraulfilter indikering Transmitter, hydraulics filter indication
B 756 Temperatur kylvätska motor Transmitter, engine coolant temperature
B 757 Bränslenivågivare Transmitter, fuel level
B 758 Varvtalsgivare v-låda Transmitter, gear box revolution
B 759 Nivåindikator kylvätska Transmitter, coolant level
B 760 Givare rev-spärr/aut-vxl trans Transmitter, reversing interlock / automatic
gear change system (on gearbox output
shaft)
B 761 Givare rev-spärr/aut-vxl motor Transmitter, reversing interlock / automatic
gear changing system (engine speed)
E 459 G-lampa fram blackout IR vänster Light bulb, roading light blackout IR left-
hand
E 459 G-lampa fram blackout IR höger Light bulb, roading light blackout IR right-
hand
E 460 G-lampa arb.belysning hytt blackout IR vä Light bulb, working light cab blackout IR left
E 460 G-lampa arb.belysning hytt blackout IR hö Light bulb, working light cab blackout IR
right
E 461 G-lampa arb.bel. bom 20' blackout IR vä Light bulb, working light boom20' b.out IR
left
E 461 G-lampa arb.bel. bom 20' blackout IR hö Light bulb, working light boom20' b.out IR
right
E 462 G-lampa arb.bel. bom 40' blackout IR vä Light bulb, working light boom40' b.out IR
left
E 462 G-lampa arb.bel. bom 40' blackout IR hö Light bulb, working light boom40' b.out IR
right
E 464 G-lampa cont belysning IR vänster Light bulb,Container light IR left-hand
E 464 G-lampa cont belysning IR höger Light bulb,Container light IR right-hand
E 669 Värmare kupe/ motor diesel Heater compartment/engine diesel
E 802 Eluppvärmd backspegel Electrical heated observation mirror
E 803 Eluppvärmd stol Electrical heated seat
E 804 Cigarettändare Cigarett lighter
E 805 Elvärme hytt Electrical heating cab
E 808 Eluppvärmd lufttorkare Electrical heater air dryer
E 835 Tändstift Ignition plug
E 888 Lufttork, kompressor Air Dryer, Compressor
E 962 Logik slitageind kol elmotor Logic indication of wear, brush electrical
motor
E 4370 Sökljus Search light
E 8092 Eluppvärmd ruta Electrical heated window
F 51 Säkringshållare 1-polig Fuse holder, 1-pole
F 52 Säkringshållare 2-polig Fuse holder, 2-pole
F 56 Säkringshållare 6-polig Fuse holder, 6-pole
F 58 Säkringshållare 8-polig Fuse holder, 8-pole
F 59 Säkringshållare 12-polig Fuse holder, 12-pole
F 62 Batterihandske 2-polig Battery connector, 2-pole
F 64 Batterihandske 4-polig Battery connector, 4-pole
G 30 Batteri Battery
G 658 Generator (extra) Alternator extra
G 659 Generator utan laddregulator Alternator without loading regulator
Verkstadmanual / Workshop Manual – DCF 80–-100 VDCF01.03SE/GB
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 4
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
G 660 Generator med laddregulator Alternator with loading regulator
G 662 Laddregulator Loading regulator
H 410 G-lampa broms ljus vä fram Light bulb, brake light, left-hand forward
H 410 G-lampa broms ljus hö fram Light bulb, brake light, right-hand forward
H 411 G-lampa broms ljus vä bak Light bulb, brake light, left-hand rear
H 411 G-lampa broms ljus hö bak Light bulb, brake light, right-hand rear
H 412 G-lampa bak ljus vä bak Light bulb, rear light, left-hand rear
H 412 G-lampa bak ljus hö bak Light bulb, rear light right-hand rear
H 413 G-lampa bak ljus vä fram (VBFS) Light bulb, rear light, left-hand forward
(VBFS)
H 413 G-lampa bak ljus hö fram (VBFS) Light bulb, rear light,right-hand forward
(VBFS)
H 416 G-lampa sidomarkering vä fram Light bulb, side position light, left-hand
forward
H 416 G-lampa sidomarkering vä bak Light bulb, side position light, left-hand rear
H 417 G-lampa sidomarkering hö fram Light bulb, side position light, right -hand
forward
H 417 G-lampa sidomarkering hö bak Light bulb, side position light, right-hand
rear
H 420 G-lampa positionsljus vänster Light bulb, position light, left-hand
H 421 G-lampa positionsljus höger Light bulb, position light, right-hand
H 422 G-lampa körvisare vä fram Light bulb, direction indicator left-hand
forward
H 423 G-lampa körvisare hö fram Light bulb, direction indicator right-hand
forwrd
H 426 G-lampa körvisare vä bak Light bulb, direction indicator left-hand rear
H 453 G-lampa bromsljus/körvisare höger Light bulb, brake light/dir. indicator right-
hand
H 454 G-lampa bromsljus blackout vänster Light bulb, brake light blackout left-hand
H 454 G-lampa bromsljus blackout höger Light bulb, brake light blackout right-hand
H 457 G-lampa positionsljus blackout vänster Light bulb, position light blackout left-hand
H 457 G-lampa positionsljus blackout höger Light bulb, position light blackout right-hand
H 463 G-lampa bak ljus vänster bak, blackout Light bulb, rear light left-hand rear, blackout
H 463 G-lampa bak ljus höger bak, blackout Light bulb, rear light right-hand rear,
blackout
H 465 G-lampa röd saxagregat ute Light-bulb, red extender exended
H 466 G-lampa orange vertikalhålning på Light bulb, orange vertical hold on
H 467 G-lampa grön klämtryck OK Light bulb, green clamp pressure OK
H 468 G-Lampa Röd Maxlast Light bulb,Red Overload
H 500 Kont lampa körvisare Indicating lamp, direction indicator
H 501 Kont lampa körvisare (extra) Indicating lamp, direction indicator extra
Verkstadmanual / Workshop Manual – DCF 80–-100 VDCF01.03SE/GB
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 5
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
H 503 Varn lampa oljetryck motor Warning lamp, oil pressure engine
H 504 Kont lampa helljus Indicating lamp, main beam
H 505 Varn lampa laddning Warning lamp, loading
H 506 Varn lampa laddning (extra) Warning lamp, loading extra
H 507 Varn lampa färdbroms Warning lamp, brake
H 508 Varn lampa parkerings broms Warning lamp, parking brake
H 509 Varn lampa nivå kylvatten Warning lamp, coolant level
H 510 Kont lampa diff spärr Indicating lamp, diff. interlock
H 512 Varn lampa temp momentförst Warning lamp, temperature converter
H 514 Kont lampa överväxel Indicating lamp, overdrive clutch
H 519 Kont lampa halvljus Indicating lamp, dipped lights
H 524 Kont lampa luftfilter Indicating lamp, air filter
H 525 Kont lampa UNIKAT Indicating lamp, UNIKAT
H 528 Kont lampa förvärmning Indicating lamp, preheating
H 530 Kont lampa framhjuls styrning Indicating lamp, forward wheel steering
H 531 Kont lampa 4-hjuls styrning Indicating lamp, 4-wheel steering
H 532 Kont lampa crab styrning Indicating lamp, crab steering
H 533 Kont lampa hyd.pump Indicating lamp, emergency hyd. pump
H 547 Varn lampa centralvarning Warning lamp, central warning
H 549 Varn lampa oljetryck v-låda Warning lamp, oil pressure gear box
H 550 Varn lampa hyttlåsning Warning lamp, cab lock
H 551 Varn lampa temp v-låda Warning lamp, temperature gear box
H 552 Varn lampa bromstryck Warning lamp, brake pressure
H 554 Varn lampa temp spolkrets bromsar Warning lamp, temp. cooling system
brakes
H 555 Varn lampa temp kylvatten mot Warning lamp, temperature coolant engine
K 3306 Relä VBFS, helljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, main beam
K 3307 Relä VBFS, halvljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, dipped beam
K 3308 Relä VBFS, bromsljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, brake light
K 3310 Relä VBFS, körvisare vä Relay, rotating driver´s seat, direction
indicator left
K 3311 Relä VBFS, körvisare hö Relay, rotating driver´s seat, direction
indicator right
K 3330 Relä, säkerhetsbälte Relay, seat belt
K 3331 Relä VBFS, drivning fram Relay, rotating driver´s seat, forward driving
K 3332 Relä VBFS, drivning bak Relay, rotating driver´s seat, reversing
driving
K 3349 Relä VBFS, fartreglage Relay, rotating driver´s seat, speed control
K 3404 Relä VBFS, mastljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, mast light
K 3405 Relä,backalarm Relay,reversealarm
K 3412 Relä bak ljus Relay, rotating driver´s seat, rear light
K 3768 Relä oljetryck hydraulik Relay, hydraulic pressure
K 3769 Relä, blockering av hyttilt Relay, blocking of cab tilt
K 3770 Relä anliggning Relay, alignment
K 3771 Relä Krok Relay, Hook
K 3772 Relä laddsignal (D+) Relay, charge signal (D+)
K 3773 Relä 12V för minne radio Relay 12V for radio memory
K 3774 Relä kylfläkt olja Relay, cooling fan oil
K 3776 Relä värmare ruta Relay heated window
K 93774 Relä hållkrets Relay, Holdcircuit
L 830 Tändspole Ignition coil
M 608 Pumpaggregat hyttlyft Pump unit, cab hoist
M 609 Ställmotor gaspådrag Regulating motor, throttle
M 612 Ställmotor recirkulation Regulating motor, re-circulation
M 650 Torkarmotor fram
M 650 Torkarmotor fram
M 650 Torkarmotor fram
M 650 Torkarmotor fram
M 651 Vindrutespolarmotor Washer motor
M 652 Strålkastarmotor Light motor
M 653 Strålkastarspolarmotor Light washer motor
M 654 Startmotor Starter motor
Verkstadmanual / Workshop Manual – DCF 80–-100 VDCF01.03SE/GB
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 9
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
M 655 Kylfläkt drivmotor (EC) Cooling fan, main motor (EC)
M 656 Kylfläkt elskåp (EC) Cooling fan, electrical box (EC)
M 657 Fläktmotor värme Heating fan
M 661 Fönsterhissmotor Screenelevator motor
M 663 Doseringspump klimatanläggning Dosage pump, air condition
M 664 Cirk pump klimatanläggning Circulating pump, air condition
M 666 Fläktmotor cirkulation Circulation fan
M 667 Cirkulationspump värmesystem Circulation pump heating system
M 668 Kylfläkt hydraulolja Cooling fan, hydraulic oil
M 670 Kompressor Compressor
M 671 Doseringspump diesel Dosage pump diesel
M 672 Spjäll motor, ECC Draught valve motor, ECC
M 674 Kylfläkt bromsolja Cooling fan, brake fluid
M 675 Motor, Stolsvändning Motor, Seat rotation
M 677 Motor Låsning stolsvridning Motor Locking revolving seat
M 693 Pump centralsmörjning Pump, central lubrication
M 694 Styrmotor Steering motor
M 695 Drivmotor (EC) Drive motor (EC)
M 696 Pumpaggregate nödstyrning Pump, emergency steering
M 698 Pumpmotor (EC) Pump motor (EC)
M 9000 Motor höj/sänkbar stolspelare Motor rise/lower seat column
P 700 Hastighetsmätare Speedometer
P 701 Mätare oljetemp v-låda Gear box oil temperature gauge
P 702 Klocka Clock
P 703 Varvtalsmätare Engine rev meter
P 704 Tryckluftsmätare Air pressure gauge
P 705 Mätare oljetryck v-låda Gear box oil pressure gauge
P 706 Termometer temp kylvätska motor Temperature gauge, engine coolant
P 707 Bränslemätare Fuel gauge
P 708 Timräknare Hour meter
P 709 Kapacitetsmätare batteri Capacity gauge, battery
P 710 Tidur motor/kupevärmare Timer, engine- and cab heater
P 711 Räknare, impuls Counter, impulse
P 712 Mätare oljetryck motor Motor oil pressure gauge
P 714 Mätare, temp. Hydraulolja Hydraulic fluidtemperature, guage
P 715 Extra instrument allm Extra instrument, general
P 795 Display Display
Q 144 Batterifrånskiljare Battery disconnecting switch
R 807 Potentiometer Potentiometer
R 820 Motstånd Resistor
R 825 Reglage spakstyrning Controls, (steering with control levers).
R 828 Shuntmotstånd Shunt-resitor
R 8071 Potentiometer lyft/sänk Potentiometer lift/lower
R 8072 Potentiometer tilt Potentiometer tilt
R 8073 Potentiometer sidoföring Potentiometer side shifting
R 8074 Potentiometer spridning Potentiometer spreading
R 8075 Potentiometer extra Potentiometer extra
R 8076 Potentiometer mast in/ut Potentiometer reach in/out
R 8077 Potentiometer höger framhjul Potentiometer right front wheel
R 8078 Potentiometer vänster framhjul Potentiometer left front wheel
R 8079 Potentiometer höger bakhjul Potentiometer right rear wheel
R 8080 Potentiometer vänster bakhjul Potentiometer left rear wheel
R 8081 Potentiometer tiltvinkel Potentiometer tilt angle
R 8082 Potentiometer fläkthastighet, ECC Potentiometer fan speed, ECC
Verkstadmanual / Workshop Manual – DCF 80–-100 VDCF01.03SE/GB
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 10
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
R 8083 Potentiometer temperatur, ECC Potentiometer temperature, ECC
R 8084 Potentiometer spjäll, ECC Potentiometer draught valve, ECC
R 8085 Potentiometer rotation Potentiometer rotation
R 8086 Potentiometer sax Potentiometer extender
R 8087 Potentiometer klämma Potentiometer clamp
R 8088 Potentiometer skevning Potentiometer levelling
R 8089 Potentiometer kroklåsning Potentiometer flaps
S 100 Strömställare ljus Switch, light
S 101 Strömställare omk hel/halvljus Switch, main/dipped beam
S 102 Strömställare dimljus Switch, fog light
S 103 Strömställare fjärrljus Switch, distance light
S 104 Strömställare lastljus Switch, mast lights
S 105 Strömställare arbetsljus Switch, working lights
S 106 Strömställare containerljus Switch, container light
S 107 Strömställare park broms Switch, parking brake
S 108 Strömställare centr smörjning Switch, central lubricator
S 109 Strömställare varningsljus Switch, hazard lights
S 110 Strömställare rot varningsljus Switch, rotating hazard beacon
S 111 Strömställare fönsterhiss Switch, window regulator
S 112 Strömställare kylanläggning (AC) Switch, air conditioner (AC)
S 113 Strömställare styrning alt Switch, alternative steering
S 114 Strömställare läsbelysning Switch, reading light
S 115 Strömställare instr belysning Switch, instrument illumination
S 116 Strömställare innerbelysning Switch, interior lighting
S 117 Strömställare värme Switch, heating
S 118 Strömställare fläktm värme Switch, heater fan
S 119 Strömställare vindrutetorkare Switch, wiper
S 120 Strömställare spolare Switch, washer
S 121 Strömställare blackout Switch, blackout
S 122 Strömställare nöd hydraulpump Switch, emergency hydraulic pump
S 123 Strömställare backspegel Switch, observation mirror
S 124 Strömställare kallstart Switch, cold start
S 125 Strömställare avgasbroms Switch, exhaust brake
S 126 Strömställare diff spärr/broms Switch, diff. Block
S 127 Strömställare värmesystem diesel Switch, heating system diesel
S 128 Strömställare kraftuttag sida Switch, power take off side
S 129 Strömställare kraftuttag bak Switch, power take off rear
S 130 Strömställare hög/lågväxel Switch, high/low gear
S 131 Strömställare färdväljare fram Switch, gear selector forward
S 132 Strömställare färdväljare bak Switch, gear selector rear
S 135 Strömställare växelväljare Switch, gear shift
S 136 Strömställare framhjuls styrning Switch, forward wheel steering
S 137 Strömställare 4-hjuls styrning Switch, 4-wheel steering
S 138 Strömställare crab styrning Switch, crab steering
S 139 Strömställare defroster Switch, defroster
S 141 Strömställare Stegbelysning Switch, Steplight
S 142 Strömställare fot Switch, foot
S 143 Strömställare sitsvärme Switch, seat heater
S 145 Strömställare AT-regulator Switch, AT-regulator
S 147 Strömställare körvisare Switch, direction indicators
S 149 Strömställare signalhorn Switch, horn
S 150 Strömställare startlås/ellas Switch, main key switch
S 152 Strömställare intervalltorkare Switch, intermittent wiper
S 156 Strömställare kupevärmare Switch, cab heating
Verkstadmanual / Workshop Manual – DCF 80–-100 VDCF01.03SE/GB
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 11
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
S 157 Strömställare stoltilt Switch, seat tilt
S 158 Strömställare dimbakljus Switch, rear fog light
S 159 Strömställare extra fram/back väljare Switch, extra direction selector
S 160 Strömställare komb fram/back Switch, combi-forward/reverse
S 161 Strömställare komb signal, ljus hel/halv Switch, combi-horn, light main/dipped
spol,torkare m intervall körvisare beam, washer, wiper (intermittent), direction
indicator
S 162 Strömställare komb signal ljus hel/halv, Switch, combi horn, light main/dipped
spol, torkare m 2 int, fram/bacK beam, washer, wiper w 2int., forward/revers
Y 6029 M-ventil vänster framhjul styrning höger Solenoid valve, left front wheel, steering
right
Y 6030 M-ventil höger bakhjul styrning vänster Solenoid valve, right rear wheel, steering
left
Y 6031 M-ventil höger bakhjul styrning höger Solenoid valve, right rear wheel, steering
right
Y 6032 M-ventil vänster bakhjul styrning vänster Solenoid valve, left rear wheel, steering left
Y 6033 M-ventil vänster bakhjul styrning höger Solenoid valve, left rear wheel, steering
right
Y 6034 M-ventil skevning Solenoid valve, levelling
Y 6035 M-ventil skevning höger Solenoid valve, levelling right
Y 6036 M-ventil skevning vänster Solenoid valve, levelling left
Y 6037 M-ventil kylfläkt Solenoid valve, Cooling fan
Y 6038 M-ventil frikoppling koppling Solenoid valve, lockup clutch
Y 6039 M-ventil öppna twistlock Solenoid valve, unlocked twist lock
Y 6040 M-ventil låsa twistlock Solenoid valve, locked twist lock
Y 6041 M-ventil nöd, twistlock Solenoid valve, emergency, twistlock
Y 6042 M-ventil mellan bom Solenoid valve, middle boom
Y 6043 Magnetventil, fällning torn (RTCH) Solenoid valve, boom lowering (RTCH)
Y 6044 M-ventil blockering twistlock Solenoid valve, blocking twistlock
Y 6045 M-ventil blockering lyft Solenoid valve, blocking lift
Y 6046 M-ventil utskjut Solenoid valve, projecting
Y 6047 M-ventil, hyttilt upp Solenoid valve, cab tilt up
Y 6048 M-ventil, hyttilt ner Solenoid valve, cab tilt down
Y 6049 M-ventil, kylkrets broms Solenoid valve, cooling cicuit brake
Y 6050 M-ventil blockering utskjut Solenoid valve, blocking projecting
Y 6051 M-ventil, regenerering höger Solenoid valve, regeneration right
Y 6052 M-ventil, regenerering vänster Solenoid valve, regeneration left
Y 6053 M-ventil, körläge Solenoid valve, driving position
Y 6054 M-ventil, klämma ihop Solenoid valve, clambing in
Y 6055 M-ventil, klämma isär Solenoid valve, clambing out
Y 6056 M-ventil, främre knä ut Solenoid valve, front knee out
Y 6057 M-ventil, främre knä in Solenoid valve, front knee in
Y 6058 M-ventil, bakre knä ut Solenoid valve, rear knee out
Y 6059 M-ventil, bakre knä in Solenoid valve, rear knee in
Y 6060 M-ventil, främre ben upp Solenoid valve, front legs up
Y 6061 M-ventil, bakre ben upp Solenoid valve, rear legs up
Y 6062 M-ventil, urkoppling hydraulpump Solenoid valve interruption hydraulic pump
Y 6063 M-ventil, stödben upp Solenoid valve, brace up
Y 6064 M-ventil, stödben ner Solenoid valve, brace down
Y 6065 M-ventil, frikoppling vridbroms Solenoid valve, lockup rotation brake
Y 6066 M-ventil, v-låda, drivning Solenoid valve, gearbox, drive
Y 6067 M-ventil, v-låda, oljetryck till 1:a/3:e växeln Solenoid valve, gearbox,oilpressure to
1st/3rd gear
Y 6068 M-ventil sax/rotation Solenoid valve externder/rotation
Verkstadmanual / Workshop Manual – DCF 80–-100 VDCF01.03SE/GB
E Schema – Komponentförteckning / E Schematics – List of Components 17
NUMBER SVENSKA ENGLISH
Y 6069 M-ventil, v-låda, oljetryck till 2:a/4:e växeln Solenoid valve, gearbox,oilpressure to
2nd/4th gear
Y 6070 M-ventil Over Height upp Solenoid valve, Over Height up
Y 6071 M-ventil Over Height ner Solenoid valve, Over Height down
Y 6072 M-ventil klämtryck Solenoid valve clamp pressure
Y 6073 Propertional ventil, Opti speed Proportional valve, Opti speed
Y 6074 M-ventil, v-låda, växelväljare för 2:a/4:e Solenoid valve, gearbox, gearswitch for
växeln 2nd/4th gear
Y 6075 M-ventil, v-låda, växelväljare för 1:a/3:e Solenoid valve, gearbox, gearswitch for
växeln 1st/3rd gear
Y 6076 M-ventil blockering sänk Solenoid valve, blocking lower
Y 6077 M-ventil Inching Solenoid valve, Inching
Y 6078 M-ventil,Avstängning Övre klämarm Solenoid valve, upper arm off
Y 6079 M-Ventil, Sidoföring/Övre armar Solenoid valve, Sideshift/Upper arms
Y 6080 M-ventil, aktivering hyttkörning Solenoid valve, activate sliding cab
Y 6081 M-ventil, ackumulatorladdning Solenoid valve, accumulator charge
Y 6082 M-ventil tryckbegränsning Solenoid valve, pressure restriction
Z 822 Signalfilter Signal filter
F Technical data
F Technical data
Data
The machine's weights and dimensions vary depending on how the
machine is equipped. Detailed information regarding this is given in the
product specification and data sheet for the machine in question.
3. Power transmission
Drive axle, type Kessler D81
Kessler D91
4. Brakes
Service brake system – actuated wheel Wet Disc Brake - drive wheel
Parking brake system – actuated wheel Spring brake - drive wheel
5. Steering
Steering system Hydraulic servo
6. Wheels
Dimensions, front and rear 12.00x24
14.00x24
Tyre pressure, also see pressure plate 1.0 MPa
Tyre type, front and rear Inflated. Spare and replacement tyres must be from a manu-
facturer approved by Cargotec.
Volumes
Any deviation from this table must be approved in writing by Cargotec.
CAUTION
Different types of coolant may not be mixed.
Risk of engine damage and damage to the cooling system if
different types of coolant are mixed.
When changing and topping up coolant, the same type of
coolant must be used as was used before.
Kessler D81
3.3 Power transmission, drive axle Kessler D91
Oil grade See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page F:8.
Oil volume, differential 42 l 54 l
Oil volume, hub reduction 2x4 l 2x4 l
7 Load handling
Oil grade See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page F:8.
10 Common hydraulics
Oil grade See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page F:8.
Hydraulic oil tank, volume 320 l
Hydraulic oil system, volume 450 l
β α
A2
100 100
H4
H5
B S
H3
R1
R2
H6
H8
H10
100
014020
100
L3 L2 A1
L
DCT80 DCT90
E5 E6 E7 E8 E5 E6 E7 E8
Lifting capacity
Classed [kg x 103] 8 9
Centre of gravity distance (L4 [mm]) 1220 1220
Number of containers, 8'6” container 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
Number of containers, 9'6” container 5 5 6 7 5 5 6 7
Dimensions
Truck length (L [mm]) 6900 6900
Truck width (B [mm]) 4050 4100
Height, base machine Spirit Delta (H6 [mm]) 3940 4000
Seat height (H8 [mm]) 2800 2860
Distance drive axle - attachment front section 1185 1185
(L2 [mm])
Wheelbase (L3 [mm]) 4550 4550
Track (front - rear) (S [mm]) 3270 – 2250 3270 – 2200
Slewing radius, outer (R1 [mm]) 6750 7000
Slewing radius, inner (R2 [mm]) 1150 1500
DCT80 DCT90
E5 E6 E7 E8 E5 E6 E7 E8
Ground clearance, min. [mm] 250 300
Minimum aisle width for 90° stacking, 20' 10600 10850
container (A1 [mm])
Minimum aisle width for 90° stacking, 40' 14200 14350
container (A2 [mm])
Standard Duplex mast
Lifting height (H4 [mm]) 15220 16220 18720 21220 15280 16280 18780 21280
Mast height, min. (H3 [mm]) 8540 9040 10290 11540 8600 9100 10350 11600
Mast height, max. (H5 [mm]) 15040 16040 18540 21040 15100 16100 18600 21100
Mast tilting, forward - backward (α - ß [mm]) 3 – 3 3 – 3
Attachment
Height under twistlock (H10 [mm]) 2220 2280
Height under lifting hooks (H10 [mm]) - -
Weight
Service weight [kg x 103] 35.5 36.1 37.6 39.1 36.4 37.0 38.5 40.0
Axle pressure front, (without load) [kg x 103] 22.7 23.3 24.8 26.3 22.9 23.5 25.0 26.5
Axle pressure front, (with classified load) [kg x 34.9 35.5 37.0 38.5 36.7 37.3 38.8 40.3
103]
Axle weight rear, (without load) [kg] 12800 13500
Axle weight rear, (with classed load) [kg] 8600 8700
Oil type, quality °C -40 -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40
ºF -40 -22 -4 +14 +32 +50 +68 +86 +104
1.8 Engine, lubrication system
Volvo TAD760VE SAE 15W-40 (motor oil)
VDS-3 (Note 1) SAE 5W30 (engine oil)
10 Common hydraulics
DIN 51524 Part 3 HVLP ISO VG 68
ISO VG 46 HV
ISO VG 32
NOTE
Oil filters shall always be changed in connection with oil change.
Change interval for engine oil requires that the sulphur content in
the fuel does not exceed 0.5%.
Note 1: Lubricating oil that fulfils VDS-2 and ACEA E5 may be used.
API CH-4 or CI-4 is approved for markets outside of Europe (instead of
ACEA E5).
Note 2: The oil in the brake system must fulfil one of the quality
requirements.
Lubricating grease
Use a universal grease type EP according to NLGI Grade 2 (EP2) for
all lubrication points except hoisting equipment and slide plates.
NOTE
Select lubrication class according to the prevailing climate.
Contact grease
Contact grease 923836.0552.
Sealant silicone
Sealant silicone 923107.0308.
Silicone adhesive
Silicone adhesive 923854.0100.
Coolant
Use ready-mixed recommended coolant. Choose the mixture of
coolant that is adapted for the right temperature.
NOTE
It is important that the coolant is mixed correctly all year round to
ensure adequate corrosion protection. The corrosion-protective
properties decline with time which is why the coolant has to be
changed in accordance with specified intervals.
CAUTION
Different types of coolant may not be mixed.
Risk of engine damage and damage to the cooling
system if different types of coolant are mixed.
When changing and topping up coolant, the same type
of coolant must be used as was used before.
Fine M-thread
M8×1 27 Nm 24 Nm 30 Nm 39 Nm 46 Nm
M10×1.25 54 Nm 48 Nm 61 Nm 78 Nm 91 Nm
M12×1.25 96 Nm 85 Nm 108 Nm 135 Nm 162 Nm
M16×1.5 230 Nm 205 Nm 260 Nm 323 Nm 388 Nm
M18×1.5 330 Nm 294 Nm 373 Nm 466 Nm 559 Nm
M-thread
M4 3.2 Nm 2.9 Nm 3.6 Nm 4.6 Nm 5.5 Nm
M5 6.4 Nm 5.7 Nm 7.2 Nm 9.1 Nm 11 Nm
M6 11 Nm 9.8 Nm 12.5 Nm 16 Nm 19 Nm
M8 26 Nm 24 Nm 30 Nm 38 Nm 45 Nm
M10 52 Nm 47 Nm 59 Nm 74 Nm 89 Nm
M12 91 Nm 81 Nm 103 Nm 128 Nm 154 Nm
M16 220 Nm 198 Nm 250 Nm 313 Nm 375 Nm
M20 430 Nm 386 Nm 490 Nm 620 Nm 732 Nm
M24 750 Nm 668 Nm 848 Nm 1050 Nm 1270 Nm
M30 1480 Nm 1317 Nm 1672 Nm 2080 Nm 2500 Nm
UNC-thread
1/4 12.5 Nm 11.1 Nm 14.1 Nm 17.6 Nm 20 Nm
5/16 25 Nm 22.3 Nm 28.3 Nm 35 Nm 42 Nm
3/8 44 Nm 39 Nm 50 Nm 62 Nm 73 Nm
7/16 70 Nm 62 Nm 79 Nm 100 Nm 118 Nm
1/2 107 Nm 95 Nm 121 Nm 151 Nm 178 Nm
9/16 153 Nm 136 Nm 173 Nm 216 Nm 255 Nm
5/8 210 Nm 187 Nm 237 Nm 298 Nm 353 Nm
15 - 80-90
16 5/8
18 3/4
120-130
20 -
22 7/8
150-170
25 1"
28 -
30 - 180-200
32 1"1/4
35 -
200-240
38 1"1/2
Material fitting
Unit explanations
Unit Abbreviation
Newton metre Nm
Kgf/m kpm
Kilo pascal kPa
Mega pascal MPa
Kilowatt kW
Kilojoule kJ
British thermal unit Btu
Calorie ca
Inch in
Feet ft
Yard yd
Mile mile
Centimetre cm
Metre m
Kilometre km
Conversion SI-units
Recalculation Recalculation
SI-unit factor Non-SI factor SI
Torque
Nm x 10.2 = kg·cm x 0.8664 = lb·in
Nm x 0.74 = lbf·ft x 1.36 = Nm
Nm x 0.102 = kg·m x 7.22 = lb·ft
Pressure (Pa = N/ m2)
kPa x 4.0 = in.H2O x 0.249 = kPa
kPa x 0.30 = in.Hg x 3.38 = kPa
kPa x 0.145 = psi x 6.89 = kPa
bar x 14.5 = psi x 0.069 = bar
kp/cm 2 x 14.22 = psi x 0.070 = kp/cm2
N/mm 2 x 145.04 = psi x 0.069 = bar
MPa x 145 = psi x 0.00689 = MPa
Power (W = J/s)
kW x 1.36 = hp (cv) x 0.736 = kW
kW x 1.34 = bhp x 0.746 = kW
kW x 0.948 = Btu/s x 1.055 = kW
W x 0.74 = ft·lb/s x 1.36 = W
Energy (J = Nm)
kJ x 0.948 = Btu x 1.055 = kJ
J x 0.239 = calorie x 4.19 = J
Speed and acceleration
m/s2 x 3.28 = ft/s2 x 0.305 = m/s2
m/s x 3.28 = ft/s x 0.305 = m/s
km/h x 0.62 = mph x 1.61 = km/h
Horsepower/torque
Bhp x 5252 rpm= TQ (lb·ft) TQ x rpm 5252 = bhp
Temperature
°C = (°F – 32)/1.8 °F = (°C x 1.8) + 32
Flow factor
l/min (dm3 /min) x 0.264 = US gal/min x 3.785 = litre/min
Term Description
Environmental waste Used oils, filters, etc., must be handled according to governing national laws and
regulations.
Torque converter Hydraulic, variable clutch.
Hub reduction Type of final drive (often next to drive wheel) that reduces rpm and increases torque
from the drive-train.
Pilot oil pressure A low control pressure to, for example, a valve.
Planetary gear Type of transmission with the gears in constant mesh.
Product alternative One of several alternatives is selected for a machine, e.g. engine alternative.
Proportional valve An electro-magnetically controlled valve. If a voltage is applied, the valve is activated
in proportion to the voltage amplitude. In simple terms, infinitely variable valve, as
opposed to on/off valve. For example, found on transmission's valve housing.
Frame member Structural members in the frame.
Recirculation Circulate over and over again.
Serial number Unique machine designation. On the machine plate.
Service position How machine should be safely positioned before service may be started.
Servo A small movement by the user results in a large angle, i.e. servo steering.
Servo pressure A low control pressure to control a higher pressure, for example, to a valve.
Side lift Attachment. See attachment.
Side shift Parallel sideways movement of attachment.
Levelling Attachment is tilted, for example if load stands on uneven ground.
Spirit Delta Enclosed type of cab.
SPN Suspect Parameter Number.
Spreading (positioning) Widening of attachment.
Mast Carrier of trolley, attachment and load.
Dust reservoir The air filter collects the coarsest particles in a dust reservoir, which is emptied
automatically during operation.
Steering axle Wheel axle with steering.
Buzzer Acoustic alarm to catch the operator's attention.
Option Extra equipment for machine.
Tilting Load is leaned forward or backward.
Transmission oil Oil for transmission and torque converter. See specifications in operator's manual.
Securing machine for transport Actions before transporting machine.
Twistlocks Two lock pins, one in each corner of the attachment, pushed down in corresponding
holes in container and twisted to lock the container when lifting.
Type designation Indicates machine type and capacity. See also machine model.
Maintenance Periodic maintenance actions so that machine functions safely and for a long service life.
Wet brakes Brake discs in oil bath.
Valve slide Moveable part in valve. Determines oil's path.
V
Valve block brake system . . . . . . . . . . . 4:25, 4:34
Cargotec Sweden AB
Cargotec improves the efficiency of cargo flows by offering solutions for Torggatan 3
the loading and unloading of goods on land and at sea – wherever cargo SE-340 10, Lidhult, Sweden
is on the move. Cargotec’s main daughter brands for cargo handling
Hiab, Kalmar and MacGregor are global market leaders in their fields. tel. +46 372 260 00
Cargotec’s global network offers extensive services that ensure the fax +46 372 263 90
continuous, reliable and sustainable performance of equipment. www.cargotec.com